UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

x                               QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2006

OR

o                                  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File No. 000-50886

NTL INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

 

59-3778247

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation

 

(I.R.S. Employer

or organization)

 

Identification No.)

909 Third Avenue, Suite 2863

 

 

New York, New York

 

10022

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(212) 906-8440

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x   No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer x

Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  o No  x

APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes  x   No  o

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of August 7, 2006 was 325,025,872.

 




NTL INCORPORATED
FORM 10-Q
QUARTER ENDED JUNE 30, 2006
INDEX

 

Page

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

4

 

Item 1. Financial Statements

 

4

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets—June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

4

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations—Three and Six Months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005

 

5

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Six Months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005

 

6

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

7

 

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

21

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

41

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

 

42

 

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

44

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

 

44

 

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

44

 

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

 

44

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

44

 

Item 5. Other Information

 

45

 

Item 6. Exhibits

 

45

 

SIGNATURES

 

47

 

 

2




“Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995:

Various statements contained in this document constitute “forward-looking statements” as that term is defined under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words like “believe,” “anticipate,” “should,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “expects,” “estimates,” “projects,” “positioned,” “strategy,” and similar expressions identify these forward-looking statements, which involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements or industry results to be materially different from those contemplated, projected, forecasted, estimated or budgeted, whether expressed or implied, by these forward-looking statements. These factors include:

·        the failure to obtain and retain expected synergies from the merger of the legacy NTL and Telewest businesses and the acquisition of Virgin Mobile;

·        rates of success in executing, managing and integrating key acquisitions, including the merger with Telewest and the acquisition of Virgin Mobile;

·        the ability to achieve business plans for the combined company;

·        the ability to manage and maintain key customer relationships;

·        the ability to fund debt service obligations through operating cash flow;

·        the ability to obtain additional financing in the future and react to competitive and technological changes;

·        the ability to comply with covenants in NTL’s indebtedness agreements;

·        the ability to control customer churn;

·        the ability to compete with a range of other communications and content providers;

·        the effect of technological changes on NTL’s businesses;

·        the functionality or market acceptance of new products that NTL may introduce;

·        possible losses in revenues due to systems failures;

·        the ability to maintain and upgrade NTL’s networks in a cost-effective and timely manner;

·        the reliance on single-source suppliers for some equipment and software;

·        the ability to provide attractive programming at a reasonable cost; and

·        the extent to which NTL’s future earnings will be sufficient to cover its fixed charges.

These and other factors are discussed in more detail under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in our Form 10-K that was filed with the SEC on February 28, 2006 and the Form 10-K of NTL Holdings Inc. that was filed with the SEC on March 1, 2006. We assume no obligation to update our forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in factors affecting these statements.

Note Concerning Effect of Merger

On March 3, 2006, NTL Holdings Inc. (formerly known as NTL Incorporated) merged with a subsidiary of NTL Incorporated (formerly known as Telewest Global, Inc.). Because this transaction is accounted for as a reverse acquisition, the financial statements included in this Form 10-Q for the period through March 3, 2006 are those of the corporation now known as NTL Holdings Inc. For the period since March 3, 2006 these financial statements reflect the acquisition of Telewest Global, Inc. (“Telewest”). See note 1 to the financial statements.

3




PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.                 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NTL INCORPORATED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in millions)

 

 

June 30,
2006

 

December 31,
2005

 

 

 

  (Unaudited)  

 

(See Note)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

£

441.7

 

 

 

£

735.2

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

7.5

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

Marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

96.9

 

 

Accounts receivable—trade, less allowances for doubtful accounts of £44.1 (2006) and £41.7 (2005)

 

 

340.8

 

 

 

191.8

 

 

Inventory for re-sale

 

 

11.9

 

 

 

 

 

Programming inventory

 

 

42.6

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

101.3

 

 

 

112.4

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

945.8

 

 

 

1,139.7

 

 

Fixed assets, net

 

 

6,133.0

 

 

 

3,294.9

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,420.0

 

 

 

 

 

Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets

 

 

193.0

 

 

 

193.0

 

 

Customer lists, net

 

 

919.9

 

 

 

247.6

 

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

64.0

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

Equity investments

 

 

363.4

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of £25.1 (2006) and £32.2 (2005)

 

 

138.9

 

 

 

110.9

 

 

Total assets

 

 

£

10,178.0

 

 

 

£

4,988.5

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

£

287.4

 

 

 

£

176.9

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

586.2

 

 

 

291.1

 

 

Interest payable

 

 

27.8

 

 

 

37.8

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

227.6

 

 

 

103.2

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

49.8

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

1,178.8

 

 

 

609.8

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

5,788.1

 

 

 

2,279.2

 

 

Deferred revenue and other long-term liabilities

 

 

168.5

 

 

 

134.3

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

127.9

 

 

 

9.2

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

7,263.3

 

 

 

3,032.5

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interest

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

3,758.2

 

 

 

2,671.0

 

 

Treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

(114.0

)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

120.7

 

 

 

45.5

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(966.1

)

 

 

(648.7

)

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

2,914.4

 

 

 

1,955.0

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

£

10,178.0

 

 

 

£

4,988.5

 

 


Note:          The balance sheet at December 31, 2005 has been derived from the audited financial statements at that date.

See accompanying notes.

4




NTL INCORPORATED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(unaudited) (in millions, except per share data)

 

 

Three months ended
June 30,

 

Six months ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

Revenue

 

£

884.3

 

£

482.5

 

£

1,495.7

 

£

980.3

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating costs (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)

 

(367.5

)

(196.0

)

(622.4

)

(402.9

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(223.5

)

(122.3

)

(381.6

)

(242.1

)

Other charges

 

(12.1

)

(0.7

)

(20.5

)

(1.1

)

Depreciation

 

(219.3

)

(129.6

)

(368.6

)

(259.9

)

Amortization

 

(55.6

)

(27.5

)

(92.4

)

(54.9

)

 

 

(878.0

)

(476.1

)

(1,485.5

)

(960.9

)

Operating income

 

6.3

 

6.4

 

10.2

 

19.4

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income and other, net

 

8.6

 

8.3

 

17.2

 

14.8

 

Interest expense

 

(135.6

)

(58.4

)

(219.4

)

(128.5

)

Share of income from equity investments

 

3.1

 

0.2

 

4.5

 

0.2

 

Foreign currency transaction losses

 

(94.1

)

(12.8

)

(104.1

)

(16.8

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

(32.4

)

 

Gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

5.7

 

 

(3.5

)

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

(206.0

)

(56.3

)

(327.5

)

(110.9

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

9.9

 

(9.8

)

9.9

 

(21.1

)

Minority interest

 

0.3

 

 

0.7

 

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

(195.8

)

(66.1

)

(315.7

)

(132.0

)

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss (income) from discontinued operations before income taxes

 

 

(1.8

)

 

5.5

 

Gain on disposal of assets

 

 

141.4

 

 

656.0

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

(0.2

)

Income from discontinued operations

 

 

139.6

 

 

661.3

 

Net (loss) income

 

£

(195.8

)

£

  73.5

 

£

(315.7

)

£

529.3

 

Basic and diluted (loss) from continuing operations per share

 

£

(0.68

)

£

(0.31

)

£

(1.20

)

£

(0.62

)

Basic and diluted income from discontinued operations per share

 

£

 

£

 0.66

 

£

 

£

3.08

 

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share

 

£

(0.68

)

£

 0.35

 

£

(1.20

)

£

2.47

 

Average number of shares outstanding

 

287.9

 

212.8

 

262.4

 

214.5

 

 

See accompanying notes.

5




NTL INCORPORATED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited) (in millions)

 

 

Six months ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

£

243.8

 

£

122.6

 

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of fixed assets

 

(263.4

)

(144.4

)

Income from equity investments

 

13.6

 

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

 

(2,013.7

)

 

Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets

 

0.9

 

2.2

 

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

 

4.2

 

(22.6

)

Proceeds from sale of broadcast operations, net

 

 

1,229.0

 

Proceeds from sale of Ireland operations, net

 

 

216.2

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(2,258.4

)

1,280.4

 

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from employee stock option exercises

 

30.3

 

4.3

 

Purchase of stock

 

 

(114.0

)

New borrowings

 

6,769.9

 

 

Principal payments on long-term debt

 

(4,950.6

)

(700.0

)

Financing fees

 

(104.1

)

 

Capital lease payments

 

(12.9

)

(0.4

)

Dividends paid

 

(1.6

)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

1,731.0

 

(810.1

)

Cash flow from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used by operating activities

 

 

(14.3

)

Net cash used by investing activities

 

 

(4.1

)

Net cash used in discontinued operations

 

 

(18.4

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

(9.9

)

10.4

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(293.5

)

584.9

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

735.2

 

125.2

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

£

441.7

 

£

710.1

 

 

See accompanying notes.

6




NTL INCORPORATED
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

Note 1—Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles for interim financial information and with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2006. For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for NTL Holdings Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2005.

On March 3, 2006, NTL Holdings Inc. (“NTL Holdings”), formerly known as NTL Incorporated, merged with a subsidiary of NTL Incorporated (formerly known as Telewest Global, Inc, or “Telewest”). The merger has been accounted for as a reverse acquisition in which NTL Holdings is treated as the accounting acquirer, primarily because NTL Holdings shareholders owned approximately 75% of the common stock upon completion of the merger. Following the merger, Telewest changed its name to NTL Incorporated. As a result, the historical financial statements of NTL Holdings became the historical financial statements of NTL Incorporated as of the completion of the merger. Therefore, the results for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 reflect the operations and cash flows of NTL Holdings only and the balance sheet at December 31, 2005 reflects the financial position of NTL Holdings only. The results of operations and cash flows for Telewest, the acquired company for accounting purposes, are included in the consolidated financial statements from March 3, 2006, the date on which the merger was completed.

Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Note 2—Acquisitions and Disposals

Acquisition of Virgin Mobile

On July 4, 2006, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares and options of Virgin Mobile through a U.K. Scheme of Arrangement. Virgin Mobile is the largest mobile virtual network operator in the United Kingdom, with approximately 4.3 million customers.

The total purchase price of approximately £952.1 million included cash of approximately £418.2 million, common stock valued at £518.8 million and estimated direct transaction costs of £15.1 million. The average market price per share of common stock utilized in determining the value of new common stock issued of £15.07 ($26.59) is based on an average of the closing prices of NTL common stock divided by the Telewest acquisition conversion ratio of 2.5 times for a range of trading days (January 12, January 13, January 17, January 18, January 19) around the announcement date of the proposed merger (January 16, 2006).

We financed the cash portion of the Offer and transactional expenses through £475 million of additional borrowings under our senior credit facility and cash on hand.

On May 24, 2006 we received approval by a majority of the shareholders of Virgin Mobile, other than those associated with affiliates of the Virgin Group, to enter into a trade mark license agreement with Virgin Enterprises Limited under which we are entitled to use certain Virgin trade marks within the United Kingdom and Ireland. The agreement was entered into on the same date and is an exclusive license

7




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

covering a number of aspects of our consumer business, including the provision of communications services (such as internet, television, fixed line telephony, and upon the acquisition of Virgin Mobile, mobile telephony), the acquisition and branding of sports, movie and other premium television content, and the branding and sale of certain communications equipment related to our consumer businesses, such as set top boxes and cable modems. The agreement provides for a royalty of 0.25% per annum of our revenue from the relevant businesses, subject to a minimum annual royalty of £8.5 million (the royalty would have been approximately £9 million based on combined historical NTL and Telewest 2005 revenues including revenue from Virgin Mobile and our subsidiary Virgin.Net). The agreement replaces the existing license agreement under which our subsidiary Virgin.net was entitled to use the Virgin brand in relation to its internet business. The agreement has a term of 30 years, although we can terminate it after 10 years on one year’s notice, and it is subject to earlier termination by us in certain other circumstances, including (subject to specified payments) a change of control. The agreement also entitles us to use a corporate name that includes the Virgin name. We expect to commence the proposed re-branding of our consumer operations early in 2007.

Reverse Acquisition of Telewest

On March 3, 2006 NTL Holdings merged with a subsidiary of NTL Incorporated and the merger has been accounted for as a reverse acquisition of Telewest using the purchase method. This merger created the UK’s largest provider of residential broadband and the UK’s leading provider of triple play services. In connection with this transaction, Telewest changed its name to NTL Incorporated.

The total purchase price of approximately £3.5 billion includes cash of approximately £2.3 billion, common stock valued at £1.1 billion, stock options with a fair value of £33.3 million and estimated direct transaction costs of £25.1 million. The average market price per share of common stock utilized in determining the value of new common stock issued of £13.00 ($22.90) is based on an average of the closing prices of Telewest common stock for a range of trading days (September 29, September 30, October 3, October 4 and October 5, 2005) around the announcement date of the proposed merger (October 3, 2005). The cash payment of £2.3 billion was based on the redemption value of $16.25 (£9.30) per share of Telewest redeemable common stock issued in exchange for Telewest common stock in the transaction and 246.0 million shares of Telewest redeemable common stock so issued.

The outstanding options to purchase shares of NTL Holdings Inc. common stock were exchanged for options to purchase shares of NTL Incorporated new common stock with the same terms and conditions.

The outstanding options to purchase shares of Telewest common stock were converted into options to purchase shares of NTL Incorporated new common stock at an option price calculated in accordance with the formula in the merger agreement. In accordance with the terms of Telewest’s equity-based plans, a significant proportion of Telewest’s outstanding options that were granted prior to March 3, 2006 vested upon completion of the merger. All vested and unvested options of Telewest have been recorded at their fair value by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

8




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

The total purchase price of approximately £3.5 billion has been allocated as follows (in millions) (unaudited):

 

 

Acquisition
Date

 

Cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash

 

 

£

303.2

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

156.5

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

47.8

 

 

Fixed assets

 

 

2,957.2

 

 

Programming inventory

 

 

24.2

 

 

Investments in and loans to affiliates

 

 

374.9

 

 

Amortizable intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Customer lists

 

 

760.8

 

 

Trade names

 

 

10.7

 

 

Licences

 

 

37.0

 

 

Intangible assets with indefinite lives:

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,420.0

 

 

Trade names

 

 

17.9

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(144.7

)

 

Long term debt, including current portion

 

 

(1,873.6

)

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

(464.3

)

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

(39.3

)

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(129.5

)

 

Total purchase price

 

 

£

3,458.8

 

 

 

The allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is preliminary, pending finalization of valuations performed by third party experts, finalization of management’s integration plan pertaining to the acquired business, completion of analysis of deferred tax balances and completion of a review of certain other historical matters. During the quarter, we revised the preliminary allocation to reflect amendments to the fair value of certain amounts, principally intangible assets, programming inventory, fixed assets and restructuring provisions. The total impact of these adjustments resulted in an increase in goodwill of £69.5 million.

Amortizable intangible assets

Of the total purchase price, approximately £808.5 million has been allocated to amortizable intangible assets including customer lists, trade names and licenses. Customer lists represent existing contracts that relate primarily to underlying customer relationships pertaining to the services provided by Telewest. The fair value of these assets was determined utilizing the income approach. NTL expects to amortize the fair value of these assets on a straight-line basis over weighted average estimated useful lives of between five and eight years.

Trade names represent the Telewest and Blueyonder brand names and the names of the Content segment’s TV channels. The fair value of these assets was determined utilizing a relief from royalty method. We expect to amortize the fair value of these assets on a straight-line basis over weighted average estimated useful lives of between 1 and 9 years.

9




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

Licences represent contracts to broadcast television content over a digital broadcasting system in the United Kingdom. The fair value of these contracts was determined utilizing the income approach. NTL expects to amortize the fair value of these assets on a straight-line basis over a weighted average estimated useful life of approximately 4 years.

Pro forma results

The pro forma results for the six month period ended June 30, 2006 include the results of Telewest from January 1, 2006 through March 3, 2006 (the acquisition date). The unaudited pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of NTL that would have been reported had the acquisition been completed as of the dates presented, and should not be taken as representative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial condition of NTL.

The following pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operations of NTL and Telewest as if the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented (in millions, except per share data) (unaudited):

 

 

Three months ended
June 30,

 

Six months ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2006
Actual

 

2005
Pro forma

 

2006
Pro forma

 

2005
Pro forma

 

Revenue

 

£

884.3

 

 

£

859.9

 

 

£

1,773.1

 

£

1,693.1

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating costs (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)

 

(367.5

)

 

(331.4

)

 

(736.5

)

(658.9

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(223.5

)

 

(210.1

)

 

(466.3

)

(415.1

)

Other charges

 

(12.1

)

 

(0.7

)

 

(21.0

)

(1.1

)

Depreciation

 

(219.3

)

 

(219.3

)

 

(429.7

)

(439.3

)

Amortization

 

(55.6

)

 

(60.1

)

 

(114.2

)

(120.1

)

 

 

(878.0

)

 

(821.6

)

 

(1,767.7

)

(1,634.5

)

Operating income

 

6.3

 

 

38.3

 

 

5.4

 

58.6

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

(206.0

)

 

(82.0

)

 

(355.8

)

(228.2

)

Loss from continuing operations

 

(195.8

)

 

(91.5

)

 

(343.2

)

(249.0

)

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations

 

 

 

139.6

 

 

 

661.3

 

Net (loss) income

 

£

(195.8

)

 

£

48.1

 

 

£

(343.2

)

£

412.3

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 

£

(0.68

)

 

£

(0.43

)

 

£

(1.31

)

£

(1.16

)

Net (loss) income per share

 

£

(0.68

)

 

£

0.23

 

 

£

(1.31

)

£

1.92

)

 

10




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)
(Continued)

The pro forma financial information above includes the following material, non-recurring charges: write-offs of historical deferred finance charges of £32.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 and £57.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005; acquisition-related charges of £16.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006; other charges including restructuring charges, of £21.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 and £1.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005.

Disposal of Broadcast and Ireland operations

On December 1, 2004, we reached an agreement for the sale of our broadcast operations. The sale completed on January 31, 2005. The broadcast operations are accounted for as a discontinued operation and therefore, Broadcast’s results of operations have been removed from our results of continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The results of operations of Broadcast have been excluded from the components of “Loss from continuing operations” and shown under the caption “Income from discontinued operations before income taxes” in the Statements of Operations. Upon the sale, we recorded a gain on disposal of £514.6 million.

On May 9, 2005, we sold our operations in the Republic of Ireland, comprising all of the ordinary shares of ntl Communications (Ireland) Limited and ntl Irish Networks Limited and certain additional assets, to MS Irish Cable Holdings B.V., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited, for an aggregate purchase price of 333.4 million, or £225.5 million. The Ireland operations are accounted for as a discontinued operation and therefore, Ireland’s results of operations have been removed from our results of continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The results of operations of Ireland have been excluded from the components of “Loss from continuing operations” and shown under the caption “Income from discontinued operations before income taxes” in the Statements of Operations.

As a result of the sale of our broadcast and Ireland operations, we have accounted for the broadcast and Ireland operations as discontinued operations in 2005. The results of operations for the broadcast and Ireland operations have been excluded from the components of loss from continuing operations and shown in a separate caption, titled income from discontinued operations, and the assets and liabilities of the broadcast and Ireland operations are reported as assets held for sale and liabilities of discontinued operations, respectively. Revenue from the broadcast operations reported in discontinued operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2005 was £nil and £21.4 million, respectively. Pre-tax (loss) income from broadcast operations, reported as pre-tax (loss) income from discontinued operations, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2005, was £(1.1) million and £3 million, respectively. Revenue from the Ireland operations reported in discontinued operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2005 was £6.4 million and £25.6 million, respectively. Pre-tax (loss) income from Ireland operations, reported as pre-tax (loss) income from discontinued operations, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2005 was £(0.7) million and £2.5 million, respectively.

11




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)
(Continued)

Note 3—Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets consist of (in millions):

 

 

Estimated
Useful Life

 

June 30,
2006

 

December 31,
2005

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

£

1,420.0

 

 

 

£

 

 

Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets

 

 

 

 

193.0

 

 

 

193.0

 

 

Trade names

 

 

 

 

17.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£

210.9

 

 

 

£

193.0

 

 

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade names and licenses

 

1 – 9 years

 

 

£

50.7

 

 

 

£

3.2

 

 

Customer lists

 

5 – 8 years

 

 

1,321.4

 

 

 

560.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,372.1

 

 

 

563.8

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade names and licenses

 

 

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

Customer lists

 

 

 

 

401.5

 

 

 

313.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

406.1

 

 

 

313.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£

966.0

 

 

 

£

250.0

 

 

 

Estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years from December 31, 2005 is as follows: £214.5 million in 2006, £234.0 million in 2007, £162.8 million in 2008, £131.6 million in 2009 and £124.3 in 2010.

Note 4—Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of (in millions):

 

 

June 30,
2006

 

December 31,
2005

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

8.75% US Dollar Senior Notes due 2014

 

 

£

229.8

 

 

 

£

247.3

 

 

9.75% Sterling Senior Notes due 2014

 

 

375.0

 

 

 

375.0

 

 

8.75% Euro Senior Notes due 2014

 

 

155.5

 

 

 

155.0

 

 

Senior credit facility

 

 

4,400.0

 

 

 

1,463.0

 

 

Senior bridge facility

 

 

567.2

 

 

 

 

 

Capital leases

 

 

104.2

 

 

 

38.2

 

 

Other

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

 

5,837.9

 

 

 

2,280.0

 

 

Less: current portion

 

 

(49.8

)

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

 

 

£

5,788.1

 

 

 

£

2,279.2

 

 

 

12




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)
(Continued)

The effective interest rates on the variable interest rate debt were as follows:

 

 

June 30,
2006

 

December 31,
2005

 

Senior credit facility

 

 

6.6

%

 

 

6.9

%

 

Senior bridge facility

 

 

10.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Notes

All of our outstanding senior notes due 2014 were issued by NTL Cable PLC, on April 13, 2004. On July 25, 2006, our subsidiary NTL Cable PLC, issued $550 million U.S. dollar-denominated 9.125% senior notes due 2016. The note proceeds were used to repay our alternative senior bridge facility.

Senior Credit Facility

On March 3, 2006 we repaid £1,358.1 million in respect of NTL Holding’s senior credit facility, £1,686.9 million in respect of Telewest’s existing senior credit facilities and £102.0 million in respect of Flextech’s senior credit facility. All of these facilities were repaid in full utilizing borrowings under our new senior credit facilities.

Our new senior secured credit facilities comprise a term facility denominated in a combination of pounds sterling, euros and U.S. dollars in an aggregate principal amount of £4.476 billion, $650 million and 500 million and a revolving facility of £100 million. As at June 30, 2006, the sterling equivalent of £4.4 billion of the term facility had been drawn and £12 million of the revolving credit facility had been utilized for bank guarantees and standby letters of credit. The facilities bear interest at LIBOR, USLIBOR or EURIBOR plus a current margin ranging from 1.875% to 2.75% and the applicable cost of complying with any reserve requirement. The margins on £3.525 billion of the term loan facilities and on the revolving credit facility ratchet from 1.25% to 2.25% based on leverage ratios. Interest is payable at least semi-annually. Principal repayments in respect of £3.525 billion of the term loan facilities are due semi-annually beginning in 2007 and ending on March 3, 2011, and the remaining term loan facilities are repayable in full on their maturity dates, which range from September 3, 2012 through March 3, 2013. We are also required to make principal payments when available cashflows exceed certain thresholds.

The facilities are secured through a guarantee from NTL Cable PLC. In addition, the bulk of the facilities are secured through guarantees and first priority pledges of the shares and assets of substantially all of the operating subsidiaries of NTL Investment Holdings Limited (“NTLIH”) and of receivables arising under any intercompany loans to those subsidiaries. We are subject to financial maintenance tests under the facilities, including a test of liquidity, coverage and leverage ratios applied to us and certain of our subsidiaries.

Senior Bridge Facilities

On June 19, 2006 our £1.8 billion bridge facility drawn by one of our subsidiaries, Neptune Bridge Borrower LLC, was repaid in full utilizing drawings on our senior credit facilities totaling £1.2 billion and an alternative bridge facility of $1,048.8 million. The alternative senior bridge facility was repaid in two stages utilizing the proceeds from our $550 million 9.125% senior notes due 2016 on July 25, 2006, and additional drawing from our senior credit facility on August 1, 2006.

13




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)
(Continued)

Note 5—Employee Benefit Plans

The components of net periodic pension cost in the three and six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 were as follows (in millions) (unaudited):

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

   2006   

 

    2005   

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

Service costs

 

 

£

0.7

 

 

 

£

0.6

 

 

 

£

1.4

 

 

 

£

1.7

 

 

Interest costs

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

3.6

 

 

 

7.8

 

 

 

7.3

 

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(4.2

)

 

 

(3.9

)

 

 

(8.4

)

 

 

(7.3

)

 

Settlements and curtailments

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

Net periodic benefit costs

 

 

£

0.7

 

 

 

£

0.3

 

 

 

£

1.4

 

 

 

£

1.6

 

 

 

Employer Contributions

We previously disclosed in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005, that we expected to contribute £2.2 million to our pension plans in 2006. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2006 we contributed £0.5 million and £1.0 million respectively, to our pension plans. We anticipate contributing an additional £1.2 million to fund our pension plans in 2006 for a total of £2.2 million.

Note 6—Other Charges Including Restructuring Charges

Other charges of £12.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2006, relate to our historical restructuring programs and restructuring programs initiated in respect of the reverse acquisition of Telewest. Liabilities with respect to Telewest property lease exit costs and Telewest involuntary employee termination costs were recognized on the balance sheet of the acquired entity in accordance with EITF 95-3 “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with Purchase Combinations” . Liabilities with respect to NTL property exit costs and involutary employee termination costs under the restructuring program are recorded in the period the liability is incurred or the plan is communicated to employees. As of June 30, 2006, we have incurred £22.5 million, and we expect to incur a total of approximately £133 million, of costs to fully execute this program.

The following tables summarize our historical restructuring provisions and the restructuring provisions resulting from the reverse acquisition of Telewest at June 30, 2006 (in millions) (unaudited):

Historical Restructuring Provisions

 

 

 

Involuntary
Employee
Termination
and Related
Costs

 

Lease
Exit
Costs

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2005

 

 

£

 

 

£

45.3

 

£

45.3

 

Charged to expense

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

2.2

 

Utilized

 

 

 

 

(2.9

)

(2.9

)

Balance, June 30, 2006

 

 

£

 

 

£

44.6

 

£

44.6

 

 

14




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)
(Continued)

 

Acquisition Restructuring Provisions

 

 

 

Involuntary
Employee
Termination
and Related
Costs

 

Lease
Exit
Costs

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2005

 

 

£

 

 

£

 

£

 

Provisions resulting from business acquisition recognized under EITF 95-3

 

 

34.8

 

 

33.2

 

68.0

 

Amendments to business acquisition related provision

 

 

 

 

8.7

 

8.7

 

Charged to expense

 

 

11.8

 

 

6.5

 

18.3

 

Utilized

 

 

(21.7

)

 

(0.8

)

(22.5

)

Balance, June 30, 2006

 

 

£

24.9

 

 

£

47.6

 

£

72.5

 

 

Note 7—Stockholders’ Equity and Share Based Compensation

In connection with the reverse acquisition, each share of NTL Holdings Inc (formerly known as NTL Incorporated) common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the acquisition was converted into the right to receive 2.5 shares of NTL Incorporated new common stock. On March 3, 2006, we issued 212,931,048 of common stock for this purpose. For accounting purposes, the acquisition of NTL Holdings Inc. has been treated as a reverse acquisition. Accordingly, the 212,931,048 shares issued to acquire NTL Holdings, Inc. have been treated as outstanding from January 1, 2004 (as adjusted for historical issuances and repurchases during the period from January 1, 2004 to March 3, 2006). In addition, on March 3, 2006, each share of Telewest Global Inc’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the acquisition was converted into 0.2875 shares of NTL Incorporated new common stock, (and redeemable stock that was redeemed). These 70,728,375 shares of NTL Incorporated new common stock have been treated as issued on the acquisition date.

In accordance with the preceding paragraph, the outstanding shares as of December 31, 2005 and weighted average shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2005 were restated as follows (in millions):

Outstanding shares:

 

 

Number
of shares

 

December 31, 2005 outstanding shares as previously reported by NTL Holdings, (formerly known as NTL Incorporated)

 

 

85.2

 

 

Multiplied by share exchange ratio in reverse acquisition

 

 

2.5

 

 

Shares at December 31, 2005 (after giving effect to reverse acquisition)

 

 

212.9

 

 

Effect of the reverse acquisition—conversion of NTL Incorporated (formerly known as Telewest Global Inc) shares

 

 

70.7

 

 

Issuances and purchases during the period

 

 

5.8

 

 

June 30, 2006 outstanding shares

 

 

289.4

 

 

 

 

 

15




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

(Continued)

For three and six months ended June 30, 2005;

 

 

Three
months

 

Six
months

 

Weighted average shares outstanding as previously reported

 

 

85.1

 

 

 

85.8

 

 

Share exchange ratio in reverse acquisition

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

2.5

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, as restated

 

 

212.8

 

 

 

214.5

 

 

 

As at June 30, 2006, we had authorized shares totaling one billion and issued and outstanding shares totaling 289.4 million.

On May 18, 2006 we approved and declared the payment of a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.01 per share on June 20, 2006 to stockholders of record as of June 12, 2006 totaling £1.6 million. Future payments of regular quarterly dividends by the Company are at the Board’s discretion and will be subject to the Company’s future needs and uses of free cash flow, which could include investments in operations, the repayment of debt, and share repurchase programs.

Basic and diluted earnings per share is computed by respectively dividing the loss from continuing operations, income from discontinued operations and the net (loss) income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005. Outstanding warrants, options to purchase 37.4 million shares and 1.1 million shares of restricted stock at June 30, 2006 are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share, since the inclusion of such warrants, options and shares is anti-dilutive. The average number of shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2006 is computed as follows (in millions):

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Number of shares outstanding at start of period

 

 

212.9

 

 

Issues of common stock

 

 

49.5

 

 

Repurchase of stock

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

262.4

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the activity of NTL Incorporated option plans for the 2006 interim period. All values are adjusted for the 2.5 conversion of shares on the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

 

 

Options to
purchase
common stock

 

Weighted average
exercise price

 

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

 

 

7,756,241

 

 

 

$

14.89

 

 

Granted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As part of the purchase transaction

 

 

5,193,645

 

 

 

$

14.17

 

 

Other

 

 

4,674,394

 

 

 

$

19.84

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(4,826,734

)

 

 

$

12.64

 

 

Forfeited, expired or cancelled

 

 

(1,197,139

)

 

 

$

19.78

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the period

 

 

11,600,407

 

 

 

$

16.99

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the period

 

 

4,214,373

 

 

 

$

12.73

 

 

 

16




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

(Continued)

The following table summarizes the activity of NTL Incorporated restricted stock plans for the 2006 interim period. All values are adjusted for the share exchange ratio of 2.5 on the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

 

 

Common stock

 

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

 

 

75,330

 

 

Granted

 

 

1,090,650

 

 

Awards vested and shares issued

 

 

(69,223

)

 

Forfeited, expired or cancelled

 

 

(8,027

)

 

Outstanding at the end of the period

 

 

1,088,730

 

 

 

As disclosed in the 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K for NTL Holdings, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment effective January 1, 2006. As a result, we have recorded a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of £1.2 million to reduce compensation expense recognized in previous periods.

Total share based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations was £20.0 million and £6.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Note 8—Comprehensive (Loss) Income

Comprehensive (loss) income comprises (in millions) (unaudited):

 

 

Three months ended
June 30,

 

Six months ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

Net (loss) income for period

 

£

(195.8

)

£

73.5

 

£

(315.7

)

£

529.3

 

Currency translation adjustments

 

99.4

 

28.6

 

82.4

 

23.9

 

Net unrealized (losses) gains on derivatives

 

(6.0

)

(2.0

)

(7.2

)

5.6

 

Pension liability adjustment

 

 

2.1

 

 

2.1

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

 

£

(102.4

)

£

102.2

 

£

(240.5

)

£

560.9

 

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, were as follows (in millions);

 

 

June 30,
2006

 

December 31,
2005

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

£

146.9

 

 

 

£

64.5

 

 

Pension liability adjustments

 

 

(18.2

)

 

 

(18.2

)

 

Net unrealized losses on derivatives

 

 

(8.0

)

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

 

 

£

120.7

 

 

 

£

45.5

 

 

 

Note 9—Income taxes

At each period end, it is necessary for us to make certain estimates and assumptions to compute the provision for income taxes including, but not limited to the expected operating income (or loss) for the

17




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

(Continued)

year, projections of the proportion of income (or loss) earned and taxed in the United Kingdom and the extent to which this income (or loss) may also be taxed in the United States, permanent and temporary differences, the likelihood of deferred tax assets being recovered and the outcome of contingent tax risks. At each interim period, management uses the best information available to develop these estimates and assumptions, which are used to compute the forecast effective tax rate for the full year which is applied in computing the income tax expense or benefit for the interim period. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the impact of revisions to these estimates are recorded as income tax expense or benefit in the period in which they become known. Accordingly, the accounting estimates used to compute the provision for income taxes have and will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and our tax environment changes. To the extent that the estimate changes during a subsequent quarter the effect of the change on prior quarters as well as on the current quarter is included in income tax expense for the current quarter.

Note 10—Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

At June 30, 2006, we were committed to pay approximately £383.6 million for equipment, services and licenses. This amount includes approximately £77.2 million for operations and maintenance contracts and other commitments from July 1, 2007 to 2016. The aggregate amount of the fixed and determinable portion of these obligations for the succeeding five fiscal years is as follows (in millions) (unaudited):

Year ended June 30

 

 

 

2007

 

£

306.4

 

2008

 

9.2

 

2009

 

8.5

 

2010

 

8.5

 

2011

 

8.5

 

Thereafter

 

42.5

 

 

 

£

383.6

 

 

We are involved in certain disputes and litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business. None of these matters are expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

18




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

(Continued)

Our banks have provided guarantees in the form of performance bonds on our behalf as part of our contractual obligations. The fair value of the guarantees has been calculated by reference to the monetary value for each performance bond. The amount of commitment expires over the following periods (in millions) (unaudited):

Year ended June 30

 

 

 

2007

 

£

4.9

 

2008

 

2.2

 

2009

 

9.8

 

2010

 

 

2011

 

 

Thereafter

 

8.6

 

 

 

£

25.5

 

 

Note 11—Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 . SFAS 154 replaces Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes , and SFAS 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements , and changes the requirements for the accounting for, and reporting of, a change in accounting principle. This statement carries forward without change the guidance contained in Opinion 20 for reporting the correction of an error in previously issued financial statements and a change in accounting estimate. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors in fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2005. Early adoption is permitted for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after the date SFAS 154 is issued. The adoption of SFAS 154 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement 109. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for recognizing, measuring, presenting and disclosing in the financial statements tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return, including a decision whether to file or not to file in a particular jurisdiction. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. If there are changes in net assets as a result of application of FIN 48 these will be accounted for as an adjustment to retained earnings. The Company is currently assessing the impact of FIN 48 on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Note 12—Segment Information

Our reportable segments are based on our method of internal reporting. Our primary business segment is our Cable segment, which consists of our television, broadband and telephony business. We also operate a Content segment through our wholly owned subsidiaries Flextech Limited (“Flextech’’) and sit-up Limited (“sit-up”), which supply TV programming to the UK pay-television broadcasting market including our televised shopping unit sit-up TV, which markets and retails a wide variety of consumer products using an auction-based format. Our segments operate entirely in the United Kingdom and no one customer represents more than 5% of our overall revenue.

19




NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

(Continued)

Segment operating income before depreciation, amortization and other charges, which we refer to as Segment OCF, is management’s measure of segment profit as permitted under SFAS 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”. Our management, including our chief executive officer who is our chief operating decision maker, considers Segment OCF as an important indicator of the operational strength and performance of our segments. Segment OCF excludes the impact of costs and expenses that do not directly affect our cash flows. Other charges, including restructuring charges, are also excluded from Segment OCF as management believes they are not characteristic of our underlying business operations.

Segment information for the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2006 is as follows (in millions) (unaudited):

 

 

Three months ended June 30, 2006

 

 

 

Cable

 

Content

 

Elims.

 

Total

 

Revenue

 

£

804.8

 

 

£

79.5

 

 

 

£

 

 

£

884.3

 

Inter segment revenue

 

0.4

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

(6.1

)

 

 

Operating costs

 

(319.0

)

 

(54.2

)

 

 

5.7

 

 

(367.5

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(201.7

)

 

(22.2

)

 

 

0.4

 

 

(223.5

)

Segment OCF

 

284.5

 

 

8.8

 

 

 

 

 

293.3

 

Depreciation, amortization and other charges

 

(280.2

)

 

(6.8

)

 

 

 

 

(287.0

)

Operating income

 

£

4.3

 

 

£

2.0

 

 

 

£

 

 

£

6.3

 

Identifiable assets

 

£

9,391.1

 

 

£

786.9

 

 

 

£

 

 

£

10,178.0

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2006

 

 

 

Cable

 

Content

 

Elims.

 

Total

 

Revenue

 

£

1,389.0

 

 

£

106.7

 

 

 

£

 

 

£

1,495.7

 

Inter segment revenue

 

0.7

 

 

7.5

 

 

 

(8.2

)

 

 

Operating costs

 

(556.6

)

 

(73.3

)

 

 

7.5

 

 

(622.4

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(353.2

)

 

(29.1

)

 

 

0.7

 

 

(381.6

)

Segment OCF

 

479.9

 

 

11.8

 

 

 

 

 

491.7

 

Depreciation, amortization and other charges

 

(473.3

)

 

(8.2

)

 

 

 

 

(481.5

)

Operating income

 

£

6.6

 

 

£

3.6

 

 

 

£

 

 

£

10.2

 

Identifiable assets

 

£

9,391.1

 

 

£

786.9

 

 

 

£

 

 

£

10,178.0

 

 

In 2005, the Company did not have any operations in the Content segment and all of its operations related to the Cable segment. Included in identifiable assets is £1,310.2 million and £109.8 million of goodwill from the acquisition of Telewest that has been preliminarily allocated to the Cable and Content segments, respectively. We expect to finalize this allocation upon completion of our purchase price allocation.

20




ITEM 2.                 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this document.

OVERVIEW

We are one of the leading communications and content distribution companies in the United Kingdom (U.K.), providing internet access, telephone and television services to approximately 5 million residential on-net customers. We also provide internet and telephone services to our residential customers who are not connected to our cable network via access to other companies’ telecommunications networks and via an internet service provider operated by our subsidiary, Virgin Net Limited. We offer what we refer to as a “triple play” bundle of internet, telephone and television services through competitively priced bundled packages. We also provide a range of voice services to businesses and public sector organizations, as well as a variety of data communications solutions from high speed internet access to fully managed business communications networks and communication transport services. These services are delivered through our wholly owned local access communications network passing more than 12.5 million homes in the U.K. The design and capability of our network provides us with the ability to offer “triple play” bundled services to residential customers and a broad portfolio of reliable, competitive communications solutions to business customers.

Through our wholly owned subsidiaries, Flextech Limited (“Flextech”) and sit-up Limited (“sit-up”), we provide basic television channels and related services to the U.K. multi-channel broadcasting market and a wide variety of consumer products by means of sit-up’s auction based shopping channels.

Acquisitions and Disposals

Acquisition of Virgin Mobile

On July 4, 2006, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares and options of Virgin Mobile through a U.K. Scheme of Arrangement. Virgin Mobile is the largest mobile virtual network operator in the United Kingdom, with approximately 4.3 million customers.

The total purchase price of approximately £952.1 million includes cash of approximately £418.2 million, common stock valued at £518.8 million and estimated direct transaction costs of £15.1 million. The average market price per share of common stock utilized in determining the value of new common stock issued of £15.07 ($26.59) is based on an average of the closing prices of NTL common stock divided by the Telewest acquisition conversion ratio of 2.5 times for a range of trading days (January 12, January 13, January 17, January 18, January 19) around the announcement date of the proposed merger (January 16, 2006).

We financed the cash portion of the Offer and transactional expenses through £475 million of additional bank borrowings committed under our existing senior credit facility and cash on hand.

On May 24, 2005 we received approval by a majority of the shareholders of Virgin Mobile, other than those associated with affiliates of the Virgin Group, to enter into a trade mark license agreement with Virgin Enterprises Limited under which we are entitled to use certain Virgin trade marks within the United Kingdom and Ireland. The agreement was entered into on the same date and is an exclusive license covering a number of aspects of our consumer business, including the provision of communications services (such as internet, television, fixed line telephony, and upon the acquisition of Virgin Mobile, mobile telephony), the acquisition and branding of sports, movie and other premium television content, and the branding and sale of certain communications equipment related to our consumer businesses, such as set top boxes and cable modems. The agreement provides for a royalty of 0.25% per annum of our

21




revenue from the relevant businesses, subject to a minimum annual royalty of £8.5 million (the royalty would have been approximately £9 million based on combined historical NTL and Telewest 2005 revenues including revenue from Virgin Mobile and our subsidiary Virgin.Net). The agreement replaces the existing license agreement under which our subsidiary Virgin.net was entitled to use the Virgin brand in relation to its internet business. The agreement has a term of 30 years, although we can terminate it after 10 years on one year’s notice, and it is subject to earlier termination by us in certain other circumstances, including (subject to specified payments) a change of control. The agreement also entitles us to use a corporate name that includes the Virgin name. We expect to commence the proposed re-branding of our consumer operations in early 2007.

Reverse Acquisition of Telewest

On March 3, 2006 NTL Holdings Inc. (formerly known as NTL Incorporated) merged with a subsidiary of NTL Incorporated (formerly known as Telewest Global, Inc. or Telewest) and the merger has been accounted for as a reverse acquisition of Telewest using the purchase method. This merger created the U.K.’s largest provider of residential broadband and triple play services. In connection with this transaction, Telewest changed its name to NTL Incorporated.

The total purchase price of approximately £3.5 billion includes cash of approximately £2.3 billion, common stock valued at £1.1 billion, stock options with a fair value of £33.3 million and estimated direct transaction costs of £25.1 million. The average market price per share of common stock utilized in determining the value of new common stock issued of £13.00 ($22.90) is based on an average of the closing prices of Telewest common stock for a range of trading days (September 29, September 30, October 3, October 4 and October 5, 2005) around the announcement date of the proposed merger (October 3, 2005). The cash payment of £2.3 billion was based on the redemption value of $16.25 (£9.30) per share of Telewest redeemable common stock issued in exchange for Telewest common stock in the transaction and 246.0 million shares of Telewest redeemable common stock so issued.

The outstanding options to purchase shares of NTL Holdings Inc. common stock were exchanged for options to purchase shares of NTL Incorporated new common stock with the same terms and conditions. The outstanding options to purchase shares of Telewest common stock were converted into options to purchase shares of NTL Incorporated new common stock at an option price calculated in accordance with the formula in the merger agreement. In accordance with the terms of Telewest’s equity-based plans, a significant proportion of Telewest’s outstanding options that were granted prior to March 3, 2006 vested upon completion of the merger. All vested and unvested options of Telewest have been recorded at their fair value by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Sale of Broadcast and Irish Operations

On January 31, 2005, we sold our broadcast operations, a provider of commercial television and radio transmission services, to a consortium led by Macquarie Communications Infrastructure Group. The cash proceeds from the sale were approximately £1.3 billion. Our broadcast operations provided site leasing, broadcast transmission, satellite, media, public safety communications and other network services, utilizing broadcast transmission infrastructure, wireless communications and other facilities.

On May 9, 2005, we sold our telecommunications operations in the Republic of Ireland to MS Irish Cable Holdings B.V., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley, for an aggregate purchase price of 333.4 million, or £225.5 million.

As a result of the sale of our broadcast and Ireland operations, we have accounted for the broadcast and Ireland operations as discontinued operations in 2005. Financial information for prior periods presented in this report is restated accordingly. The results of operations for the broadcast and Ireland operations have been excluded from the components of loss from continuing operations and shown in a

22




separate caption, titled income from discontinued operations, and the assets and liabilities of the broadcast and Ireland operations are reported as assets held for sale and liabilities of discontinued operations, respectively. Revenue from the broadcast operations reported in discontinued operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2005 was £nil and £21.4 million, respectively. Pre-tax (loss) income from broadcast operations, reported as pre-tax (loss) income from discontinued operations, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2005, was £(1.1) million and £3 million, respectively. Revenue from the Ireland operations reported in discontinued operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2005 was £6.4 million and £25.6 million, respectively. Pre-tax (loss) income from Ireland operations, reported as pre-tax (loss) income from discontinued operations, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2005 was £(0.7) million and £2.5 million, respectively.

Critical Accounting Policies

Business Combinations

We are required to allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values. We engage third party appraisal firms to assist us in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Such a valuation requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.

Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists; the trademark’s brand awareness and market position, as well as assumptions about the period of time the brand will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio; and discount rates. Management’s assumptions about fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Assumptions may be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur, which may affect management’s estimates.

Other estimates associated with the accounting for these acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. In particular, liabilities in relation to tax exposures or liabilities to restructure the pre-acquisition business, including the exit of properties and termination of employees, are subject to change as management completes its assessment of pre-merger operations and begins to execute the approved plan.

Factors Affecting Our Business

Our Cable segment residential customers account for the majority of our total revenue. The number of residential customers, the number and types of services that each customer uses and the prices we charge for these services drive our revenue. Our profit is driven by the relative margins on the types of services we provide to these customers. For example, broadband internet is more profitable than analogue television services. Our packaging of services and our pricing are designed to encourage our customers to use multiple services like dual telephone and broadband. Factors affecting our profitability include customer churn, average revenue per user, or ARPU, and competition.

23




Summary Statistics

Selected statistics for residential customers of NTL, excluding customers off our network and virgin.net customers for the three months ended June 30, 2006 as well as the four prior quarters, are set forth in the table below.

 

 

For the three months ended

 

 

 

June 30,
2006

 

March 31,
2006

 

December 31,
2005

 

September 30,
2005

 

June 30,
2005

 

Opening customers

 

4,983,800

 

3,089,800

 

 

3,097,300

 

 

 

3,055,900

 

 

3,008,100

 

Data cleanse(1)

 

(36,200

)

 

 

(18,100

)

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted opening customers

 

4,947,600

 

3,089,800

 

 

3,079,200

 

 

 

3,055,900

 

 

3,008,100

 

Increase in customers on acquisition of Telewest

 

 

1,880,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer additions

 

192,300

 

167,100

 

 

162,800

 

 

 

182,400

 

 

171,400

 

Customer disconnects

 

(211,200

)

(153,500

)

 

(142,200

)

 

 

(141,000

)

 

(123,600

)

Net customer movement

 

(18,900

)

13,600

 

 

20,600

 

 

 

41,400

 

 

47,800

 

Reduction in customer count(2)

 

 

 

 

(10,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

Closing customers

 

4,928,700

 

4,983,800

 

 

3,089,800

 

 

 

3,097,300

 

 

3,055,900

 

Churn(3)

 

1.5

%

1.4

%

 

1.6

%

 

 

1.6

%

 

1.5

%

Revenue generating units(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Television

 

3,293,100

 

3,315,900

 

 

1,942,700

 

 

 

1,940,100

 

 

1,961,900

 

DTV (included in Television)

 

2,836,200

 

2,786,500

 

 

1,445,100

 

 

 

1,409,300

 

 

1,405,100

 

Telephone

 

4,233,000

 

4,268,100

 

 

2,573,100

 

 

 

2,598,600

 

 

2,593,200

 

Broadband

 

2,902,300

 

2,821,700

 

 

1,625,200

 

 

 

1,546,300

 

 

1,408,600

 

Total Revenue Generating Units

 

10,428,400

 

10,405,700

 

 

6,141,000

 

 

 

6,085,000

 

 

5,963,700

 

RGU/Customers

 

2.12

x

2.09

x

 

1.99

x

 

 

1.96

x

 

1.95

x

Internet dial-up and DTV
access(5)

 

113,300

 

140,400

 

 

123,700

 

 

 

145,900

 

 

182,500

 

Average revenue per user(6)

 

£

42.21

 

£

40.92

 

 

£

38.96

 

 

 

£

38.99

 

 

£

39.69

 


(1)           Data cleanse activity in Q2-06 resulted in a decrease of 36,200 customers and 69,000 RGUs, a decrease of approximately 13,500 Telco, 24,400 Broadband and 31,100 TV RGUs. Data cleanse activity in Q2-06 is a result of more closely aligning customer definitions between old NTL and old Telewest together with the removal of approximately 20,000 inactive backlog customers in old NTL.

                           Data cleanse activity in Q4-05 resulted in a decrease in old NTL of 18,100 customers and 43,100 RGUs, a decrease of approximately 17,700 Telco, 26,600 Broadband and an increase of 1,300 net TV RGUs.

(2)           Review of inactive backlog customers in the three months ended December 31, 2005 resulted in an adjustment to remove an additional 10,000 customers.

(3)           Customer churn is calculated by taking the total disconnects during the month and dividing them by the average number of customers during the month. Average monthly churn during a quarter is the average of the three monthly churn calculations within the quarter.

(4)           Each telephone, television and broadband internet subscriber directly connected to our network counts as one RGU. Accordingly, a subscriber who receives both telephone and television service counts as two RGUs. RGUs may include subscribers receiving some services for free or at a reduced rate in connection with incentive offers.

(5)           Dial-up internet customers exclude metered customers who have not used the service within the last 30 days and include virgin.net customers.

(6)           The monthly average revenue per user, or ARPU, is calculated on a quarterly basis by dividing total revenue generated from the provision of telephone, television and internet services to customers who

24




are directly connected to our network in that period, exclusive of VAT, by the average number of customers directly connected to our network in that period divided by three. For the three months ended June 30, 2006, we had average on-net revenues of £628.4 million and average customers of 4,962,000.

Customer Churn.    Customer churn is a measure of the number of customers who stop using our services. An increase in our customer churn can lead to increased costs and reduced revenue. We continue to focus on improving our customer service and enhancing and expanding our service offerings to existing customers in an effort to manage our customer churn rate. Although our ability to reduce our customer churn rate beyond a base level is limited by factors like customers moving outside our network service area, in particular during the summer season, managing our customer churn rate is a significant component of our business plan. Our customer churn rate may increase if we are unable to deliver our services over our network without interruption or if we fail to match offerings by our competitors.

ARPU.    Average Revenue Per User, or ARPU, is a measure we use to evaluate how effectively we are realizing potential revenue from customers. We believe that our “triple play” offering of telephone service, broadband access to the internet and television services is attractive to our existing customer base and allows us to increase our ARPU by facilitating the sale of multiple services to each customer.

Competition.    Our ability to acquire and retain customers and increase revenue depends on our competitive strength. There is significant competition in our markets, including through other broadband service providers, telephone services offered by British Telecom (“BT”), alternative internet access services like DSL, which is offered by BT, satellite television services offered by BSkyB and digital terrestrial television offered through Freeview. If competitive forces prevent us from charging the prices for these services that we plan to charge, or if our competition is able to attract our customers or potential customers we are targeting, our results of operations will be adversely affected.

Capital Expenditures.    Our business requires substantial capital expenditures on a continuing basis for various purposes, including expanding, maintaining and upgrading our network, investing in new customer acquisitions, and offering new services. If we do not continue to invest in our network, our ability to retain and acquire customers may be hindered. Therefore, our liquidity and the availability of cash to fund capital projects are important drivers of our revenue. When our liquidity is restricted, so is our ability to meet our capital expenditure requirements. We believe that our cash on hand, together with cash from operations, and if required, drawdowns under our revolving credit facility, will be sufficient for our cash requirements through June 30, 2007.

Currency Movements.    We encounter currency exchange rate risks because all of our revenue and substantially all of our operating costs are earned and paid primarily in U.K. pounds sterling, but we pay interest and principal obligations with respect to a portion of our existing indebtedness in U.S. dollars and euros. To the extent that the pound sterling declines in value against the U.S. dollar or the euro, the effective cost of servicing our U.S. dollar debt or euro debt will be higher. As of June 30, 2006, £797.0 million, or 13.7% of our long-term debt, was denominated in U.S. dollars and £155.5 million, or 2.7%, of our long-term debt was denominated in euros. To mitigate the risk from these exposures, we have implemented a cash flow hedging program. The objective of this program is to reduce the volatility of our cash flows and earnings caused by changes in underlying rates.

Currently the principal element of all U.S. dollar and euro denominated debt is hedged in order to fully mitigate against the risks that are presented by moving exchange rates. In addition to this (and with the exception of the alternative bridge) all payments of interest in U.S. dollar and euro are also hedged until at least the first call date of the underlying instrument. The alternative bridge was partially re-financed by a $550 million Senior Note on July 25, 2006, and the principal and interest obligations incumbent upon the Company as a result of this have been hedged to maturity.

25




Seasonality.    Some revenue streams are subject to seasonal factors. For example, telephone usage revenue by customers and businesses tends to be slightly lower during summer holiday months. Our customer churn rates include persons who disconnect service because of moves, resulting in a seasonal increase in our churn rates during the summer months when higher levels of U.K. house moves occur and students leave their accommodations between school years. In addition, our Content segment includes home shopping channels operated by sit-up that are affected by seasonal changes that are common in the retail industry.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005

Historical Results from Continuing Operations

Revenue

For the three months ended June 30, 2006, consolidated revenue increased by 83.3% to £884.3 million from £482.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005. This increase is primarily due to the reverse acquisition of Telewest and the inclusion of its revenues from March 3, 2006.

Expenses

Operating Costs.    For the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, operating costs, including network expenses, increased by 87.5% to £367.5 million from £196.0 million. This increase is primarily attributable to the reverse acquisition of Telewest. Operating costs as a percentage of revenue ,increased to 41.6% for the three months ended June 30, 2006, from 40.6% for the same period in 2005, in part due to the inclusion of the Telewest content segment subsequent to the acquisition which has lower margins than our cable segment.

Selling, general and administrative expenses.    For the three months ended June 30, 2006, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 82.7% to £223.5 million from £122.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005. This increase is primarily attributable to the reverse acquisition of Telewest. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue remained broadly constant, remaining at 25.3% for the three months ended June 30, 2006 as they were for the same period in 2005.

Other charges

Other charges of £12.1 million in the three months ended June 30, 2006 relate to our historical restructuring programs and restructuring programs initiated in respect of the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

The following tables summarize our historical restructuring provisions and the restructuring provisions resulting from the reverse acquisition of Telewest at June 30, 2006 (in millions):

Historical Restructuring Provisions

 

 

 

Involuntary
Employee
Termination
and Related
Costs

 

Lease
Exit
Costs

 

Total

 

Balance, March 31, 2006

 

 

£

 

 

 

£

45.4

 

£

45.4

 

Charged to expense

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

1.1

 

Utilized

 

 

 

 

(1.9

)

(1.9

)

Balance, June 30, 2006

 

 

£

 

 

£

44.6

 

£

44.6

 

 

26




 

Acquisition Restructuring Provisions

 

 

 

Involuntary
Employee
Termination
and Related
Costs

 

Lease
Exit
Costs

 

Total

 

Balance, March 31, 2006

 

 

£

25.4

 

 

£

37.1

 

£

62.5

 

Amendments to business acquisition related provision

 

 

 

 

8.7

 

8.7

 

Charged to expense

 

 

8.4

 

 

2.6

 

11.0

 

Utilized

 

 

(8.9

)

 

(0.8

)

(9.7

)

Balance, June 30, 2006

 

 

£

24.9

 

 

£

47.6

 

£

72.5

 

 

Depreciation expense

For the three months ended June 30, 2006, depreciation expense increased to £219.3 million from £129.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005. This increase is primarily attributable to the reverse acquisition of Telewest and related fair value adjustment to the property and equipment acquired. Excluding the impact of the reverse acquisition of Telewest, depreciation expense has decreased due to the absence of depreciation on some assets that became fully depreciated in 2005.

Amortization expense

For the three months ended June 30, 2006, amortization expense increased to £55.6 million from £27.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005. The increase in amortization expense relates to additional intangible assets arising from the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

Interest expense

For the three months ended June 30, 2006, interest expense increased to £135.6 million from £58.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005, primarily as a result of the additional borrowing as a result of the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

We paid interest in cash of £152.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2006, and £104.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005. The increase in cash interest payments resulted from the effects of the new senior credit facility and senior bridge facility in respect of the reverse acquisition of Telewest and changes in timing of interest payments.

Foreign currency losses

The foreign currency losses of £94.1 million in the three months ended June 30, 2006 were largely comprised of foreign exchange losses of £75.4 million on U.S. dollar forward purchase contracts that were entered into to hedge the repayment amount of the U.S. dollar denominated bridge facility. The repayment of approximately $3.1 billion of this facility on June 19, 2006 resulted in an offsetting gain during the period of £99.1 million that has been recorded as a component of equity. For the three months ended June 30, 2005, foreign currency transaction losses were £12.8 million. These losses for the three months ended June 30, 2005 were primarily because of the effect of changes in the exchange rate on our U.S. dollar and euro denominated debt partially offset by unrealized gains of £14.5 million arising from changes in the fair value of our foreign currency forward contracts.

Gain from derivative instruments

The gain from derivative instruments of £5.7 million in the three months ended June 30, 2006, mainly relates to favourable movements in the mark-to-market values of sterling interest rate swaps.

27




Income tax benefit

For the three months ended June 30, 2006, income tax benefit was £9.9 million as compared with £9.8 million expense for the same period in 2005.

For the three months ended June 30, 2006, the tax benefit of £9.9 million was comprised of federal taxes of £8.8 million, and UK taxes of £1.0 million. The federal tax benefit is attributable to a current year US tax loss which is mainly derived from tax deductions related to the senior bridge facility repaid on June 19, 2006. The tax benefit related to the release of a deferred tax liability set up in 2005. The UK tax benefit related to amounts receivable in respect of the surrender of UK tax losses arising in the current period to our equity investments.

Pro Forma Combined Company Results

The following discussion describes the pro forma combined results of operations as if the reverse acquisition of Telewest had occurred on January 1, 2005 in respect of the three months ended June 30, 2005. Adjustments have been made to the combined results of operations primarily to reflect amortization of purchased intangibles as if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the period. This unaudited pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of NTL that would have been reported had the acquisition been completed as of the dates presented, and should not be taken as representative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial condition of NTL.

The pro forma results of operations of the combined company were as follows (in millions);

 

 

Three months ended June 30

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

% change

 

Revenue

 

£

884.3

 

£

859.9

 

 

2.8

 

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating costs

 

(367.5

)

(331.4

)

 

(10.9

)

 

SG&A

 

(223.5

)

(210.1

)

 

(6.4

)

 

Other charges

 

(12.1

)

(0.7

)

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

(219.3

)

(219.3

)

 

 

 

Amortization

 

(55.6

)

(60.1

)

 

7.5

 

 

Operating income

 

£

6.3

 

£

38.3

 

 

(83.6

)

 

 

Revenue

On a pro forma combined basis, revenue increased by 2.8% from the three month period ended June 30, 2005. The revenue increase from the comparative quarter in the prior year is principally due to the acquisition of Sit-Up Ltd by Telewest in May 2005, together with the favorable impact of increased revenues from our efforts at driving “triple play” bundles and selected price increases.

Operating Costs

On a pro forma combined basis our operating costs increased by 10.9% from the three month period ended June 30, 2005 primarily due to the inclusion of operating costs from sit-up, which was acquired by Telewest in May 2005. Operating costs have increased in line with revenue.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

On a pro forma combined basis our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 6.4% from the three month period ended June 30, 2005. The 6.4% increase from June 30, 2005 is principally due to costs incurred in connection with the integration of Telewest, additional share based compensation and the inclusion of selling, general and administrative expenses in respect of sit-up, which was acquired by

28




Telewest in May 2005. These cost increases have been offset in part by cost savings made as a result of beginning to integrate the Telewest and NTL operations, mainly through employee headcount reduction.

Other charges

On a pro forma combined basis, other charges increased by £11.4 million from the three month period ended June 30, 2005. The £12.1 million charge in the three months ended June 30, 2006 primarily represents employee termination costs and property exit costs in connection with a restructuring program with respect to the integration of the NTL and Telewest operations.

Depreciation and Amortization

On a pro forma combined basis, depreciation was relatively unchanged and amortization decreased by 7.5% from the three month period ended June 30, 2005. The decreased amortization is principally the result of the absence of amortization for intangible assets fully depreciated in 2005.

Pro Forma Segment Information

A description of the products and services, as well as year-to-date financial data, for each segment can be found above in Note 12 to the Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements. The segment results for the three-month period ended June 30, 2006 include the results of Telewest from April 1, 2006. The following discussion relates to the results of operations of each of our segments on a pro forma combined basis as if the reverse acquisition of Telewest had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented and combine Telewest’s historical Content and sit-up segments into the combined company’s Content segment. We believe that a pro forma comparison is more relevant than a historic comparison as we were a single segment business in prior periods. The reportable segments disclosed in this Form 10-Q are based on our management organizational structure as of June 30, 2006. Future changes to this organizational structure may result in changes to the reportable segments disclosed.

Segment operating income before depreciation, amortization and other charges, which we refer to as Segment OCF, is management’s measure of segment profit as permitted under SFAS 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”. Our management, including our chief executive officer who is our chief operating decision maker, considers Segment OCF as an important indicator of the operational strength and performance of our segments. Segment OCF excludes the impact of costs and expenses that do not directly affect our cash flows. Other charges, including restructuring charges, are also excluded from Segment OCF as management believes they are not characteristic of our underlying business operations.

Cable Segment

The summary pro forma combined results of operations of our Cable segment were as follows (in millions):

 

 

Three months ended June 30

 

 

 

       2006       

 

       2005       

 

Revenue

 

 

£

804.8

 

 

 

£

806.6

 

 

Inter segment revenue

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

Segment OCF

 

 

284.5

 

 

 

312.3

 

 

Depreciation, amortization and other charges

 

 

(280.2

)

 

 

(273.8

)

 

Operating income

 

 

£

4.3

 

 

 

£

38.5

 

 

 

29




Revenue

Our pro forma Cable segment revenue by customer type for the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 was as follows (in millions):

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Increase/
(Decrease)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

£

644.7

 

£

640.4

 

 

0.7

%

 

Business

 

160.1

 

166.2

 

 

(3.7

)%

 

Total revenue

 

£

804.8

 

£

806.6

 

 

(0.2

)%

 

 

Consumer:    For the three months ended June 30, 2006, pro forma revenue from residential customers increased by 0.7% to £644.7 million from £640.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005. This increase is driven largely by our efforts at driving “triple play” bundles together with television and telephony price rises offset by lower telephony usage.

Business:    For the three months ended June 30, 2006, pro forma revenue from business customers decreased by 3.7% to £160.1 million from £166.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005. This decrease is attributable to declines in telephony voice revenue and lower wholesale and other contract revenue, partially offset by greater data installation and rental revenue.

Segment OCF

For the three months ended June 30, 2006, pro forma Cable segment OCF decreased by 8.9% to £284.5 million from £312.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005. The decrease in OCF is primarily due to costs incurred in connection with the integration of Telewest, additional share based compensation expense and higher bad debt expense increased compared with the three months ended June 30, 2005.

30




Pro forma Summary Statistics

Selected pro forma combined statistics for residential customers of NTL and Telewest excluding customers off our network and virgin.net customers for the three months ended June 30, 2006 as well as the four prior quarters are set forth in the table below. Amounts shown assume the merger of NTL and Telewest had occurred on January 1, 2005.

 

 

For the three months ended

 

 

 

June 30,
2006

 

March 31,
2006

 

December 31,
2005

 

September 30,
2005

 

June 30,
2005

 

Opening customers

 

4,983,800

 

4,958,000

 

 

4,945,400

 

 

 

4,893,100

 

 

4,830,600

 

Data cleanse(1)

 

(36,200

)

 

 

(18,100

)

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted opening customers

 

4,947,600

 

4,958,000

 

 

4,927,300

 

 

 

4,893,100

 

 

4,830,600

 

Customer additions

 

192,300

 

218,100

 

 

248,900

 

 

 

271,900

 

 

250,800

 

Customer disconnects

 

(211,200

)

(192,300

)

 

(208,200

)

 

 

(219,600

)

 

(188,300

)

Net customer movement

 

(18,900

)

25,800

 

 

40,700

 

 

 

52,300

 

 

62,500

 

Reduction in customer count(2)

 

 

 

 

(10,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

Closing customers

 

4,928,700

 

4,983,800

 

 

4,958,000

 

 

 

4,945,400

 

 

4,893,100

 

Churn(3)

 

1.5

%

1.3

%

 

1.4

%

 

 

1.5

%

 

1.4

%

Revenue generating units(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Television

 

3,293,100

 

3,315,900

 

 

3,310,300

 

 

 

3,288,700

 

 

3,293,600

 

DTV(included in Television)

 

2,836,200

 

2,786,500

 

 

2,715,900

 

 

 

2,637,500

 

 

2,594,600

 

Telephone

 

4,233,000

 

4,268,100

 

 

4,260,000

 

 

 

4,285,000

 

 

4,282,400

 

Broadband

 

2,902,300

 

2,821,700

 

 

2,630,300

 

 

 

2,466,500

 

 

2,261,400

 

Total Revenue Generating Units

 

10,428,400

 

10,405,700

 

 

10,200,600

 

 

 

10,040,200

 

 

9,837,500

 

RGU/Customers

 

2.12

x

2.09

x

 

2.06

x

 

 

2.03

x

 

2.01

x

Internet dial-up and DTV access(5)

 

113,300

 

140,400

 

 

181,600

 

 

 

219,000

 

 

273,000

 

Average revenue per user(6)

 

£

42.21

 

£

41.50

 

 

£

41.27

 

 

 

£

41.28

 

 

£

41.63

 


       (1) Data cleanse activity in Q2-06 resulted in a decrease of 36,200 customers and 69,000 RGUs, a decrease of approximately 13,500 Telco, 24,400 Broadband and 31,100 TV RGUs. Data cleanse activity in Q2-06 is a result of more closely aligning customer definitions between old NTL and old Telewest together with the removal of approximately 20,000 inactive backlog customers in old NTL. Data cleanse activity in Q4-05 resulted in a decrease in old NTL of 18,100 customers and 43,100 RGUs, a decrease of approximately 17,700 Telco, 26,600 Broadband and an increase of 1,300 net TV RGUs.

       (2) Review of inactive backlog customers in the three months ended December 31, 2005 resulted in an adjustment to remove an additional 10,000 customers.

       (3) Customer churn is calculated by taking the total disconnects during the month and dividing them by the average number of customers during the month. Average monthly churn during a quarter is the average of the three monthly churn calculations within the quarter.

       (4) Each telephone, television and broadband internet subscriber directly connected to our network counts as one RGU. Accordingly, a subscriber who receives both telephone and television service counts as two RGUs. RGUs may include subscribers receiving some services for free or at a reduced rate in connection with incentive offers.

       (5) Dial-up internet customers exclude metered customers who have not used the service within the last 30 days and include virgin.net customers.

       (6) The monthly average revenue per user, or ARPU, is calculated on a quarterly basis by dividing total revenue generated from the provision of telephone, television and internet services to customers who are directly connected to our network in that period, exclusive of VAT, by the average number of customers directly connected to our network in that period, divided by three. For the three months ended June 30, 2006, we had average on-net revenues of £628.4 million and average customers of 4,962,000.

31




Content Segment

The summary pro forma combined results of operations of our Content segment were as follows (in millions):

 

 

Three months
ended June 30

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Revenue

 

£

79.5

 

£

53.3

 

Inter segment revenue

 

5.7

 

5.2

 

Segment OCF

 

8.8

 

6.1

 

Depreciation, amortization and other charges

 

(6.8

)

(6.3

)

Operating income (loss)

 

£

2.0

 

£

(0.2

)

 

Revenue

For the three months ended June 30, 2006, pro forma revenue in the Content segment increased by 49.2% to £79.5 million from £53.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005. This increase is driven largely by the inclusion in the three months ended June 30, 2006 of sit-up which was acquired by Telewest in May 2005, and contributed revenue of £45.1 million in the second quarter of 2006. Increased revenue from Flextech of £5.7 million was principally due to increased share of the advertising revenue market, a cumulative effect of the relative strength of the viewing performance of the Flextech TV channels, and a seasonal increase (the Easter period being in the second quarter of 2006 as compared to the first quarter in 2005.)

Segment OCF

For the three months ended June 30, 2006, pro forma Content segment OCF increased by 44.3% to £8.8 million from £6.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005. The increase in Content pro forma segment OCF is primarily due to the increase in revenue in Flextech partially offset by increased marketing costs, together with the inclusion of sit-up.

Six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005

Historical Results from Continuing Operations

Revenue

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, consolidated revenue increased by 52.6% to £1,495.7 million from £980.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. This increase is primarily due to the reverse acquisition of Telewest and the inclusion of its revenues from March 3, 2006.

Expenses

Operating Costs.    For the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, operating costs, including network expenses, increased by 54.5% to £622.4 million from £402.9 million. This increase is primarily attributable to the reverse acquisition of Telewest. Operating costs as a percentage of revenue increased slightly to 41.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2006, from 41.1% for the same period in 2005, in part due to the inclusion of the Telewest content segment subsequent to the acquisition which has lower margins than our cable segment.

Selling, general and administrative expenses.    For the six months ended June 30, 2006, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 57.6% to £381.6 million from £242.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. This increase is primarily attributable to the reverse acquisition of Telewest. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue remained broadly constant at 25.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2006, from 24.7% for the same period in 2005.

32




Other charges

Other charges of £20.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 relate to our historical restructuring programs and restructuring programs initiated in respect of the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

The following tables summarize our historical restructuring provisions and the restructuring provisions resulting from the reverse acquisition of Telewest at June 30, 2006 (in millions):

Historical Restructuring Provisions

 

 

 

Involuntary
Employee
Termination
and Related
Costs

 

Lease
Exit
Costs

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2005

 

 

£

 

 

£

45.3

 

£

45.3

 

Charged to expense

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

2.2

 

Utilized

 

 

 

 

(2.9

)

(2.9

)

Balance, June 30, 2006

 

 

£

 

 

£

44.6

 

£

44.6

 

 

Acquisition Restructuring Provisions

 

 

 

Involuntary
Employee
Termination
and Related
Costs

 

Lease
Exit
Costs

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2005

 

 

£

 

 

£

 

£

 

Provisions resulting from business acquisition recognized under EITF 95-3

 

 

34.8

 

 

33.2

 

68.0

 

Amendments to business acquisition related
provision

 

 

 

 

8.7

 

8.7

 

Charged to expense

 

 

11.8

 

 

6.5

 

18.3

 

Utilized

 

 

(21.7

)

 

(0.8

)

(22.5

)

Balance, June 30, 2006

 

 

£

24.9

 

 

£

47.6

 

£

72.5

 

 

Depreciation expense

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, depreciation expense increased to £368.6 million from £259.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. This increase is primarily attributable to the reverse acquisition of Telewest and related fair value adjustment to the property and equipment acquired. Excluding the impact of the reverse acquisition of Telewest, depreciation expense has decreased due to the absence of depreciation on some assets that became fully depreciated in 2005.

Amortization expense

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, amortization expense increased to £92.4 million from £54.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The increase in amortization expense relates to additional intangible assets arising from the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

Interest expense

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, interest expense increased to £219.4 million from £128.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005, primarily as a result of the additional borrowing as a result of the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

We paid interest in cash of £219.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006, and £118.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The increase in cash interest payments resulted from the effects of

33




the new senior credit facility and senior bridge facility in respect of the reverse acquisition of Telewest and changes in timing of interest payments.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

The loss on extinguishment of debt of £32.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006, relates to the write off of deferred financing costs on the senior credit facility that was repaid upon completion of the refinancing for the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

Loss from derivative instruments

The loss from derivative instruments of £3.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006, mainly relates to the termination of derivative instruments in respect of the foreign currency tranche of the senior credit facility that was repaid upon completion of the refinancing for the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

Foreign currency losses

The foreign currency losses of £104.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 were largely comprised of foreign exchange losses of £75.4 million on U.S. dollar forward purchase contracts that were entered into to hedge the repayment of the U.S. dollar denominated bridge facility. The repayment of approximately $3.1 billion of this facility on June 19, 2006 resulted in an offsetting gain during the period of £120.7 million that has been recorded as a component of equity. For the six months ended June 30, 2005, foreign currency transaction losses were £16.8 million. These losses for the six months ended June 30, 2005 were primarily because of the effect of changes in the exchange rate on our U.S. dollar and euro denominated debt partially offset by unrealized gains of £11.6 million arising from changes in the fair value of our foreign currency forward contracts.

Income tax benefit

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, income tax benefit was £9.9 million as compared with £21.1 million expense for the same period in 2005.

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, the tax benefit of £9.9 million was comprised of federal taxes of £8.8 million, and UK taxes of £1.0 million. The federal tax benefit is attributable to a current year US tax loss which is mainly derived from tax deductions related to the senior bridge facility repaid on June 19, 2006. The tax benefit related to the release of a deferred tax liability set up in 2005. The UK tax benefit related to amounts receivable in respect of the surrender of UK tax losses arising in the current period to equity investments.

Pro Forma Combined Company Results

The following discussion describes the pro forma combined results of operations as if the reverse acquisition of Telewest had occurred on January 1, 2006 in respect of the six months ended June 30, 2006 and on January 1, 2005 in respect of the six months ended June 30, 2005. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 include the results of operations of Telewest from March 3, 2006 (the acquisition date). Adjustments have been made to the combined results of operations primarily to reflect amortization of purchased intangibles as if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. This unaudited pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of NTL that would have been reported had the acquisition been completed as of the dates presented, and should not be taken as representative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial condition of NTL.

34




The pro forma results of operations of the combined company were as follows (in millions);

 

 

Six  months ended June 30

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

% change

 

Revenue

 

£

1,773.1

 

£

1,693.1

 

 

4.7

 

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating costs

 

(736.5

)

(658.9

)

 

11.8

 

 

SG&A

 

(466.3

)

(415.1

)

 

12.3

 

 

Other charges

 

(21.0

)

(1.1

)

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

(429.7

)

(439.3

)

 

(2.2

)

 

Amortization

 

(114.2

)

(120.1

)

 

(4.9

)

 

Operating income

 

£

5.4

 

£

58.6

 

 

(90.8

)

 

 

Revenue

On a pro forma combined basis, revenue increased by 4.7% from the six month period ended June 30, 2005. The revenue increase from the comparative quarter in the prior year is principally due to the acquisition of sit-up  by Telewest in May 2005 together with an increased number of broadband subscribers.

Operating Costs

On a pro forma combined basis our operating costs increased by 11.8% from the six month period ended June 30, 2005 primarily due to the inclusion of operating costs from sit-up, which was acquired by Telewest in May 2005.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

On a pro forma combined basis our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 12.3% from the six period ended June 30, 2005. The 12.3% increase from June 30, 2005 is principally due to costs incurred in connection with the reverse acquisition of Telewest, including investment banking, legal and accounting fees and insurance costs and the inclusion of selling, general and administrative expenses in respect of sit-up, which was acquired by Telewest in May 2005.

Other charges

On a pro forma combined basis, other charges increased by £19.9 million from the six month period ended June 30, 2005. The £21.0 million charge in the six months ended June 30, 2006 primarily represents employee termination costs and property exit costs in connection with a restructuring program with respect to the integration of the NTL and Telewest operations.

Depreciation and Amortization

On a pro forma combined basis, depreciation decreased by 2.2% and amortization decreased by 4.9% from the six month period ended June 30, 2005. The decreases are principally the result of the absence of depreciation for tangible and intangible assets fully depreciated in 2005.

Pro Forma Segment Information

A description of the products and services, as well as year-to-date financial data, for each segment can be found above in Note 12 to the Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements. The segment results for the six month period ended June 30, 2006 include the results of Telewest from March 3, 2006 (the acquisition date). The following discussion relates to the results of operations of each of our segments on a

35




pro forma combined basis as if the reverse acquisition of Telewest had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented and combine Telewest’s historical Content and sit-up segments into the combined company’s Content segment. We believe that a pro forma comparison is more relevant than a historic comparison as we were a single segment business in prior periods. The reportable segments disclosed in this Form 10-Q are based on our management organizational structure as of June 30, 2006. Future changes to this organizational structure may result in changes to the reportable segments disclosed.

Segment operating income before depreciation, amortization and other charges, which we refer to as Segment OCF is management’s measure of segment profit as permitted under SFAS 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”. Our management, including our chief executive officer who is our chief operating decision maker, considers Segment OCF as an important indicator of the operational strength and performance of our segments. Segment OCF excludes the impact of costs and expenses that do not directly affect our cash flows. Other charges, including restructuring charges, are also excluded from Segment OCF as management believes they are not characteristic of our underlying business operations.

Cable Segment

The summary pro forma combined results of operations of our Cable segment were as follows (in millions):

 

 

Six months ended June 30

 

 

 

     2006     

 

     2005     

 

Revenue

 

 

£

1,607.1

 

 

 

£

1,610.7

 

 

Inter segment revenue

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

Segment OCF

 

 

552.1

 

 

 

609.0

 

 

Depreciation, amortization and other charges

 

 

(551.4

)

 

 

(548.2

)

 

Operating income

 

 

£

0.7

 

 

 

£

60.8

 

 

 

Revenue

Our pro forma Cable segment revenue by customer type for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 was as follows (in millions):

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Increase/
(Decrease)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

£

1,281.4

 

£

1,270.2

 

 

0.9

%

 

Business

 

325.7

 

340.5

 

 

(4.3

)%

 

Total revenue

 

£

1,607.1

 

£

1,610.7

 

 

(0.2

)%

 

 

Consumer:    For the six months ended June 30, 2006, pro forma revenue from residential customers increased by 0.9% to £1,281.4 million from £1,270.2 for the six months ended June 30, 2005. This increase is driven largely by growth in the number of broadband internet subscribers together with television and telephony price rises offset by lower telephony usage.

Business:    For the six months ended June 30, 2006, pro forma revenue from business customers decreased by 4.3% to £325.7 million from £340.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. This decrease is attributable to declines in telephony voice revenue and lower wholesale and other contract revenue, partially offset by greater data installation and rental revenue.

36




Segment OCF

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, pro forma Cable segment OCF decreased by 9.3% to £552.1 million from £609.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The decrease in OCF is primarily due to increased selling, general and administrative expenses, which included charges of £20.9 million relating to the reverse acquisition of Telewest, consisting of legal and professional charges of £11.7 million and executive compensation costs and insurance expenses of £9.2 million. In addition, share based compensation expense and bad debt expense increased compared with the six months ended June 30, 2005.

Content Segment

The summary pro forma combined results of operations of our Content segment were as follows (in millions):

 

 

Six months
ended June 30

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Revenue

 

£

166.0

 

£

82.4

 

Inter segment revenue

 

11.0

 

10.1

 

Segment OCF

 

18.2

 

10.1

 

Depreciation, amortization and other charges

 

(13.5

)

(12.3

)

Operating income (loss)

 

£

4.7

 

£

(2.2

)

 

Revenue

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, pro forma revenue in the Content segment increased by 101.5% to £166.0 million from £82.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. This increase is driven largely by the inclusion in the six months ended June 30, 2006 of sit-up which was acquired by Telewest in May 2005, and contributed revenue of £97.0 million in the first half of 2006. Increased revenue from Flextech of £10.7 million was principally due to an increased share of the advertising revenue market together with the cumulative effect of the relative strength of the viewing performance of the Flextech TV channels.

Segment OCF

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, pro forma Content segment OCF increased by 80.2% to £18.2 million from £10.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The increase in Content pro forma segment OCF is primarily due to the increase in revenue in Flextech partially offset by increased marketing costs, together with the inclusion of sit-up.

Statement of Cash Flows

Cash flow information provided below is for our continuing operations.

Six Months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, cash provided by operating activities increased to £243.8 million from £122.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. This increase is primarily attributable to the reverse acquisition of Telewest and an improvement in working capital offset by an increase in cash paid for interest. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, cash paid for interest, exclusive of amounts capitalized, increased to £219.5 million from £118.9 million during the same period in 2005. This increase resulted from the higher levels of borrowings and repayment of existing facilities following the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

37




For the six months ended June 30, 2006, cash used in investing activities was £2,258.4 million compared with cash provided by investing activities of £1,280.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The cash used in investing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2006 includes £2,013.7 million for the reverse acquisition of Telewest, net of cash acquired of £294.9 million. The cash provided by investing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2005 includes £1.2 billion from the sale of our broadcast operations. Purchases of fixed assets increased to £263.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006 from £144.4 million for the same period in 2005 primarily because of the timing of cash payments and the reverse acquisition of Telewest.

Cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was £1,731.0 million compared to cash used in financing activities of £810.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005. The principal sources of cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2006 were the new £5.3 billion senior credit facilities and the £0.6 billion alternative bridge facility by the repayment of our previous senior credit and bridge facilities. For the six months ended June 30, 2005, cash used in financing activities related to the repurchases of our common stock in the open market for £114.0 million and the prepayment of £700.0 million on our senior credit facility.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

New Senior Credit Facilities

On March 3, 2006 we prepaid £1,358.1 million in respect of NTL Holdings’ senior credit facility, £1,689.9 million in respect of Telewest’s existing senior credit facilities and £102.0 in respect of Flextech’s senior credit facility. All of these facilities were repaid in full utilizing borrowings under our new senior credit facilities.

Our new senior secured credit facilities provide for a senior secured credit facility in an aggregate principal sterling equivalent amount of £5.275 billion, comprising a £3.35 billion 5 year amortizing tranche A term loan facility, a £175 million 5 year amortizing tranche A1 term loan facility, a £300 million 6½ year bullet tranche B1 term loan facility, a £351 million 6½ year bullet tranche B2 term loan facility, a 500 million 6½ year bullet tranche B3 term loan facility, a $650 million 6½ year bullet tranche B4 term loan facility, a £300 million 7 year bullet tranche C term credit facility and a £100 million 5 year multicurrency revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”). Our new senior secured credit facilities (other than for tranche C) have the benefit of a full and unconditional senior secured guarantee from NTL Cable PLC as well as first priority pledges of the shares and assets of substantially all of the operating subsidiaries of NTL Investment Holdings Limited (“NTLIH”) and of receivables arising under any intercompany loans to those subsidiaries. The senior secured guarantee of NTL Cable PLC is secured by a first priority pledge of the entire capital stock of NTLIH and the receivables under any intercompany loans from NTL Cable PLC to NTLIH. The guarantee of the C tranche of our new senior secured credit facilities will share in the security of NTL Cable PLC granted to the senior secured credit facilities, but will receive proceeds only after the other tranches and will not benefit from guarantees or security granted by other members of the group.

Principal under Tranches A and A1 is subject to repayment each six months as follows:

Date

 

 

 

Amount

 

30 September 2007

 

£

237 million

 

31 March 2008

 

£

237 million

 

30 September 2008

 

£

237 million

 

31 March 2009

 

£

265 million

 

30 September 2009

 

£

475 million

 

31 March 2010

 

£

527 million

 

30 September 2010

 

£

580 million

 

Final maturity date

 

£

967 million

 

 

38




The annual rate of interest payable under our new senior facilities is the sum of (i) the London Interbank Rate (LIBOR) or European Interbank Rate (EURIBOR), as applicable, plus (ii) the applicable interest margin and the applicable cost of complying with any reserve requirement.

The applicable interest margin for Tranche A, A1 and the Revolving Facility depends upon the net leverage ratio then in effect as set forth below:

Leverage Ratio

 

 

 

Margin

 

Less than 3.00:1

 

 

1.250

%

 

Greater than or equal to 3.00:1 but less than 3.40:1

 

 

1.375

%

 

Greater than or equal to 3.40:1 but less than 3.80:1

 

 

1.500

%

 

Greater than or equal to 3.80:1 but less than 4.20:1

 

 

1.625

%

 

Greater than or equal to 4.20:1 but less than 4.50:1

 

 

1.750

%

 

Greater than or equal to 4.50:1 but less than 4.80:1

 

 

1.875

%

 

Greater than or equal to 4.80:1 but less than 5.00:1

 

 

2.125

%

 

Greater than or equal to 5.00:1

 

 

2.250

%

 

 

The applicable interest margin for Tranche B and Tranche C are as follows:

Facility

 

 

 

Margin

 

B1

 

 

2.125

%

 

B2

 

 

2.125

%

 

B3

 

 

2.000

%

 

B4

 

 

2.000

%

 

C

 

 

2.75

%

 

 

Senior Notes

The U.S. dollar-denominated 8.75% senior notes due 2014 were issued by NTL Cable PLC on April 13, 2004 and have a principal amount outstanding of $425 million. The sterling-denominated 9.75% senior notes due 2014 were issued by NTL Cable PLC on April 13, 2004 and have a principal amount outstanding of £375 million. The euro-denominated 8.75% senior notes due 2014 were issued by NTL Cable PLC on April 13, 2004 and have a principal amount outstanding of 225 million .

The U.S. dollar denominated 9.125% senior notes due 2016 were issued by NTL Cable PLC on July 25, 2006, and have a principal amount outstanding of $550 million.

Restrictions under our existing debt agreements

The agreements governing the senior notes and our senior credit facility significantly and, in some cases absolutely, restrict our ability and the ability of most of our subsidiaries to:

·        incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

·        pay dividends or make other distributions, or redeem or repurchase equity interests or subordinated obligations;

·        make investments;

·        sell assets, including the capital stock of subsidiaries;

·        enter into sale/leaseback transactions;

39




·        create liens;

·        enter into agreements that restrict the restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends, transfer assets or make intercompany loans;

·        merge or consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of their assets; and

·        enter into transactions with affiliates.

Our business is capital intensive, we are highly leveraged, and we have historically incurred operating losses and negative cash flow, partly as a result of our construction costs, operating expenditures and interest costs. We require significant amounts of capital to connect customers to our network, expand and upgrade our network, offer new services and integrate our billing systems and customer databases. We must also regularly service interest payments with cash flows from operations. Our ability to sustain operations, meet financial covenants under our indebtedness, and make required payments on our indebtedness could be impaired if we are unable to maintain or achieve various financial performance measures. Our ability to service our capital needs, to service our obligations under our indebtedness and to fund our ongoing operations will depend upon our ability to generate cash.

Although we expect to generate positive cash flow in the future, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. We believe that our cash on hand, together with cash from operations and unused credit facilities, will be sufficient for our cash requirements through at least June 30, 2007. However, our cash requirements after June 30, 2007 may exceed these sources of cash. This may require that we obtain additional financing in excess of the financing incurred in the refinancing transaction. We may not be able to obtain financing at all, or on favorable terms, or we may be contractually prevented by the terms of the senior notes or our senior credit facility from incurring additional indebtedness.

We are a holding company with no independent operations or significant assets other than our investments in our subsidiaries. As a result, we will depend upon the receipt of sufficient funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. In addition, the terms of our and our subsidiaries’ existing and future indebtedness and the laws of the jurisdictions under which those subsidiaries are organized limit the payment of dividends, loan repayments and other distributions to us under many circumstances.

Our debt agreements and the debt agreements of some of our subsidiaries contain restrictions on our ability to transfer cash between groups of our subsidiaries. As a result of these restrictions, although our overall liquidity may be sufficient to satisfy our obligations, we may be limited by covenants in some of our debt agreements from transferring cash to other subsidiaries that might require funds. In addition, cross-default provisions in our other indebtedness may be triggered if we default on any of these debt agreements.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

The following table includes aggregate information about our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2006, and the periods in which payments are due (in millions).

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

1-3

 

3-5

 

More than

 

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

Total

 

1 year

 

years

 

years

 

5 years

 

Long-Term Debt Obligations

 

£

5,733.7

 

 

£

3.3

 

 

£

676.8

 

£

1,600.8

 

 

£

3,452.8

 

 

Capital Lease Obligations

 

184.8

 

 

51.5

 

 

30.9

 

8.8

 

 

93.6

 

 

Operating Lease Obligations

 

387.7

 

 

68.3

 

 

104.2

 

77.2

 

 

138.0

 

 

Purchase Obligations

 

383.6

 

 

306.4

 

 

17.7

 

17.0

 

 

42.5

 

 

Total

 

£

6,689.8

 

 

£

429.5

 

 

£

829.6

 

£

1,703.8

 

 

£

3,726.9

 

 

 

40




Based on current LIBOR interest rates, margins and interest rate swaps the projected interest expense for the next 12 months on our long term debt and capital lease obligations is approximately £470 million.

The following table includes information about our commercial commitments as of June 30, 2006. Commercial commitments are items that we could be obligated to pay in the future. They are not required to be included in the consolidated balance sheet (in millions).

 

 

 

 

Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

1-3

 

3-5

 

More than

 

Other Commercial Commitments

 

 

 

Total

 

   1 year   

 

   years   

 

   years   

 

   5 years   

 

Guarantees

 

£

24.0

 

 

£

4.9

 

 

 

£

11.2

 

 

 

£

 

 

 

£

7.9

 

 

Lines of Credit

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

Standby Letters of Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standby Repurchase Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Commercial Commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Commercial Commitments

 

£

25.5

 

 

£

4.9

 

 

 

£

12.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

£

8.6

 

 

 

Guarantees relate to performance bonds provided by banks on our behalf as part of our contractual obligations. The fair value of the guarantees has been calculated by reference to the monetary value of each bond. Other Commercial Commitments relate to brand license agreements.

ITEM 3.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange and interest rates. As some of our indebtedness accrues interest at variable rates, we have exposure to volatility in future cash flows and earnings associated with variable interest rate payments.

Also, all of our revenues and a substantial portion of our operating costs are earned and paid in pounds sterling but we pay interest and principal obligations on some of our indebtedness in U.S. dollars and euros. As of June 30, 2006, £797.0 million, or 13.7% of our long-term debt, was denominated in U.S. dollars and £155.5 million, or 2.7%, of our long-term debt was denominated in euros. As a result, we have exposure to volatility in future cash flows and earnings associated with changes in foreign exchange rates on payments of principal and interest on a portion of our indebtedness.

To mitigate the risk from these exposures, we have implemented a cash flow hedging program. The objective of this program is to reduce the volatility of our cash flows and earnings caused by changes in underlying rates. To achieve this objective we have entered into a number of derivative instruments. The derivative instruments utilized comprise interest rate swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts. We do not enter into derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The fair market values of long-term fixed interest rate debt and the amount of future interest payments on variable interest rate debt are subject to interest rate risk.

41




The following table provides information as of June 30, 2006 about our long-term fixed and variable interest rate debt that is sensitive to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates (in millions).

 

 

Six months
ending
December 31,

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value
June 30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

2006

 

Long-term debt including current portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

425.0

 

 

$

425.0

 

 

$

414.9

 

 

Average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.75

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average forward exchange rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pound Sterling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£

375.0

 

 

£

375.0

 

 

£

374.1

 

 

Average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.75

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

225.0

 

 

225.0

 

 

227.8

 

 

Average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.75

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average forward exchange rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pound Sterling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Rate

 

 

 

 

£

225.0

 

£

450.0

 

£

700.0

 

£

1,050.0

 

 

£

775.0

 

 

£

3,200.0

 

 

£

3,200.0

 

 

Average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

Libor
plus
1.875%

 

Libor
plus
1.875%

 

Libor
plus
1.875%

 

Libor
plus
1.875%

 

 

Libor
plus
1.875%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,048.8

 

 

$

1,048.8

 

 

$

1,048.8

 

 

Average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Libor
plus
6%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pound Sterling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£

1,200.0

 

 

£

1,200.0

 

 

£

1,200.0

 

 

Average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Libor
plus
2.25%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 4.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)            Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, these controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the registrant in the reports the registrant files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. These disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the registrant in the reports that it files or submits is accumulated and communicated to the registrant’s management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

42




(b)           Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

On March 3, 2006, we completed the reverse acquisition of Telewest. As a consequence of our integration of Telewest, we expect to make material changes to our internal control over financial reporting and we will disclose all material changes resulting from this transaction in our future quarterly and annual reports. Other than as stated above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal quarter to which this report relates that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

43




PART II—OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.                 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in disputes and litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are also involved in various disputes and legal proceedings, none of which is a material pending legal proceeding that exclusive of interest and costs, is anticipated to exceed 10% of our and our subsidiaries’ current assets on a consolidated basis, or is otherwise reportable in response to this item.

ITEM 1A.         RISK FACTORS

Since December 31, 2005, there have been no material changes in the risk factors discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in our Form 10-K that was filed with the SEC on February 28, 2006 and the Form 10-K of NTL Holdings Inc. that was filed with the SEC on March 1, 2006.

ITEM 2.                 UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None.

ITEM 3.                 DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None.

ITEM 4.                 SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Our annual meeting of stockholders was held on May 18, 2006. The following nominees were elected as directors, each to hold office for a period of three years, by the votes set forth below:

Nominee

 

 

 

For

 

Withheld

 

Edwin M Banks

 

227,696,197

 

25,982,710

 

Stephen A. Burch

 

232,739,609

 

20,939,298

 

Simon P. Duffy

 

230,050,022

 

23,628,885

 

Charles K. Gallagher

 

229,623,299

 

24,055,608

 

 

The following directors have terms continuing after the annual meeting of stockholders: James F. Mooney, William R. Huff, George R. Zoffinger, Jeffrey D. Benjamin, William J. Connors, David Elstein and Anthony (Cob) Stenham.

The appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as our independent auditor for the year ended December 31, 2006 was ratified by the votes set forth below:

For

 

250,868,683

 

Against

 

2,809,378

 

Abstained

 

846

 

 

The adoption of share issuance feature of the NTL Group 2006 Bonus Scheme was ratified by the votes set forth below:

For

 

214,181,138

 

Against

 

1,073,065

 

Abstained

 

125,163

 

Broker non-votes

 

38,299,541

 

 

44




The adoption of the NTL Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved by the votes set forth below:

For

 

139,819,898

 

Against

 

75,432,727

 

Abstained

 

126,741

 

Broker non-votes

 

38,299,541

 

 

ITEM 5.                 OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 6.                 EXHIBITS

4.1

 

Indenture, dated as of July 25, 2006, among NTL Cable PLC, NTL Incorporated, the Intermediate Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture), NTL Investment Holdings Limited, The Bank of New York as trustee and paying agent and The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg paying agent (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 25, 2006).

10.1

 

Investment Agreement dated as of April 3, 2006 between NTL Incorporated and Virgin Entertainment Investment Holdings Limited.*

10.2

 

Trade Mark Licence dated April 3, 2006 between Virgin Enterprises Limited (“VEL”) and NTL Group Limited.*

10.3

 

Letter Agreement dated April 3, 2006 between NTL Incorporated and VEL relating to VEL’s right to propose a candidate to serve on the NTL Incorporated Board of Directors.*

10.4

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Notice for directors.*

10.5

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Notice for United Kingdom employees.*

10.6

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Notice for United States employees.*

10.7

 

Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of March 16, 2006 between NTL Incorporated and Neil A. Berkett.*

10.8

 

Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of May 26, 2006 between NTL Incorporated and Neil R. Smith.*

10.9

 

Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of May 26, 2006 between NTL Incorporated and Malcolm Wall.*

10.10

 

NTL Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan as amended and restated as of June 15, 2006.*

10.11

 

Forms of Incentive Stock Option Notice (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 12, 2006).

10.12

 

Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Notice (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 12, 2006).

10.13

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 12, 2006).

10.14

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, and Restricted Stock Agreement, entered into by and between NTL Incorporated and James Mooney, dated as of July 5, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 7, 2006).

 

45




 

10.15

 

Terms & Conditions of Employment of Robert Gale effective January 1, 2002 as amended on October 21, 2005.*

10.16

 

Senior Facilities Agreement dated 3 March 2006 as amended and restated on 22 May 2006 and 10 July 2006 between, among others, the Company, certain of its subsidiaries (as Borrowers and/or Guarantors) and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, J.P. Morgan Plc, The Royal Bank of Scotland Plc and Goldman Sachs International (as Bookrunners and Mandated Lead Arrangers) (excluding schedules) (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 10, 2006).

10.17

 

Group Intercreditor Deed dated 3 March 2006 as amended and restated on 13 June 2006 and 10 July 2006 between, among others, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Facility Agent and Security Trustee and the Senior Lenders, the Intergroup Debtors and the Intergroup Creditors named therein (excluding schedules) (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 10, 2006).

10.18

 

Deed of Accession dated July 18, 2006 between NTL Investment Holdings Limited and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as C Facility Lender and as Facility Agent (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2006).

10.19

 

Deed of Accession dated July 18, 2006 among NTL Investment Holdings Limited, JPMorgan Chase Bank as C Facility Lender and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Facility Agent (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2006).

10.20

 

Deed of Accession dated July 18, 2006 among NTL Investment Holdings Limited, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P. as C Facility Lender and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Facility Agent (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2006).

10.21

 

Deed of Accession dated July 18, 2006 among NTL Investment Holdings Limited, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as C Facility Lender and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Facility Agent (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2006).

10.22

 

Form of Senior Facilities Amendment Letter (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 18, 2006).

10.23

 

Form of Bridge Facilities Amendment Letter (Incorporated by reference to NTL Incorporated’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 18, 2006).

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act.

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act.

32.1

 

Certifications of CEO and CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.


                 * Filed herewith

46




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

NTL INCORPORATED

Date: August 9, 2006

By:

/s/ STEPHEN A. BURCH

 

 

Stephen A. Burch

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

Date: August 9, 2006

By:

/s/ JACQUES KERREST

 

 

Jacques Kerrest

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

47



Exhibit 10.1

 

INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

 

INVESTMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of April 3, 2006, between NTL Incorporated, a Delaware corporation formerly known as Telewest Global, Inc. (the “ Company ”), each of the parties from time to time specified on Exhibit A, including, for the avoidance of doubt, each Permitted Transferee (each, a “ Holder ,” and collectively, the “ Holders ”), and, for purposes of Article IV, Article VII, and Article VIII only, Sir Richard Branson (“Branson”), who shall be deemed to be a Holder for purposes of those Articles.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to a transaction with the Company (the “ Transaction ”), each Holder will receive, among other consideration, the aggregate number of shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) set forth next to a Holder’s name on Exhibit A;

 

WHEREAS, the parties have determined to enter into this Agreement to govern their relationships subsequent to the closing of the Transaction;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and of the covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

Definitions

 

The following terms have the following respective meanings:

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Affiliate ” means, (i) with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person, and (ii) with respect to any individual, shall also mean the spouse, child, grandchild or other relative of such individual or any relative of such spouse, or a trust established for the benefit of any of them. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies (including investment policies, such as the voting, acquisition or disposition of securities) of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the Beneficial Ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Associate ” means, with respect to any Person: (A)(i) any corporation or organization of which such Person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities, (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity or, if the Person is a trust or estate, any beneficiary of the trust or estate, and (iii) any spouse, child, grandchild or other relative of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, or a trust established for the benefit of any of them; and (B) if any Person is an

 

1



 

“Associate” under (A) above and is an individual, “Associate” shall include any spouse, child, grandchild or other relative of that individual or his or her spouse, or a trust established for the benefit of any of them.

 

Beneficially Own” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3. “ Beneficial Owner ” means a person who Beneficially Owns securities. “ Beneficial Ownership ” refers to a person’s status of being a Beneficial Owner of securities.

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Combination Transaction ” means a tender offer for Voting Securities of, merger or consolidation with, or sale of any significant business of, the Company, or any similar transaction.

 

Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Company, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.

 

Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.

 

Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9.

 

Closing Date ” means the closing date of the Transaction.

 

Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the second recital.

 

Common Stock Equivalents ” means all options, warrants and other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for (at any time or upon the occurrence of any event or contingency and without regard to any vesting or other conditions to which such securities may be subject) Common Stock.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble;

 

Demand Exercise Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

Demand Registration Requests ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

Demand Registrations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

Disposal ” means (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, announce the intention to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock or rights therein (including voting), other than in connection with a bona fide pledge to a commercial bank to secure borrowings in the ordinary course of the Holder’s business whereby the Holder retains all voting rights prior to default or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the incidents of Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2



 

Expenses ” means any and all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with Article 6, including, without limitation: (i) SEC, stock exchange or NASD registration and filing fees and all listing fees and fees with respect to the inclusion of securities on any securities market on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws and in connection with the preparation of a “blue sky” survey, including without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of blue sky counsel, (iii) printing and copying expenses, (iv) messenger and delivery expenses, (v) expenses incurred in connection with any road show, (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (vii) with respect to each registration, the fees and disbursements (which shall not exceed $25,000) of one counsel for the selling Holder(s) (selected by the Majority Participating Holders), (viii) fees and disbursements of all independent public accountants (including the expenses of any audit and/or “cold comfort” letter) and fees and expenses of other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company, (ix) fees and expenses payable to a Qualified Independent Underwriter (as such term is defined in Schedule E to the By-Laws of the NASD) and (x) any other fees and disbursements of underwriters, if any, customarily paid by issuers of securities.

 

Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Holder Controlling Persons ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Information Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.

 

Initial Holding ” means 34,260,959 shares of Common Stock (as the same may be adjusted from time to time as a result of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other combination of shares or any reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization).

 

Initiating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

Licence Agreement Side Letter ” means that letter agreement dated the date hereof between Virgin Enterprises Limited and the Company.

 

Majority Holders ” means Holders holding more than 50% of the Registrable Securities at any time.

 

Majority Participating Holders ” means Participating Holders holding more than 50% of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in any offering of Registrable Securities by such Participating Holders pursuant to Article V.

 

NASD ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

 

Participating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

 

3



 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivisions thereof.

 

Piggyback Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

“Piggyback Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

 

Postponement Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

Registrable Securities ” means any shares of Common Stock issued in the Transaction to the Holders or acquired by any Holder in accordance with Section 4.1(a), or in exchange for or with respect to such Common Stock by way of stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, or (B) such securities shall be capable of being sold without restriction in accordance with Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision).

 

Related Person ” means with respect to any Person, its Affiliates and Associates.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Section 5.3(a) Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Shelf Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

 

Third Party ” means any Person other the Holders and their respective Affiliates.

 

Third Party Offer ” means any bona fide offer to enter into a Business Combination Transaction by any Third Party.

 

Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in the first recital.

 

Valid Business Reason ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

 

Virgin Mobile ” means Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc.

 

Voting Securities ” means securities of the Company, including the Common Stock, with the power to vote with respect to the elections of directors of the Company and all securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities.

 

4



 

2008 Annual Meeting Date ” means the date in 2008 on which the Company’s regular annual meeting (including any adjournment thereof) takes place, provided that, should such date be later than June 30, 2008, references herein to the Annual Meeting Date shall refer to June 30, 2008.

 

ARTICLE II

Representations

 

2.1            Representations of the Company .

 

The Company represents to each Holder as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date that:

 

(i) the Company has the full legal right, power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

(ii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company has been duly authorized by the Company;

 

(iii) this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, provided that the enforcement of the rights and remedies created hereby may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and (iv) the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (A) any indenture, mortgage, dead of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (B) the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or (C) any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.2.          Representations of the Holders .

 

Each Holder represents to the Company, severally and not jointly, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date that:

 

(a)            such Holder has the full legal right, power and authority, and, if such Holder is an individual, the legal capacity, to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

(b)            the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Holder has been duly

 

5



 

authorized by such Holder;

 

(c)            this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Holder enforceable against such Holder in accordance with its terms, provided that the enforcement of the rights and remedies created hereby may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

(d)            such Holder does not have any agreements, arrangements or understandings with any person or entity regarding any of the matters prohibited by Articles 3 and 4 other than this Agreement, and compliance by such Holder with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (A) any indenture, mortgage, dead of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Holder or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which such Holder or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Holder or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (B) if such Holder is an entity, its constituent documents or agreements or (C) any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Holder or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by such Holder of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.;

 

(e)            after giving effect to the Transaction, such Holder will Beneficially Own (with “ Beneficially Own ” having the meanings given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under, or Section 16(b) of, the Exchange Act (as such rule and section are currently in effect)), as of the Closing Date, only those shares of Common Stock listed on Annex I opposite such Holder’s name; and

 

(f)             neither such Holder nor any Affiliate or Associate of such Holder Beneficially Owns (nor does such Holder or any such Affiliate or Associate have any intention to become the Beneficial Owner of) any Common Stock or rights or interests in Common Stock other than as set forth in clause (e) above or as may be acquired after the date hereof in accordance with
Section 4.1 (a).

 

ARTICLE III

Lock-Up

 

3.1.          Lock-Up Provisions . Each Holder agrees, subject to sections 4.1 and 8.2, with respect to the Common Stock received pursuant to the Transaction (including for purposes of this Article any securities received in exchange for or in respect of such Common Stock by way of stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization):

 

(a)            from the Closing Date until the date that is three months after the Closing Date,

 

6



 

such Holder will not make any Disposal;

 

(b)            from the date that is three months after the Closing Date until the day prior to the date that is six months after the Closing Date, such Holder will not make any Disposal, except for Disposals in the aggregate that are equal to or less than 12.5% of the Initial Holding;

 

(c)            from the date that is six months after the Closing Date until the day prior to the date that is nine months after the Closing Date, such Holder will not make any Disposal, except for Disposals in the aggregate (including cumulatively such Disposals as have been made under subsection (b) above) that are equal to or less than 25% of the Initial Holding;

 

(d)            from the date that is nine months after the Closing Date until the day prior to the date that is twelve months after the Closing Date, such Holder will not make any Disposal, except for Disposals in the aggregate (including cumulatively such Disposals as have been made under subsections (b) and (c) above) that are equal to or less than 37.5% of the Initial Holding;

 

(e)            from the date that is twelve months after the Closing Date until the day prior to the date that is fifteen months after the Closing Date, such Holder will not make any Disposal, except for Disposals in the aggregate (including cumulatively such Disposals as have been made under subsections (b), (c) and (d) above) that are equal to or less than 50% of the Initial Holding;

 

(f)             from the date that is fifteen months after the Closing Date until the day prior to date that is eighteen months after the Closing Date, such Holder will not make any Disposal, except for Disposals in the aggregate (including cumulatively such Disposals as have been made under subsections (b), (c), (d) and (e) above) that are equal to or less than 75% of the Initial Holding;

 

(g)            from the date that is eighteen months after the Closing Date, such Holder may make any Disposals provided that such sales must be either (i) made pursuant to Rule 144 to the extent applicable, or (ii) pursuant to Article V hereof; and

 

(h)            to make Disposals only in a manner consistent with the maintenance of an orderly market for the Common Stock and seeking to avoid any adverse effect on the trading price of the Common Stock.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent a hedging transaction is a Disposal, once the hedge is closed out the Disposal will be treated as if it had never taken place for purposes of the cumulative Disposals permitted under this Section 3.1

 

3.2            Termination. The provisions of Section 3.1 shall not apply in respect of Disposals made in any Business Combination Transaction approved by the Board of Directors.

 

7



 

ARTICLE IV

Conduct

 

4.1.           Conduct of Holders .  Until after the 2008 Annual Meeting Date, each Holder will not, and will cause each of its Related Persons not to, either alone or as part of a “group” (as such term is used in Section 13d-5 (as such rule is currently in effect) of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly:

 

(a)            acquire or seek to acquire, by purchase or otherwise, Beneficial Ownership of, (A) any Voting Securities, including, without limitation, any capital stock of the Company, or direct or indirect rights (including convertible securities) or options to acquire such ownership (collectively, “Securities”), other than Permitted Securities (as defined below), if immediately after any such acquisition, the Holder and Related Persons would Beneficially Own Voting Securities representing more than 15% of the then outstanding Voting Securities, or direct or indirect rights or options to acquire such ownership. For purposes of this clause (a), “Permitted Securities” shall mean (i) Securities received as a result of stock dividends, stock reclassifications or other distributions or offerings made available by the Company on a pro rata basis to the holders of its Common Stock generally, and (ii) indirect investments in Securities by any Holder in the ordinary course of business held in mutual funds or index funds in which the Holder and Related Persons own or would own in the aggregate less than 10% of the outstanding equity interest ;

 

(b)            make any Disposal of Common Stock to any person or “group” (as used in this Section 4.1) that, at the time of such Disposal or immediately following it, Beneficially Owns Voting Securities of the Company representing 1% or more of the outstanding Voting Securities of the Company; provided , however, that this provision shall not prevent (i) regular-way trades on a recognized securities exchange where purchases are unsolicited and the identity of the purchaser is unknown or (ii) the Disposal of Common Stock to a global investment bank with annual total revenues in excess of $10 billion (as measured for fiscal year 2005) for the purpose of resale so long as such investment bank agrees: (x) that it will not knowingly (after informal inquiry as to whether the proposed purchaser is affiliated with, or part of a “group” with, any other proposed purchaser but without any obligation to seek any formal confirmation or representation) sell shares representing more than 1% of the outstanding Common Stock to any person or “group” (as used in this Section 4.1); and (y) that, for so long as it and its Affiliates Beneficially Own 3% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, it will vote the Common Stock so acquired in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.2 hereof as if it were a Holder;

 

(c)            offer, seek or propose to enter into any Business Combination Transaction, or including, without limitation, acquisition (in whole or in part) of the business carried on by Virgin Mobile or any successor to that business; provided , however, that if the Board of Directors of the Company determines to explore a sale (in whole or in part) of the business carried on by Virgin Mobile, the Holder or any Related Person may participate in the sale process if: (i) the Holder and the Related Persons agree with the Company to comply with the restrictions generally applicable to participants and if the Board, in its reasonable discretion, considers such

 

8



 

participation to be consistent with its fiduciary duties, and (ii) the Business Combination Transaction is limited to the business of Virgin Mobile or any successor to that business;

 

(d)            make, or in any way participate, directly or indirectly, in any “solicitation” of “proxies” (as such terms are defined or used in Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act), including involving the election of directors, or seek to advise or influence any person or entity with respect to the voting of, any securities of the Company or indebtedness of the Company; provided , however, that, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 4.2, the Holder or any Related Person may enter into an agreement or arrangement with respect to the voting of its Voting Securities, but not otherwise engage in any of the activities restricted by this subparagraph (d);

 

(e)            initiate or propose any stockholder proposals for submission to a vote of stockholders, whether by action at a stockholder meeting or by written consent, with respect to the Company, or, except as provided in the Licence Agreement Side Letter, propose any person for election to the Board of Directors, or propose the removal of any member of the Board of Directors;

 

(f)             disclose to any third party, or make any filing under the Exchange Act, including under Section 13(d) and Schedule 13D, disclosing any intention, plan or arrangement inconsistent with the foregoing;

 

(g)            publicly oppose any duly authorized action or recommendation of the Board of Directors (including nominees to the Board of Directors), provided that this subparagraph (g) shall not restrict the ability of the Holder or any Related Person to vote Voting Securities owned by it as permitted under Section 4.2 and to make only those disclosures, if any, in respect of this voting required by the Exchange Act;

 

(h)            enter into any discussions or understandings with any third party with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(i)             advise, assist or encourage others with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(j)             make any public announcement with respect to any of the foregoing except as required by the Exchange Act, in respect of actions permitted under this Article IV; or

 

(k)            request a waiver of any of the provisions of this Article IV from the Board of Directors,

 

unless in each case specifically authorized in writing in advance by the Company, which written authorization shall be duly authorized by the Board of Directors (it being agreed that each such Holder will not, and will cause its Related Persons not to, seek to have the Company or any of the Company’s officers, directors, representatives, trustees, employees, attorneys, advisors, agents, and Related Persons make any request for a waiver of any of the foregoing).

 

9



 

For purposes of this Section 4.1, references to the “Company” shall be construed to include subsidiaries and other persons directly or indirectly controlled by the Company.

 

4.2.           Voting . Until after the 2008 Annual Meeting Date, with respect to each matter submitted to the stockholders of the Company for a vote, whether at a meeting or pursuant to any consent of stockholders of the Company, where such matter relates to: (a) any proposed amendment to the Articles or Bylaws of the Company, (b) any proposal that relates to, or could facilitate, a change of control of the Company, including a Business Combination Transaction, as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors, or (c) the election of Directors of the Company, each Holder agrees to, and agrees to cause its Related Persons to vote (whether by proxy or otherwise) all Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such Holder, at its option, either (i) pro rata in proportion to the votes cast by the other stockholders or (ii) in support of actions recommended by the Board of Directors or, when there is no such recommendation, in opposition to any action proposed by other stockholders or debtholders, as the case may be; provided , however , that nothing in this Article IV shall prohibit a Holder from (A) voting any Voting Securities against a Business Combination Transaction or (B) refusing to tender any Voting Securities in connection with a Business Combination Transaction. Each Holder agrees to be present in person or by proxy at all stockholder meetings of the Company so that its voting securities may be counted for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum at such meetings.

 

ARTICLE V

Registration Rights

 

5.1.          Demand Registrations .

 

(a) (i)        Subject to Sections 5.1(b) and 5.2 below, at any time, the Holders shall have the right at any time following the three month anniversary of the Closing Date and prior to January 1, 2011 to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering an aggregate number of Registrable Securities of not less than 10% of the total position of Holders at closing (or, if less, all remaining securities so held) (as such number may be adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization), by delivering a written request therefor to the Company specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration by such Holders and the intended method of distribution of such Registrable Securities. All such requests by any Holder pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(i) are referred to as “ Demand Registration Requests ,” and the registrations so requested are referred to as “ Demand Registrations ” (with respect to any Demand Registration, the Holders making such demand for registration being referred to as the “ Initiating Holders ”). As promptly as practicable, but no later than five days after receipt of a Demand Registration Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Demand Exercise Notice ”) of such Demand Registration Request to all Holders of record of Registrable Securities.

 

(ii)            The Company, subject to Sections 5.3 and 5.6, shall include in a Demand

 

10



 

Registration (x) the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders and (y) the Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such registration (together with the Initiating Holders, the “ Participating Holders ”) (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Participating Holders) within 10 days after the receipt of the Demand Exercise Notice.

 

(iii)           The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible but subject to Section 5.1(b), use its commercially reasonable efforts to (x) effect such registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register, for distribution in accordance with such intended method of distribution and (y) if requested by the Majority Participating Holders, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration as promptly as practicable following such request.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.1(a), the Demand Registration rights granted in Section 5.1(a) to the Holders are subject to the following limitations: (i) the Company shall not be required to cause a registration pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(i) to be declared effective within a period of 180 days after the effective date of any other registration statement of the Company filed pursuant to the Securities Act; (ii) if the Board of Directors, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued because it would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other material transaction or event involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “ Valid Business Reason ”), the Company may postpone filing a registration statement or withdraw a registration statement relating to a Demand Registration Request until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than 120 days in the aggregate in any twelve-month period (such period of postponement or withdrawal under this clause (ii), the “ Postponement Period ”); and the Company shall give written notice of its determination to postpone or withdraw a registration statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof; (iii) the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three Demand Registrations under Section 5.1(a) for all Holders and each Demand Registration Request shall have been made prior to January 1, 2011; and (iv) the Company shall not be required to effect a Demand Registration unless the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration have an aggregate anticipated offering price of at least $125,000,000 (based on the then-current market price of the Common Stock).

 

If the Company shall give any notice of postponement or withdrawal of any registration statement pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Company shall not, during the period of postponement or withdrawal, register any equity security of the Company, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or an equivalent registration form then in effect). Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company that the Company has determined to withdraw any registration statement pursuant to clause (ii) above, such Holder will discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s

 

11



 

possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall have withdrawn or prematurely terminated a registration statement filed under Section 5.1(a)(i) pursuant to clause (ii) above or as a result of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court for any reason not attributable to the Participating Holders, the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement until the Company shall have filed a new registration statement covering the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn registration statement and such registration statement shall have been declared effective. If the Company shall give any notice of withdrawal or postponement of a registration statement, the Company shall, at such time as the Valid Business Reason that caused such withdrawal or postponement no longer exists (but in no event later than 120 days after the date of the postponement or withdrawal), use its commercially reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or postponed registration statement in accordance with this Section 5.1 (unless the Initiating Holders shall have withdrawn such request, in which case the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement).

 

(c)            In the event that a registration statement filed under Section 5.1(a)(i) is abandoned or withdrawn at the request of the Majority Participating Holders, the Initiating Holder’s request for registration pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be counted for purposes of the Demand Registration Requests to which the Holders are entitled pursuant to this Section 5.1.

 

(d)            The Company, subject to Sections 5.2 and 5.6, shall be entitled to include in any registration statement and offering made pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(i) any shares of Common Stock that are entitled to be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights that are in existence on the date of this Agreement or that predate, or are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, or otherwise in conflict with the terms of, this Agreement (“ Piggyback Rights ”); provided, however, that such inclusion shall be permitted only to the extent that it is pursuant to and subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement or arrangements, if any, entered into by the Participating Holders or in accordance with the Company’s contractual obligations under existing contracts.

 

(e)            In connection with any Demand Registration, the Company shall have the right to designate the lead managing underwriter in connection with such registration and each other managing underwriter for such registration, provided that in each case, each such underwriter is reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Participating Holders, and such underwriter shall agree with the Company not to knowingly sell securities in any underwritten offering that represent in excess of 1% of the then outstanding Common Stock to any person or “group” (as such term is used in Section 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, as currently in effect).

 

5.2.          Shelf Registration .

 

(a)            At its sole option, the Company may file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-3 (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) relating to the offer and sale of all Registrable Securities held by the Holders to the public, from time to time, on a delayed or continuous basis

 

12



 

pursuant to Rule 415 (or any successor provision) of the Securities Act (the “ Shelf Registration ”). The Company will deliver written notice to each Holder of its intent to file the Shelf Registration Statement at least 20 days prior to the initial filing and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective and not to suspend use of the prospectus included therein to be usable by the Holders until the earlier of (i) the date all shares requested to be included therein are no longer Registrable Securities or (ii) the date all Holders have disposed of all Registrable Securities included therein.

 

(b)            If the Board of Directors, in its good faith judgment, determines that the shelf registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement should not be continued for any Valid Business Reason, the Company may suspend the Shelf Registration Statement until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than 120 days in any twelve-month period and the Company shall give written notice of its determination to suspend the Shelf Registration Statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof. After the Valid Business Reason no longer exists and without any further request from any Holder, the Company shall as promptly as reasonably practicable prepare any required post-effective amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus, or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities included therein, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(c)            Any remaining Demand Registration rights of the Holders pursuant to Section 5.1 shall be suspended while a Shelf Registration Statement is either effective or suspended in accordance with Section 5.2(b) above.

 

5.3.          Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement .

 

(a)            If any requested registration made pursuant to Section 5.1 involves an underwritten offering and the lead managing underwriter of such offering, who shall be selected by the Company in accordance with Section 5.1 (e) (the “ Manager ”), shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration by the Holders of Registrable Securities or any other persons (including those shares of Common Stock requested by the Company to be included in such registration) exceeds the largest number (the “ Section 5.3(a) Sale Number ”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Majority Participating Holders, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration:

 

(i)            first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the holders thereof; provided, however, that, if the number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 5.3(a) Sale Number, the number of such Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 5.3(a) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such registration, based

 

13



 

on the number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such holder requesting inclusion in relation to the number of Registrable Securities owned by all holders requesting inclusion; and

 

(ii)           second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5.3(a) is less than the Section 6.3(a) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated among all holders requesting that securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Piggyback Rights (“ Piggyback Shares ”), with such allocation among holders requesting the registration of Piggyback Shares to be determined pursuant to and in accordance with the registration rights agreements providing for such Additional Piggyback Rights, up to the Section 6.3(a) Sale Number; and

 

(iii)          third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.3(a) is less than the Section 5.3(a) Sale Number, any securities that the Company proposes to register, up to the Section 5.3(a) Sale Number.

 

If, as a result of the proration provisions of this Section 5.3(a), any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in a registration that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw its request to include Registrable Securities in such registration or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and (y) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

 

5.4.           Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)            prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate registration form of the SEC for the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities, which form shall be selected by the Company and shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective (provided, however, that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, or comparable statements under securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction, or any free writing prospectus related thereto, the Company will furnish to one counsel for the Holders (selected by the Majority Participating Holders) and the lead managing underwriter, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed (including all exhibits thereto), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and reasonable comment of such counsel and the Company shall not file any registration statement or amendment thereto or any prospectus or supplement thereto to which the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or

 

14



 

the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;

 

(b)            prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for such period as any seller of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement shall request, provided that, in the case of a Demand Registration, the Company shall be obligated to keep such a registration statement effective only for 90 days or until all of the Registrable Securities registered on such registration statement have been disposed of (if earlier), and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

 

(c)            furnish, without charge, to each seller of such Registrable Securities and each underwriter, if any, of the securities covered by such registration statement such number of copies (if any) of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), and the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and other documents, as such seller and underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable law of each such registration statement (or amendment or post-effective amendment thereto) and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) by each such seller of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus):

 

(d)            use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any sellers of Registrable Securities or any managing underwriter, if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such sellers or underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions, except that in no event shall the Company be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it would not, but for the requirements of this paragraph (c), be required to be so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

(e)            promptly notify each Holder selling Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and each managing underwriter, if any: (i) when the registration statement, any pre-effective amendment, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto, any post-effective amendment to the registration statement or any free writing prospectus has been filed and/or used and, with respect to the registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (ii) of any request by the SEC or state securities authority for amendments or supplements to the registration statement or the prospectus related thereto or for additional information; (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the

 

15



 

effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; (v) of the existence of any fact of which the Company becomes aware which results in the registration statement, the prospectus related thereto, any document incorporated therein by reference, any free writing prospectus or the information conveyed to any purchaser at the time of sale to such purchaser containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading; and (vi) if at any time the representations and warranties contemplated by any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct in all material respects; and, if the notification relates to an event described in clause (v), the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each such seller and each underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading;

 

(f)             (i) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (if any), if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (ii) if no similar securities are then so listed, to either cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange or to secure designation of all such Registrable Securities as a Nasdaq National Market “national market system security” within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Exchange Act or, failing that, secure Nasdaq National Market authorization for such shares and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, take all actions that may be required by the Company as the issuer of such Registrable Securities in order to facilitate the managing underwriter’s arranging for the registration of at least two market makers as such with respect to such shares with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “ NASD ”);

 

(g)            provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

 

(h)            enter into such customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement) and take such other actions as the Majority Participating Holders shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (it being understood that the Holders of the Registrable Securities which are to be distributed by any underwriters shall be parties to any such underwriting agreement and may, at their option, require that the Company make to and for the benefit of such Holders the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company which are being made to and for the benefit of such underwriters);

 

(i)             in the case of any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, use its

 

16



 

commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an opinion from the Company’s counsel and a “cold comfort” letter from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by such opinions and “cold comfort” letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings, which opinion and letter shall be reasonably satisfactory to the underwriter and furnish to each Holder participating in the offering and to each underwriter a copy of such opinion and letter addressed to such Holder or underwriter;

 

(j)             deliver promptly to each Holder participating in the offering and each underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the SEC and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the SEC or its staff with respect to the registration statement, other than those portions of any such memoranda which contain information subject to attorney-client privilege with respect to the Company, and, upon receipt of such confidentiality agreements as the Company may reasonably request, make reasonably available for inspection by any seller of such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, by any underwriter, if any, participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

 

(k)            use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement;

 

(l)             provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the registration statement;

 

(m)           cooperate with the sellers of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Registrable Securities to be sold and cause such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters or, if not an underwritten offering, in accordance with the instructions of the sellers of Registrable Securities at least three business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof;

 

(n)            take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(o)            take all commercially reasonable action to ensure that any free writing prospectus utilized in connection with any registration covered by Section 5.1 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related

 

17



 

documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(p)            in connection with any underwritten offering, if at any time the information conveyed to a purchaser at the time of sale includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, promptly file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to such information as may be necessary so that the statements as so amended or supplemented will not, in light of the circumstances, be misleading.

 

It is a condition precedent to the Company’s obligations under this Section 5.4 that each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected furnish the Company such information in writing regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request.

 

Each seller of Registrable Securities agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clause (v) of paragraph (e) of this Section 5.4, such seller will discontinue such seller’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such seller’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 5.4 and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such seller’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable period mentioned in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.4 shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 5.4.

 

If any such registration statement or comparable statement under “blue sky” laws refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Company, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Company’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not in the judgment of the Company, as advised by counsel, required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any state “blue sky” or securities law then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder.

 

18



 

5.5            Registration Expenses .

 

(a)            Subject to Section 5.1(c), the Company shall pay all Expenses with respect to any Demand Registration whether or not it becomes effective or remains effective for the period contemplated by Section 5.4(b). The Company shall also pay all Expenses with respect to any shelf registration pursuant to Section 5.2.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the provisions of this Section 5.5 shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to cause these expense provisions to comply with “blue sky” laws of each state in which the offering is made and (y) in connection with any registration hereunder, each Holder of Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and any transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities, pro rata with respect to payments of discounts and commissions in accordance with the number of shares sold in the offering by such Holder, and (z) the Company shall, in the case of all registrations under this Article 5, be responsible for all its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties).

 

5.6.           Certain Limitations on Registration Rights . In the case of any registration under Section 5.1 pursuant to an underwritten offering, all securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to an underwriting agreement and no Person may participate in such registration unless such Person agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided therein and, subject to Section 5.1, completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, and other documents (including custody agreements and powers of attorney) which must be executed in connection therewith, and provides such other information to the Company or the underwriter as may be necessary to register such Person’s securities.

 

5.7.           Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities .

 

(a)            Each seller of Registrable Securities agrees that, to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter, if any, of any registration effected pursuant to Section 5.1, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, any Common Stock, or any other equity security of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, not to exceed 180 days, and the Company hereby (i) also so agrees (except that the Company may effect any sale or distribution of any such securities pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8, or any successor or similar form which is then in effect or upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent) and (ii) agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each holder of any equity security or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company purchased from the Company at any time other than in a public offering so to agree. Each seller of Registrable Securities also agrees that, to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter of any underwritten public offering effected by the Company for its own account, it will not sell any Common Stock (other than as part of such underwritten public

 

19



 

offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, which period shall not exceed 30 days.

 

(b)            The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter, if any, of any registration effected pursuant to Section 5.1, if it shall previously have received a request for registration pursuant to Section 5.1, and if such previous registration shall not have been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, any Common Stock, or any other equity security of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (other than as part of such underwritten public offering, a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form which is then in effect or upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent), until a period of 90 days shall have elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.

 

5.8.           No Required Sale . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create an independent obligation on the part of any Holder to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to any effective registration statement.

 

5.9.           Indemnification .

 

(a)            In the event of any registration of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to this Article 5, the Company will, and hereby agrees to, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members or general and limited partners (and the directors, officers, employees and stockholders thereof), each other Person who participates as an underwriter or a Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, in the offering or sale of such securities, each officer, director, employee, stockholder, fiduciary, managing director, agent, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns or partner of such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, and each other Person, if any, who controls such Holder or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, actions or proceedings (whether commenced or threatened) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise in respect thereof (collectively, “ Claims ”), insofar as such Claims arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, together with the documents incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a

 

20



 

material fact in the information conveyed to any purchaser at the time of the sale to such purchaser, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or (iv) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such registration, and the Company will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that (notwithstanding Section 6.1 hereof) the Company shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in such registration statement or amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any such prospectus or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or free writing prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with (i) written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such indemnified party specifically for use therein and (ii) information relating to Virgin Mobile and its subsidiaries for the period prior to its acquisition by the Company. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by as on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

 

(b)            Each Holder of Registrable Securities that are included in the securities as to which any registration under Section 5.1 is being effected shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 5.9) to the extent permitted by law the Company, its officers and directors, each Person controlling the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and all other prospective sellers and their respective directors, officers, fiduciaries, managing directors, employees, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns, general and limited partners, stockholders and respective controlling Persons with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in, or omission or alleged omission of any material fact from, such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for use therein, and shall reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the product of (i) the number of shares sold by such Holder in such registration and (ii) the public offering price of such shares as set forth in the applicable prospectus. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

 

(c)            Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.9 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each seller of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of

 

21



 

securities under any state securities and “blue sky” laws.

 

(d)            Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 5.9, but the failure of any such Person to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 5.9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced thereby and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any such Person otherwise than under this Article 5. In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, unless in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, to assume the defense thereof jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it chooses, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party that it so chooses, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that (i) if the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within 20 days after receiving notice from such indemnified party; or (ii) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding which is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party; or (iii) if representation of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above (but with no more than one firm of counsel for all indemnified parties in each jurisdiction, except to the extent any indemnified party or parties reasonably shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to such party or parties which are not available to the other indemnified parties or to the extent representation of all indemnified parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct) and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(e)            To the extent the foregoing indemnity is held by a court to be unavailable for reasons of public policy in the United States to hold harmless an indemnified party under Sections 5.9(a), (b) or (c), then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or

 

22



 

payable by such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such offering of securities. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. If, however, the allocation provided in the second preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5.9(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 5.9(e). The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Each Holder’s obligation to contribute pursuant to this subsection (e) shall not exceed the product of (i) the number of shares sold by such Holder in such registration and (ii) the public offering price of such shares as set forth in the applicable prospectus.

 

(f)             The indemnity and contribution agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by any such party.

 

(g)            The indemnification and contribution required by this Section 5.9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

 

5.10.         Free Writing Prospectuses .

 

Each Holder represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Registrable Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, required to be filed with the Commission.

 

5.11.         Termination of Registration Rights .

 

The rights of any Holder under Article 5 of this Agreement shall terminate (and such person shall cease to be a Holder for the purposes of Article 5 of this Agreement) on the date that

 

23



 

such Holder (and persons included within such Holder pursuant to Rule 144(a)(2) under the Securities Act) Beneficially Owns Registrable Securities that constitute less than 1% of the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided , that no such termination shall affect any previously accrued rights under Article 5.

 

ARTICLE VI

Underwritten Offerings

 

6.1.           Requested Underwritten Offerings . If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering by the Holders pursuant to a registration requested under Section 6.1, the Company shall enter into a customary underwriting agreement with the Participating Holders and the underwriters. Such underwriting agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Majority Participating Holders and the Company and shall contain such representations and warranties by, and such other agreements on the part of, the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including, without limitation, indemnities and contribution agreements on substantially the same terms as those contained herein. Any Holder participating in the offering shall be a party to such underwriting agreement and may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with respect to written information specifically provided in writing by a selling Holder for inclusion in the registration statement and shall not be required to indemnify any Holder except on the basis provided in Section 5.9 hereof. No Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, and its intended method of distribution; and any liability of such Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of its representations and warranties and shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) that it derives from such registration.

 

ARTICLE VII

General

 

7.1.           Rule 144 . The Company covenants that (i) so long as it remains subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, it will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including, but not limited to, the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act), to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended

 

24



 

from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.

 

7.2.           Nominees for Beneficial Owners . If Registrable Securities are held by a nominee for the Beneficial Owner thereof, the Beneficial Owner thereof may, at its option, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request or other action by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities contemplated by this Agreement (provided that the Company shall have received assurances reasonably satisfactory to it of such Beneficial Ownership).

 

7.3            NASDAQ Listing . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Transaction to be approved for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market, subject to official notice of issuance, prior to the Closing Date.

 

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

 

8.1.           Effectiveness; Termination .

 

This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and shall terminate on January 1, 2012, except for those provisions which by their terms terminate earlier; provided , that no such termination shall affect any previously accrued rights.

 

8.2.           Assignment; Joinder; Third Party Beneficiaries .

 

(a)            This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding Article III or Section 4.1(b) of this Agreement, each Holder may make a Disposal of all or any portion of such Holder’s Common Stock to one or more of its Affiliates (a “ Permitted Transferee ”), provided that if such Permitted Transferee is not already a party to this Agreement it shall deliver to the Company on or before the date of such Disposal a duly executed Joinder Agreement in the Form attached as Exhibit B. Upon receipt of such duly executed Joinder Agreement, the Company shall update Exhibit A to this Agreement to include such Permitted Transferee, which will become a party to this Agreement and a Holder and have all rights and obligations as a Holder hereunder.

 

(d)            Branson agrees that he shall be deemed a Holder for purposes of Article IV, Article VII and Article VIII of this Agreement.

 

(e)            Except as expressly provided in this Section 8.2, a person who is not a party to this Agreement (or a successor of a party to this agreement) shall not have any rights hereunder.

 

8.3.           Fees and Expenses .  Each party hereto shall pay the fees and expenses of its investment banking advisors, attorneys, accountants and other advisors, if any, and all other

 

25



 

expenses incurred by such party incident to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement other than with respect to the expenses contemplated by Section 5.5.

 

8.4.           Confidentiality .

 

(a)            Each Holder agrees to treat information received from the Company pursuant to the Company’s obligations under this Agreement as confidential; provided, however that (a) such Holder shall not be restricted from making disclosure of such information if and to the extent that such disclosure is required by law or administrative regulation or by the regulation of any stock exchange, and (b) if such Holder is required by a court or administrative agency to disclose any of such information with respect to this Agreement (an “ Information Request ”), such Holder shall promptly notify the Company of such requirement so that the Company may at its own expense oppose such requirement or seek a protective order and request confidential treatment of such information. It is agreed that, if the party receiving the Information Request is nonetheless compelled to disclose the information, such party may disclose such portion of the information which is legally required without liability hereunder.

 

(b)            A Holder will not be required to treat information received from the Company pursuant to this Agreement as confidential under Section 8.4(a) above if such information (i) was already available to, or in the possession of, such Holder prior to its disclosure by, or at the direction of, the Company pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) is or becomes available in the public domain on or after the date of this Agreement (other than as a result of disclosure by such Holder), or (iii) is acquired from a person who is not known by the Company to be in breach of an obligation of confidentiality to the Company.

 

(c)            Each Holder further acknowledges that it is aware of its obligations pursuant to the U.S. securities laws not to trade on the basis of any material, non-public information that it may receive from the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(d)            Each Holder and its Related Persons will not issue any press release or make any public statement whatsoever concerning this Agreement and the matters addressed in Article IV hereof except as permitted under Section 4.1(j).

 

8.5.           Severability .  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8.6.           Specific Enforcement; No Right to Terminate .

 

(a)            The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached, and further acknowledge and agree that money damages are an inadequate remedy for the breach of this Agreement because of the difficulty of ascertaining the amount of damage that would be suffered in the event of such breach. Each party accordingly

 

26



 

agrees that each of the other parties shall be entitled to obtain specific performance of any provision of this Agreement and injunctive or other equitable relief to prevent or cure breaches of any provision of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled by law or equity. Each party further agrees that no bond shall be required as a condition to the granting of any such relief.

 

(b)            The parties hereto further agree that they shall not be permitted or have the right to terminate or suspend performance of any provision of this Agreement, it being agreed that all provisions of this Agreement shall continue and be specifically enforceable in all events and under all circumstances regardless of any events, occurrences, actions or omissions before or after the date of this Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree that they shall not be permitted to, and shall not, bring any claim seeking to terminate or suspend performance of any provision of this Agreement or seeking any determination that any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, this Section 8.6) is invalid, inapplicable or unenforceable.

 

8.7.           Consent to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process.

 

(a)            This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

(b)            Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and the United States of America located in the County of New Castle for any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence any action or proceeding relating thereto except in such courts), and further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to its respective address set forth in Section 8.9 shall be effective service of process for any action or proceeding brought against it in any such court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States of America located in the County of New Castle, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

(c)            Not later than five days after the date hereof, each Holder shall provide notice to the other parties of a person or entity reasonably satisfactory to the Company who or which has been designated, appointed and empowered by such Holder as its designee, appointee and agent to receive and accept for and on its behalf, and its properties, assets and revenues, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any action, suit or proceeding brought against such Holder in any such United States federal or state court with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and that may be made on such designee, appointee and agent in accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such courts. Each Holder futher agrees that, if it fails to give such

 

27



 

notice timely, then unless and until such notice is provided, service on Corporation Trust Company, with offices currently at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 shall be sufficient for all purposes hereunder. If for any reason such designee, appointee and agent hereunder shall thereafter cease to be available to act as such, such Holder agrees to designate a new designee, appointee and agent in the State of Delaware on the terms and for the purposes of this Section 8.7 reasonably satisfactory to the Company. Each Holder further hereby irrevocably consents and agrees to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents in any such action, suit or proceeding against the Company by serving a copy thereof upon the relevant agent for service of process referred to in this Section 8.7 (whether or not the appointment of such agent shall for any reason prove to be ineffective or such agent shall accept or acknowledge such service). Each Holder agrees that the failure of any such designee, appointee and agent to give any notice of such service to them shall not impair or affect in any way the validity of such service or any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon.

 

8.8.           Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby and this Agreement may be amended only by an agreement in writing executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors or assigns.

 

8.9.           Notices .  Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be effective (i) when personally delivered or delivered by telex (with correct answer-back received) or telecopy on a business day during normal business hours with confirmation postmarked the same day, at the address or number designated below or (ii) on the business day following the date of mailing by overnight courier, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, whichever shall first occur. The addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Company:

 

NTL Incorporated

909 Third Avenue, Suite 2863

New York, New York 10022

Attention:  General Counsel

Facsimile: 212 752-1157

 

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, New York  10004

Attn.:  Arthur Fleischer

Attn:  Robert Mollen

Facsimile:  (212) 859-4000

 

28



 

and

 

NTL Incorporated

Bartley Wood Business Park

Bartley Way, Hook

Hampshire RG27 9UP

Attn. :  General Counsel

Facsimile:  (44) 1256 754 501

 

If to any Holder, the address specified next to such Holder’s name on Exhibit A hereto with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Herbert Smith LLP

Exchange House

Primrose Street

London EC2A 2HS

Attn. :  Gareth Roberts

Attn. :  Jim Wickenden

Facsimile:  (44) 20 7374 0888

 

Any party hereto may from time to time change its address for notices under this Section 8.9 by giving at least 10 days notice of such changed address to the other parties hereto.

 

8.10.         Waivers .

 

(a)            This Agreement may be amended, waived, modified as supplemented only by written agreement of the Company and the Majority Holders.

 

(b)            No waiver by either party of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future thereof or a waiver of any other provision hereof; nor shall any delay or omission of any party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.

 

8.11.         Headings .  The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

8.12.         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when original counterparts of this Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by all parties.

 

29



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement or have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

NTL Incorporated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bryan H. Hall

 

 

 

Name: Bryan H. Hall

 

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Virgin Entertainment Investment

 

 

 Holdings Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Niall MacGregor Ritchie

 

 

 

Name: Niall MacGregor Ritchie

 

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Jauvel

 

 

 

Name: Abacus Secretaries (Jersey) Limited

 

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Sir Richard Branson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sir Richard Branson

 

 

 

Sir Richard Branson

 

 

30



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Holder

 

Holder’s Initial Holding

 

Address for Notice Pursuant to
Section 8.9

 

Virgin Entertainment Investment

 

 

 

 

 

Holdings Limited

 

34,260,959

 

120 Campden Hill Road

 

 

 

 

 

London W8 7AR

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

Fax: +44 (0)20 7313 2085

 

 

31



 

EXHIBIT B

 

[Form of]

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement pursuant to the Investment Agreement dated April 3, 2006 (the “ Investment Agreement ”), among NTL Incorporated (the “ Company ”), the Holders named therein and, for certain purposes, Richard Branson.

 

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement to the Company, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to have the benefits of, to be bound by, and to comply with the provisions of the Investment Agreement as a Holder in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to such agreement.

 

Notices pursuant to Section 8.9 of the Investment Agreement may be given to the undersigned at the address and facsimile number below, or otherwise as the undersigned may notify to the other Parties pursuant to Section 8.9.

 

This Agreement is governed by Delaware law. The parties agree that the court of the State of Delaware and the United States of America located in the County of New Castle, is to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of, or in connection with this Agreement and irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of this court.

 

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement as of the          day of                 , 200[  ].

 

 

[SIGNATORY]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Telephone: (   )           -          

 

Telecopy: (   )           -          

 

32


Exhibit 10.2

 

VIRGIN ENTERPRISES LIMITED

 

and

 

NTL GROUP LIMITED

 

 


 

TRADE MARK LICENCE

 

relating to use of the “Virgin” trade marks

 


 

 

Arnold & Porter (UK) LLP

Tower 42

25 Old Broad Street

London

EC2N 1HQ

 

Tel. 020 7786 6100

Fax: 020 7786 6299

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

3

2.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND CONDITIONALITY

16

3.

GRANT

17

4.

PAYMENT OF ROYALTIES

30

5.

CONDITIONS OF USE

33

6.

TRADE MARK PROTECTION

37

7.

DEALINGS

39

8.

INDEMNITY, WARRANTIES AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

42

9.

TERMINATION AND EFFECTS OF TERMINATION

44

10.

INFRINGEMENTS

51

11.

CONFIDENTIALITY

52

12.

NOTICES

54

13.

FORCE MAJEURE

55

14.

GENERAL

55

SCHEDULE 1

2

Part A - Virgin Marks

2

Part B - Virgin Signature

3

SCHEDULE 2

4

Part A – Virgin Mobile

4

SCHEDULE 3

7

Service Levels

7

SCHEDULE 4

12

Existing rights of Licensees

12

SCHEDULE 5

15

Use of “Virgin” or “V” by themselves

15

SCHEDULE 6

16

Virgin Money letter agreement

16

SCHEDULE 7

17

Virgin Retail letter agreement

17

SCHEDULE 8

18

TM GUIDELINES

18

V irgin R ed B ook

18

Virgin Brand Book

18

Virgin Group Policy on selling techniques

18

O ffshore O utsourcing - o verall b rand a pproach

28

SCHEDULE 9

31

Worked Example of Clause 9.9

31

 

2



 

THIS DEED is dated April 3 2006

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                       VIRGIN ENTERPRISES LIMITED (Company Number 01073929) a company incorporated in England whose registered office is at 120 Campden Hill Road, London W8 7AR ( “VEL” );

 

(2)                                       NTL GROUP LIMITED (Company Number 2591237 ) a company incorporated in England whose registered office is at ntl House, Bartley Wood Business Park, Hook, Hampshire, RG27 9UP (the “Licensee” ).

 

RECITALS

 

(A)                                   VEL is the legal and beneficial owner of the Marks (as defined below);

 

(B)                                     Virgin Mobile and Virgin Net have been licensed to use the Marks pursuant to the Virgin Mobile Licence and the Virgin Net Licence (both defined herein) respectively; and

 

(C)                                     VEL has agreed to grant the Licensee and members of the NTL Group a licence, to use the Marks in the form of the Names (as defined below) on the terms and conditions of this Deed.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                        DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                                      In this Deed, the Recitals above and the Schedules to it, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Accounting Standards” means in conformity with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or any generally accepted and applicable accounting standards used by NTL Incorporated from time to time;

 

“Adult Content” means Content predominantly containing material of a sexually explicit nature and which is rated “18” or “R18” under the British Board of Film Classification’s (or its replacement or successor body’s) age related classification categories (or any successor or replacement rating classification system) or any such sexually explicit Content which, although not required to be rated by the British Board of Film Classification, falls within the descriptors of such classification categories;

 

“Affiliate” means with respect to any person, any corporation, company, partnership or other organisation which directly or indirectly is within the Control of such person or over which such person has Control or is under common Control with such person or over which such person has an option to acquire Control or common Control;

 

“Ancillary Services” means, subject to the presently existing and exclusive rights of existing licensees of VEL (as listed in Schedule 4), any services or facilities

 

3



 

(including Associated Facilities) which are, from time to time, whether now or in the future:

 

(a)                           reasonably ancillary to the provision of Communications Services to Customers; or

 

(b)                          equivalent to those ordinarily provided from time to time by third party providers of services equivalent or substantially similar to Communications Services and offered in conjunction with or as part of those Communications Services; or

 

(c)                           offered in conjunction with or as part of the Communications Services and approved by VEL in advance in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed),

 

but excluding Bundled Services or Partner Services (which are the subject of a separate grant of rights under this Deed);

 

“Annual Report” means NTL Incorporated’s financial report to the SEC in respect of each Financial Year on Form 10-K pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any replacement or equivalent report so filed with the SEC;

 

“Aspirational Service Levels” means the customer and staff satisfaction, advocacy, customer service and complaint handling measures set out in section 3.4 of Schedule 3;

 

“Associated Facilities” means facilities which are generally non-customer facing and which are required for use in association with the use of a Communications Network or Communications Services or are required for the purpose of:

 

(a)                           making the provision of that network or service possible;

 

(b)                          making possible the provision of other services provided by means of that network or service; or

 

(c)                           supporting the provision of such other services;

 

“Banking Services” means all and any services which are currently provided in the ordinary course of business by a United Kingdom clearing bank or a United States of America money center bank or which from time to time form the core business of any such bank, including but not limited to the taking of deposits, the provision of loans (whether secured or unsecured and including by the subscription for loan stock or other debt securities), guarantees, performance bonds and letters of credit, the provision of domestic and international cash transmission and other payment or clearance facilities, the provision of credit or debit cards, smart cards and stored value cards and the like, and of all forms of bank account for all currencies, the provision of custody services, the provision of foreign currency exchange services and the provision of advice in connection with any of the foregoing;

 

4



 

“Base Service Levels” means the levels of customer service and complaint handling set out in section 1 of Schedule 3;

 

“Bundled Services” means a package of products or services incorporating one or more Communications Services offered together with third party or non “Virgin”-branded Communications Services and/or products or services reasonably ancillary or complementary to Communications Services;

 

“Business Day” means any day (excluding Saturdays and Sundays) on which banks generally are open in London for the transaction of normal banking business;

 

“Chief Marketing Officer” means the person nominated by VEL and employed by a member of the NTL Group pursuant to clause 5.10;

 

“Chosen Names” means the names agreed in accordance with Part E of Schedule 2;

 

“Commencement Date” means the date of the passing of the resolution referred to in clause 2.4 of this Deed;

 

“Communications Network” means a system or systems for the conveyance of messages, information or signals serving for the impartation of anything including Content between persons, between a person and a thing or between things or for the actuation or control of apparatus, and the apparatus, software and data comprised in such system or systems, comprising:

 

(a)                           fixed line connections (e.g. copper wire, coaxial cable and/or fibre optic cable); and/or

 

(b)                          non-fixed connections using any part of the electromagnetic spectrum (e.g. satellite, digital terrestrial, analogue terrestrial, DAB, DVB-H, GSM, GPRS, WIMAX, WIFI), and

 

howsoever in each case as such system, systems or connections may be created, develop or converge from time to time, whether with a technology or method now in existence or subsequently developed, created or invented;

 

“Communications Services” means communications services, or access to such services, consisting in or having as their principal feature the conveyance of messages, information or signals by means of a Communications Network. For illustrative purposes only and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the types of services contemplated at the Commencement Date include the following:

 

(a)                               internet services (which, for example, includes email, web mail, instant messaging, provision of webspace, access to the worldwide web, home networking, electronic messaging, voice/video/data services transmitted over internet protocol);

 

(b)                              television or radio services which, for example, includes:

 

5



 

(i)                               access to “free to air” television and radio services (e.g. BBC1,  Radio 4 and Virgin Radio);

 

(ii)                            premium or subscription-based television services (e.g. access to Film Four and Sky Sports);

 

(iii)                         conditional access or encrypted television services (e.g. Top Up TV);

 

(iv)                        interactive television services;

 

(v)                           Video on Demand and Pay per View; or

 

(c)                                   telephone services (which, for example, includes fixed line, wireless, Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services, data and text services (including SMS)), and

 

howsoever and in each case as such services may be:

 

(i)                               received or accessed (e.g. via a television set, set top box, personal computer, mobile phone or any other device); and

 

(ii)                            created, develop or converge from time to time,

 

whether with a technology or method now in existence or subsequently developed, created or invented;

 

“Consumer Revenues” means the amount of consumer revenue relating to the Licensed Activities reported in NTL Incorporated’s statement of operations contained in its Quarterly Report or its Annual Report, as appropriate;

 

“Content” means any content or material conveyed or generally intended to be conveyed via a Communications Network including text, speech, music, sounds, visual images or data of any description or any combination of the foregoing, but excluding any message, information or signal used for the actuation and control of the apparatus comprising a Communications Network or for the routing of any message, information or signal within a Communications Network;

 

“Control” is to be construed in accordance with section 416 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 and “controlling” and “controlled” shall be construed accordingly;

 

Core Equipment means any equipment, device or accessory (whether now in existence or which may from time to time be created or developed, or as such equipment, devices or accessories converge or become multi-purpose) which either:

 

(a)                                   is primarily intended for the provision, delivery, reception, access or use of Communications Services (including mobile handsets, SIM cards, Data Cards, telephone handsets, set top boxes, personal video recorders (PVRs) for use with the Communications Services, modems, routers and remote control devices for set top boxes), but excluding, save to the extent that they fall

 

6



 

within sub-paragraph (b) of this definition, television sets, radio sets and personal computers; or

 

(b)                                  has, as an included feature, the capability to provide, deliver, receive, access or use the Communications Services provided by the NTL Group (including via a built-in decoder, receiver or internet protocol connection), provided that the NTL Group is thereby facilitating access to its Communications Services in preference to those of a third party;

 

“Customer” means:

 

(a)                               any consumer or any small business user who works at or from home who has contracted with the NTL Group for the provision of Communications Services or any person (including local authorities, housing associations or property developers) who has contracted with the NTL Group for the provision of Communications Services to any consumer or small business user; and/or

 

(b)                              in the case of Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services and/or Roaming Services, means any consumer or business user who has contracted with the NTL Group for the provision of those services;

 

“Data Cards” means data communications cards for use in conjunction with mobile handsets, laptop computers or other portable computing and communications devices which allow or enable access to the internet, access to email services, remote access to private computer networks, fax services, instant messaging and text messaging services and other communications services through 3G, 2.5G, GPRS, HSCSD or wireless LAN networks or similar;

 

Direct Sales Channels means sales methods consisting of door-to-door, on-line, internet, mail-order, telesales and all other forms of direct or distance selling methods;

 

“Direct Selling Policy” means the guidelines relating to selling techniques forming part of the TM Guidelines as set out in Part 3 of Schedule 8;

 

“Domain Names” means those domain names listed in Part D of Schedule 2 (subject to the limitations set out therein) together with any additional domain names registered in accordance with clause 6.3;

 

Electronic Entertainment Products means non-physical electronic entertainment content (such as music and video downloads);

 

“EPG” means any electronic programme guide which consists of (a) the listing and/or promotion of some or all of the programmes included in any one or more programme services (including Video on Demand and Pay per View); and/or (b) a facility for obtaining access in whole or in part to the programme services (including Video on Demand and Pay per View) listed or promoted in such guide, and in the case of both (a) and (b) may include programme services (including Video on Demand and Pay per View) provided by persons other than the provider of the guide;

 

7



 

“Fair Market Value” means the value calculated on a fair market value basis that a willing buyer, contracting with a willing solvent seller, with neither being under a compulsion to transact, would pay for the Marks, with both the buyer and the seller being reasonably cognisant of all relevant factors and circumstances and in circumstances where both are seeking to protect their maximum economic self interest;

 

“Financial Year” means the period of twelve months ending on 31st December or such other financial year as NTL Incorporated shall adopt from time to time;

 

“Fit and Proper Person” means a director who:

 

(a)                               has not at any time been disqualified by a court from acting as a company director, including a disqualification made pursuant to the Company Directors Disqualification Act 1986; and

 

(b)                              is not an undischarged bankrupt or a person in respect of whom a bankruptcy restrictions order is in force;

 

“Force Majeure Event” means any of the following:

 

(a)                               acts of God, flood, earthquake, lightning, epidemic, riots and insurrection, war, terrorism, fire, embargos, third party labour or industrial disputes, judicial or government action and acts of civil or military authority, compliance with any law or governmental order; and

 

(b)                              accidents, breakdown or malfunction of plant or machinery, computer virus or similar, sabotage or malicious damage, in each case, to the extent that such event is not within the reasonable control of a party and where that party has taken reasonable steps to prevent the occurrence of such event in accordance with current good industry practice;

 

“Holding Company” means any parent undertaking as defined in Sections 258 and 259 of the Companies Act of 1985 (as amended), save that reference to an undertaking shall be deemed to include an undertaking registered in an overseas jurisdiction;

 

“Intellectual Property Rights” means all rights in or in relation to any and all patents, utility models, trade and service marks, rights in designs, get up, trade, business or domain names, copyrights, moral rights, topography rights (whether registered or not and any applications to register or rights to apply for registration of any of the foregoing), rights in inventions, know-how, trade secrets and other confidential information, rights in databases and all other intellectual property rights of a similar or corresponding character which may now or in the future subsist in any part of the world and any rights to receive any remuneration in respect of such rights;

 

“Insolvency Event” means any of the following events unless remedied or set aside within thirty (30) days of such event in respect of a party:-

 

8



 

(a)                                   the passing of a resolution for its winding up or where a court of competent jurisdiction makes an order for a party to be wound up or dissolved or a party is otherwise dissolved except for the purposes of a solvent reconstruction, reorganisation, merger or consolidation;

 

(b)                                  where an administrator or receiver is appointed or an administration order is made or an administrative receiver is appointed or an encumbrancer takes possession of or sells the whole or part of a party’s undertaking, assets, rights or revenue;

 

(c)                                   where either party is unable to pay its debts within the meaning of section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986;

 

(d)                                  where either party enters into a scheme of arrangement, composition or voluntary arrangement in satisfaction of its debts with its creditors; or

 

(e)                                   any event analogous to any to the above occurs in any relevant jurisdiction;

 

“Licensed Activities” means the activities described in clause 3 and carried out under the Marks;

 

“Licensed Revenues” is calculated as follows:

 

(a)                           Consumer Revenues; less

 

(b)                          any revenues accruing to the NTL Group from activities carried out other than pursuant to the Marks which have been included in Consumer Revenues; plus

 

(c)                           any other revenues accruing to the NTL Group from activities carried out pursuant to the Marks which have not been included in Consumer Revenues;

 

less (to the extent not already deducted in the calculation of (a), (b) and (c) above):

 

(i)                               value added tax, sales tax, excise duties and equivalent taxes and duties; and

 

(ii)                            bad debt expense in accordance with Accounting Standards (save that such deduction shall not exceed 4% of Licensed Revenues);

 

“Licensee Marks” means the registered trade marks and trade mark applications listed in Parts A and B of Schedule 2, as updated from time to time;

 

“Marks” means the Virgin Marks and the Names, each as updated from time to time, together with such other trade mark applications which may be made by VEL after the date of this Deed in respect of the Licensed Activities and any resulting registrations;

 

“Minimum Term” means the period of 10 years from the Commencement Date;

 

“Mobile Accessories” means products (excluding Core Equipment) primarily intended for use in conjunction with Core Equipment relating to Mobile Radio

 

9



 

Telecommunication Services (for example, mobile handset chargers, mobile telephone cases, in-car accessories, bluetooth headsets and mobile card readers/writers);

 

“Mobile Content” means the non-physical content (in whatever medium) of any services capable of being received or delivered by Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services, Roaming Services and/or Ancillary Services (relating to Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services) to or from Core Equipment intended to be used in conjunction with Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services or a Mobile Device, or which is generally intended and primarily promoted for use in conjunction with such Core Equipment and/or Mobile Device, including electronic data services, music, ringtones, truetones, electronic commerce, information provision, games, radio and video services, teleshopping or on-line shopping facilities;

 

“Mobile Devices” means portable devices capable of playing, receiving, storing or recording data (e.g. MP3 players/iPods, digital cameras), provided the device is primarily intended for use in conjunction with Core Equipment relating to Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services;

 

Mobile Electronic Payment Services means services which allow users of Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services to pay for products or services using Core Equipment intended to be used in conjunction with Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services and e-money services provided over a Mobile Radio Telecommunication Service;

 

“Mobile Interactive Services” means services primarily intended for use with and primarily promoted for use with Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services and/or Roaming Services which allow the interaction between Core Equipment intended to be used in conjunction with Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services and a remote system, such as voting, polling, gaming and gambling services and any other similar services with the prior written consent of VEL (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) which, for the purposes of this definition, shall only be reasonably withheld if either:

 

(a)                       VEL has prior to the request for consent granted an existing exclusive licence for such services to a third party; or

 

(b)                      such services would, in VEL’s reasonable opinion, materially harm or otherwise materially disparage the reputation of the Marks,

 

provided that the Licensee shall only seek such consent in good faith and if in its reasonable opinion it will be able to exploit such services within a reasonable timeframe;

 

“Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services” means Communications Services designed or adapted to be used in motion consisting of the conveyance of any message, information or signal through the agency of wireless telegraphy;

 

10



 

“Names” means (a) the Licensee Marks; (b) the names set out in Part C of Schedule 2; (c) the Chosen Names; and (d) any other names comprising of “Virgin” (whether as a name or in the form of the Virgin Signature) always used in conjunction with and always in front of any word or words which is or are suitable to describe or denote the Licensed Activities, such additional word or words to be approved by VEL in advance in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed);

 

“NTL Group” means the Licensee and any undertaking which is a Holding Company of that undertaking or a Subsidiary of that undertaking or a Subsidiary of such Holding Company;

 

“NTL Incorporated” means the ultimate Holding Company of the Licensee from time to time or, in the circumstances described in clause 4.9, shall have the meaning set forth in that clause ;

 

“NTL TV Content” means any television Content (including a TV Programme Service), the primary purpose of which is self promotion, advertising of the Licensed Activities or making available other direct offers for products and services forming part of the Licensed Activities by means of advertorials, infomercials, commercials and any other method used by broadcasters to the public with a view of promoting their own goods or services including barker channels;

 

“Other Email Services” means the provision of an email address together with an individual subscriber address facility to enable email communications including the word “Virgin” to:

 

(a)                               staff of the Virgin Group or staff of a Virgin Company in the ordinary course of their business;

 

(b)                              the customers of or subscribers to a service or business provided by any Virgin Company solely for the purpose of communicating with other subscribers or customers of such Virgin Company or such Virgin Company itself as an ancillary or incidental part of such service or business not attracting additional payment including, by way of example, dating services and internet auctions; or

 

(c)                               the customers of or subscribers to a service or business provided by any Virgin Company as an ancillary or incidental and minor part of that service or business not attracting additional payment to enable email communications by and to such customers or subscribers,

 

provided that such Virgin Company may not provide any other Communications Services under the Marks, unless otherwise permitted under the terms of this Deed, without the prior written consent of the Licensee;

 

“Other Equipment” means any equipment, device or accessory (other than Core Equipment) capable of use with or complementary to the provision, delivery or use of the Communications Services but not branded with the Marks (e.g. MP3

 

11



 

players/iPods, digital cameras, scart leads, PCs,);

 

“Other Premium TV Content” means premium television Content (e.g. a kids channel or a music channel) for which a recipient of a Communications Service incurs any additional charge (whether alone or as part of a bundle or package of premium television Content), in addition to the basic subscription or charge for access to such Communications Service, and where such premium television Content is equivalent or substantially similar to any premium television Content provided from time to time by any third party provider of Communications Services and branded with that third party provider’s marks;

 

“Other Webspace Services” means the provision of a URL for webspace to the customers of or subscribers to a service or business provided by any Virgin Company solely for the purpose of communicating with other subscribers or customers of such Virgin Company or such Virgin Company itself as an ancillary or incidental part of such service or business not attracting additional payment including, by way of example, dating services and internet auctions, provided that such Virgin Company may not provide any other Communications Services, unless otherwise permitted under the terms of this Deed, without the prior written consent of the Licensee;

 

“Partner Services” means the provision of access by means of any Communications Service, in conjunction with or as part of the Communications Services, to any products or services of a third party, subject to the provisions of clause 3.7;

 

Pay per View means exhibition through a Communications Service of television Content which Customers can select for viewing for a fee;

 

“Permitted Email Address” means any email address in any form incorporating the Domain Names or the Chosen Names;

 

“Permitted Third Party” has the meaning given to it in clause 7.1(b);

 

“Permitted Webspace Address” means a URL for webspace provided to Customers in any form incorporating the Domain Names or the Chosen Names;

 

“Physical Entertainment Products” means physical entertainment products (such as compact discs and DVDs);

 

“Quarter” means each period of three months ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December;

 

“Quarterly Report” means NTL Incorporated’s financial report to the SEC in respect of each Quarter on Form 10-Q pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any replacement or equivalent report so filed with the SEC;

 

“Restricted Content” means:

 

(a)                                   books, including audio books and comic or cartoon books (whether periodical or otherwise);

 

12



 

(b)                                  a radio broadcast station service, such as currently licensed by VEL to Virgin Radio;

 

(c)           video games or PC games;

 

(d)                                  online games of chance and/or skill;

 

(e)                                   original musical works or music videos pursuant to a record label as currently licensed by VEL to Virgin Music Group;

 

Retail Stores means NTL Group’s physical retail stores and concessions within third party physical retail stores;

 

“Roaming Services” means services comprising a facility enabling a user of any mobile communications network (other than the network that has allocated the user’s international mobile subscriber identity number or equivalent number) to obtain access to any Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services;

 

“RPI” means the United Kingdom retail prices index (all items) as published by the Office for National Statistics (or by any government department or other body upon which duties in connection with such index devolve) or other official cost of living index published in place of that index and which most nearly represents the current basis of calculation of such index;

 

“Royalties” means the payments described in clause 4;

 

“Sales Channels” means Retail Stores, Direct Sales Channels and all other forms of sales routes including third party sales routes;

 

“SEC” means the US Securities and Exchange Commission or its replacement or successor body;

 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934 means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, of the United States of America;

 

“Service Levels” means the Base Service Levels, Technical Service Levels and Aspirational Service Levels;

 

“Site” means any of the NTL Group’s internet sites using the Domain Names;

 

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary undertaking as defined in Sections 258 and 259 of the Companies Act of 1985 (as amended), save that reference to an undertaking shall be deemed to include an undertaking registered in an overseas jurisdiction;

 

“Substitute Annual Report” has the meaning given to it in clause 4.9;

 

“Substitute Quarterly Report” has the meaning given to it in clause 4.9;

 

“Technical Service Levels” means the technical performance measures set out in section 2 of Schedule 3;

 

13



 

“Term” means the term of this Deed which is to be a period of thirty (30) years from the Commencement Date unless terminated earlier in accordance with this Deed;

 

“Territory” means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the Republic of Ireland, the Isle of Man and the Channel Islands;

 

“TM Guidelines” means the “Virgin” guidelines for the usage of the Marks by members of the NTL Group comprised of the Virgin Brand Book, the Little Red Book, the Direct Selling Policy and the Outsourcing Guidelines supplied to the Licensee by VEL in writing prior to the Commencement Date and as annexed to this Deed as Schedule 8, as amended or updated by agreement in writing of the parties from time to time;

 

“TV Programme Service” means a linear television service, howsoever distributed, consisting of television programmes, the timing and sequence of which are prescheduled or controlled, by the broadcaster or provider, but excluding any Pay per View services (which are the subject of an exclusive grant of rights under this Deed);

 

“Video on Demand” means the exhibition through a Communications Service of television Content the scheduling of which is not pre-determined by the provider, but which a Customer is able to select at any time and the viewing of which he can control at his discretion;

 

“Virgin Company” means any person (other than any member of the NTL Group or any other company licensed under the terms of this Deed) which has been authorised to use the name “Virgin” or the initial “V” whether alone or in conjunction with any other word, name or mark from time to time;

 

“Virgin Group” means:

 

(a)                           VEL and any company which is a Holding Company of that company or a Subsidiary of that company or a Subsidiary of such Holding Company; or

 

(b)                          any undertaking which is under the Control whether directly or indirectly of any person mentioned in (i) to (v) below or any combination of them:

 

(i)                              R.C.N. Branson (the “Individual”) together with the trustees of any settlement created by the Individual;

 

(ii)                           any spouse of the Individual, or any child or remoter issue of the Individual’s grandparents and any spouses or such child or remoter issue;

 

(iii)                        the trustee or trustees for the time being of any settlement made by any person mentioned in (ii) above acting within that capacity;

 

(iv)                       any personal representative of the Individual acting within that capacity; or

 

14



 

(v)                         any person acting as bare nominee for the Individual or any of the persons mentioned in (i) to (iv) inclusive above;

 

“Virgin Marks” means the registered trade marks and trade mark applications listed in Part A of Schedule 1 and the Virgin Signature (including the logo set out in Part B of Schedule 1) as updated from time to time;

 

“Virgin Mobile” means Virgin Mobile Telecoms Limited;

 

“Virgin Mobile Licence” means the trade mark licence dated 9 August 1999, and amended on 2 July 2004, between VEL and Virgin Mobile;

 

“Virgin Money Group” means Virgin Money Limited and/or Virgin Money Holdings (UK) Limited or their successors in title or assigns;

 

“Virgin Net” means Virgin Net Limited;

 

“Virgin Net Licence” means the trade mark licence dated 8 November 2004 between VEL and Virgin Net;

 

“Virgin Signature” means the “Virgin” signature and the signature marks set out in Schedule 1;

 

“V Marks” means the registered trade marks and trade mark applications listed in Schedule 2, Part B, as updated from time to time; and

 

“Vouchers” means any payment or replenishment service, facility or method in card and electronic form (including top up cards, electronic top up and ATM/SMS top up) through which a Customer can purchase any products or services relating to the Licensed Activities, but excluding gift tokens or gift vouchers.

 

1.2                                      The headings in this Deed are inserted only for the purpose of convenience and shall not affect the construction of this Deed.

 

1.3                                      The Schedules form part of this Deed.

 

1.4                                      References to any statute or statutory provision or order or regulation made thereunder shall include that statute, provision, order or regulation as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced from time to time.

 

1.5                                      Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

1.6                                      References to a party or the parties is to a party or the parties (as the case may be) to this Deed and shall include any permitted assignees of a party.

 

1.7                                      References to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender respectively includes the other genders and any reference to the singular includes the plural (and vice versa).

 

1.8                                      A person includes any individual, firm, corporation, unincorporated association, government, state or agency of state, association, partnership, joint venture or other entity (whether or not incorporated or having a separate legal personality).

 

15



 

1.9                                      A person includes a reference to that person’s legal personal representatives and successors.

 

1.10                                A company shall be construed so as to include any company, corporation or other body corporate wherever and however incorporated or established.

 

1.11                                Writing shall include any modes of reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form and “written” shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.12                                References to “includes” and “including” shall mean “includes without limitation” and “including without limitation”.

 

1.13                                Where any rights are stated as being licensed under this Deed on an “exclusive” basis, it shall mean that only the Licensee and members of the NTL Group are permitted to use such rights and (for the avoidance of doubt) VEL, any member of the Virgin Group and any Virgin Company shall not be permitted to utilise such rights.

 

2.                                        ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND CONDITIONALITY

 

2.1                                      The Licensee acknowledges:

 

(a)                           receipt of the TM Guidelines;

 

(b)                          that all rights in the Marks belong to VEL;

 

(c)                           save as expressly set out in this Deed, that no member of the NTL Group shall acquire or claim any title to any of the Marks by virtue of the rights granted to them by this Deed or through their use of the Marks either before or after the date of this Deed;

 

(d)                          except in respect of trade marks that are the subject of an assignment to and/or re-filing by NTL pursuant to clauses 7.5, 9.13 and 9.14 of this Deed, that all goodwill generated or accrued by the use of the Marks by the Licensee and any other member of the NTL Group shall at all times be deemed to have accrued to VEL and the Licensee shall, and shall procure that all other members of the NTL Group shall, if so requested by VEL, execute an assignment in favour of VEL of any and all such goodwill; and

 

(e)                           that it and the members of the NTL Group shall only use the Marks in relation to products and services forming part of the Licensed Activities.

 

2.2                                      At VEL’s cost (except to the extent that it specifically falls within the Licensee’s obligations under this Deed) the Licensee shall do any act and execute and deliver any documents reasonably required to give effect to clause 2.1.

 

2.3                                      (a)         If at the Commencement Date:

 

(i)                               Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the NTL Group; or

 

(ii)                            NTL Group has not appointed the majority of the directors of the board

 

16



 

of Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc,

 

this Deed will apply, with such changes as are required, mutatis mutandis, so that this Deed does not apply to Virgin Mobile’s operations until such time as the NTL Group owns 100% of the issued ordinary shares of Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc and NTL Group has appointed the majority of the directors of the board of Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc or until such time as the NTL Group gives the notice provided for in clause 2.3(c) (the “Notice”);

 

(b)                          until NTL Group gives the Notice, Virgin Mobile and VEL shall continue to be bound by the terms of the Virgin Mobile Licence without regard to this Deed. Any disputes as to the appropriate application of this Deed during this period shall be addressed by the parties in good faith in accordance with clause 14.6;

 

(c)                           NTL Group may give VEL written notice at any time after the Commencement Date specifying that, with immediate effect, this Deed shall be effective in respect of Virgin Mobile and, in which event, the parties shall procure that the Virgin Mobile Licence shall be terminated on such date. The Notice may be given, in NTL Group’s discretion, whether or not Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc is wholly-owned provided that the NTL Group owns more than 50% of the issued ordinary shares of Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc at the time that NTL Group gives the Notice. The parties agree that they shall periodically review the situation at least once every six months in order to consider whether the Virgin Mobile Licence should be terminated; and

 

(d)                          upon the NTL Group owning 100% of the issued ordinary shares of Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc and appointing the majority of the directors of the board of Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc, the parties shall immediately procure that the Virgin Mobile Licence is terminated as soon as reasonably practicable unless otherwise agreed.

 

2.4                                     This Deed shall be conditional upon and shall become effective only if shareholders of Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc pass an ordinary resolution on a poll approving this Deed at an extraordinary general meeting convened in accordance with Note 2 on Rule 16 of the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers in connection with the proposed acquisition of Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc when announced by the NTL Group.

 

3.                                        GRANT

 

Exclusive Rights

 

3.1                                      In consideration of the Royalties and the covenants and undertakings contained in this Deed, VEL hereby grants to the Licensee and to all members of the NTL Group for the Term with effect from the Commencement Date the exclusive rights:

 

(a)         to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to:

 

(i)                                      the provision of Communications Services to Customers;

 

17



 

(ii)                                  the branding (but not the manufacture) of Core Equipment and the sale and supply of Core Equipment branded with the Marks to Customers through the Sales Channels;

 

(iii)                               the Communications Networks required for the provision of the Communications Services;

 

(iv)                              making available any of the Communications Services through Sales Channels;

 

(v)                                 the acquisition of sports Content, movie Content and Other Premium TV Content (and such other genres of Content as may be agreed between the parties in writing from time to time) to be included within a TV Programme Service or other television service (e.g. Pay per View and Video On Demand), together with the rights to package, bundle and distribute such Content (or any part or parts thereof) under the Marks at NTL’s discretion, whether through the Communications Services or any other similar platform or distribution means not branded with the Marks, whether provided by the NTL Group or a third party;

 

(vi)                              the acquisition of media rights (including television broadcasting, internet and mobile rights, but excluding radio broadcasting rights) in sports events or series of sports events (including Football Association Premier League and other football games and championships) and the exploitation of such media rights. The exploitation of such media rights shall include the creation of Content relating to such media rights and the packaging, bundling and distribution of such Content (or any part or parts thereof) under the Marks, whether through the Communications Services or any other similar platform or distribution means not branded with the Marks, whether provided by the NTL Group or a third party, including but not limited to, as a TV Programme Service;

 

(vii)                           the creation, acquisition and distribution of EPGs, whether through the Communications Services or any other platform or distribution means not branded with the Marks, whether provided by the NTL Group or a third party, provided that the exclusive rights granted under this clause shall not prevent the listing in a third party-branded EPG of any TV Programme Service or television programme of a Virgin Company or prevent any Virgin Company from using the Marks in relation to Teletext or equivalent listing services as part of a TV Programme Service; and

 

(viii)                        the creation, acquisition and distribution of NTL TV Content, whether through the Communications Services or any other similar platform or distribution means not branded with the Marks, whether provided by the NTL Group or a third party;

 

(b)                          to use the Names as part of its registered company names and to use the same on headed notepaper and other corporate materials and communications

 

18



 

which, in the course of business, bear the company name and in relation to the non-trading activities and securities listing of any member of the NTL Group and as may otherwise be required by law during the Term, provided that when used as a company name such name is always followed by the relevant company denotation (e.g. Limited) for the relevant type of company and jurisdiction;

 

(c)                           subject to clause 3.3(b) below, to use the Chosen Names and “Virgin.net” throughout the world;

 

(d)                          subject to clauses 3.3(a) and (b) below, to use the Domain Names;

 

(e)                           to use the Names in the Territory on or in relation to advertisements, sponsorship, promotional brochures, other materials and magazines (in or on any media) in relation to the Licensed Activities to the extent of the rights granted exclusively under this clause 3.1. The parties recognise that there may be incidental advertising, sponsorship or promotional activities undertaken outside the Territory by the Licensee, members of the NTL Group or Permitted Third Parties which are aimed at Customers or potential Customers (except in the case of Roaming Services) inside the Territory and which relate to the Licensed Activities provided within the Territory (provided that nothing in this clause shall prevent other VEL licensees conducting similar activities inside the Territory under provisions equivalent to those found in this clause 3.1(e));

 

(f)                             to use the Marks in relation to the provision of Roaming Services provided to Customers outside the Territory and non-Customers inside the Territory, subject to the right of any other entity which is licensed by VEL to use the name “Virgin Mobile” outside the Territory to provide services equivalent to the Roaming Services to that entity’s customers outside that entity’s licensed territory and to non-customers within its licensed territory;

 

(g)                          to use the Marks in the Territory on or in relation to Vouchers in respect of the Licensed Activities under this clause 3.1; and

 

(h)                          to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to the provision of consultancy services in connection with the Licensed Activities relating to Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services under this clause 3.1 (except those Licensed Activities under clause 3.1(e)).

 

Non-Exclusive Rights (except in respect of the Names which is exclusive)

 

3.2                                     In consideration of the Royalties and the covenants and undertakings contained in this Deed, VEL hereby grants to the Licensee and to all members of the NTL Group for the Term with effect from the Commencement Date the following non-exclusive rights (except that this grant is exclusive in relation to the use of the Names in the Territory and exclusive in relation to the Chosen Names and name “Virgin.net”):

 

(a)                           subject to clause 3.4(c) and (d), to use the Marks in relation to the creation of Content (other than Restricted Content) and acquisition of Content, together with the rights to package, bundle and distribute Content in the Territory under

 

19



 

the Marks (whether through the Communications Services or any other similar platform or distribution means not branded with the Marks whether provided by the NTL Group or a third party), provided that in respect of any Restricted Content created by third parties for the NTL Group, the Licensee shall ensure that the use of the Marks in relation to such Restricted Content:

 

(i)                               does not create the impression that the Licensee is actually the creator of the Restricted Content or that it is otherwise branded with the Marks;

 

(ii)                            is in accordance with honest commercial practices and without due cause does not take unfair advantage of the Marks;

 

(b)                          to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to Ancillary Services;

 

(c)                           to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to Bundled Services;

 

(d)                          to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to Partner Services;

 

(e)                           to use the name “Virgin” as part of its registered company names and to use the same on headed notepaper and other corporate materials and communications which, in the course of business, bear the company name and in relation to the non-trading activities and securities listing of any member of the NTL Group and as may otherwise be required by law during the Term, provided that when used as a company name such name is always followed by the relevant company denotation (e.g. Limited) for the relevant type of company and jurisdiction;

 

(f)                             to use the Marks on or in relation to the Site, advertisements, sponsorship, materials, promotional brochures, other materials, magazines and the physical assets of members of the NTL Group and other materials used in each case in the ordinary course of conducting and promoting the Licensed Activities;

 

(g)                          to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to promotional products (including those in electronic form) which are incidental to the Licensed Activities provided that they are normally distributed free by members of the NTL Group in the Territory and not by way of commercial or retail sale;

 

(h)                          to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to the sale and supply of:

 

(i)                               Other Equipment, unbranded Mobile Accessories, unbranded Mobile Devices and unbranded Core Equipment through the Retail Stores and Direct Sales Channels (whether such Direct Sales Channels are operated by the NTL Group or on its behalf); and

 

(ii)                            branded Mobile Accessories and branded Mobile Devices through the Sales Channels,

 

provided that the sale and supply of unbranded Core Equipment, Mobile Accessories, Mobile Devices, and Other Equipment through Retail Stores is ancillary or incidental to the sale and supply of NTL Group’s Communications Services and branded Core Equipment, branded Mobile Accessories and branded Mobile Devices through such Retail Stores;

 

20



 

(i)                              to use the Marks in the Territory on or in relation to Mobile Accessories and Mobile Devices;

 

(j)                              to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to the following:

 

(i)                                        warranties on the Core Equipment, Mobile Accessories, Mobile Devices and Other Equipment;

 

(ii)                                     extended warranties on the Core Equipment, Mobile Accessories, Mobile Devices and Other Equipment;

 

(iii)                                  insurance for the Core Equipment, Mobile Accessories, Mobile Devices and Other Equipment; and

 

(iv)                                 bill protection and identity fraud insurance to its Customers in association with a third party insurance provider on a co-branded basis;

 

(k)                           to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to insurance services not set out in clause 3.2(j), subject to the prior written agreement of Virgin Money Group in accordance with the provisions of the Virgin Money letter agreement set out in Schedule 6 and the prior written consent of VEL (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed);

 

(l)                              to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to payment services, facilities and methods for the purchase by its Customers of its own goods and services and/or third party goods and services including:

 

(i)                              Vouchers in respect of the Licensed Activities under this clause 3.2; and

 

(ii)                          electronic payment services, facilities and methods (other than Vouchers) utilising the Communications Services and/or mobile phone handsets, television set top boxes or any other Core Equipment, Mobile Accessories, Mobile Devices and Other Equipment (in all cases, via the Communications Services provided by the NTL Group under this Deed), including Mobile Electronic Payment Services to Customers, provided that in respect of the payment for third party goods and services, such services, facilities and methods:

 

(aa)                                     must be provided via the NTL Group’s Communications Services;

 

(bb)                                   must not be on a credit basis requiring a consumer credit licence as regulated pursuant to the Consumer Credit Act 1974 (as amended and replaced from time to time); and

 

(cc)                                     must not be an electronic payment service, facility or method capable of being used to pay for a comprehensive range of third party goods and services unrelated to each other and which is a Banking Service (e.g. a credit or debit card such as VISA, Mastercard, AMEX, Electron and Maestro);

 

(m)                        to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to Banking Services not set out in clause 3.2(l), subject to the prior written agreement of Virgin Money Group in

 

21



 

accordance with the provisions of the Virgin Money letter agreement set out in Schedule 6 and the prior written consent of VEL (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed);

 

(n)                          to use the Marks in the Territory in accordance with the terms of the Virgin Retail letter agreement set out in Schedule 7 of this Deed in relation to the sale and supply of Electronic Entertainment Products and Physical Entertainment Products;

 

(o)                          to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to the provision of consultancy services relating to Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services in connection with the Licensed Activities under this clause 3.2 and those Licensed Activities under clause 3.1(h);

 

(p)                          to use the Marks in the Territory on or in relation to software applications specifically designed for use with Core Equipment and Mobile Devices;

 

(q)                          without prejudice to clause 3.1(a)(vii) and any other rights granted under this Deed, to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to the creation, publication and distribution (including in electronic form) of magazines where the principal or primary purpose is the listing of TV Programme Services or other similar Communications Services, provided that the Licensee shall not be permitted to publish any other printed magazines except as permitted in this Deed;

 

(r)                             to use the Marks in the Territory on or in relation to gift tokens or gift vouchers for the purchase of any products or services provided in accordance with this Deed;

 

(s)                           to use the Marks in the Territory on or in relation to Mobile Interactive Services; and

 

(t)                             without prejudice to clauses 3.1(a)(v) to (viii), clauses 3.2(a) and (n) and any other rights granted under this Deed, to use the Marks in the Territory on or in relation to any Mobile Content except that, in relation to music, the Licensee may only use the Marks in respect of retailing of music (including provision of access to music over Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services) subject to the terms of the Virgin Retail letter agreement set out in Schedule 7 of this Deed.

 

Restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted pursuant to clauses 3.1 and 3.2

 

3.3                                      The following restrictions shall apply to the exercise of the rights granted pursuant to clauses 3.1 and 3.2:

 

(a)                           VEL recognises that members of the NTL Group may:

 

(i)                                  use the Domain Names and forms of technology or media now in existence or developed in the future that are or will be by their nature accessible worldwide, including the internet and certain TV broadcasts (such as satellite) which have a larger reach or footprint than can be

 

22



 

contained by a territorial grant of rights; and

 

(ii)                               provide remote access to any services forming part of the Licensed Activities to Customers temporarily located outside the Territory,

 

and VEL acknowledges and agrees that such worldwide or extra-territorial reach or remote access to the Licensed Activities shall not be considered a breach by the Licensee or any member of the NTL Group of this Deed provided that the Licensee agrees that the Licensed Activities (other than the Roaming Services) shall be targeted at Customers within the Territory and that the Licensee shall not itself and shall procure that no member of the NTL Group shall actively solicit orders from outside the Territory for any of the goods or services that are the subject of such Licensed Activities (other than Roaming Services). Where practicable, the Licensee shall also include a statement in its user terms to the effect that the Communications Services and the Licensed Activities (other than the Roaming Services) are not made available outside the Territory;

 

(b)                          the Licensee acknowledges that VEL may grant other parties rights to use the Virgin Marks (but not the Chosen Names, the name “Virgin.net” nor the Domain Names other than virginmobile.com which is non-exclusive) outside the Territory in relation to activities similar or identical to the Licensed Activities (including Roaming Services) and may grant such rights using forms of technology or media developed in the future that will by its nature be accessible world-wide, such that the Virgin Marks may be accessible to persons within the Territory. The Licensee agrees that the grant of these rights shall not amount to a breach of VEL’s obligations under this Deed provided that (save in relation to Roaming Services) VEL does not authorise these other parties to use the Virgin Marks to solicit orders or target customers within the Territory for the goods or services that are the subject of the Licensed Activities where such orders originate from inside the Territory;

 

(c)                           save as otherwise permitted under this Deed including clauses 3.2(n) and (t), the NTL Group is not permitted to use the Marks to brand any music download service (other than ringtones) without the agreement of such relevant Virgin Company who has an exclusive licence to use the Virgin Marks in connection with a music download service, but the Licensee and members of the NTL Group may include a music download service as a Partner Service or as part of a Bundled Service in accordance with this Deed;

 

(d)                          the Licensee and members of the NTL Group shall only use the Marks in the form of the Names and shall not use the name “Virgin” or the “V” from the Virgin Signature by itself, except in the following circumstances:

 

(i)                                  those listed in Schedule 5;

 

(ii)                               where there are space constraints and where the Licensee has sought and obtained VEL’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed);

 

(iii)                            where the Licensee has sought and obtained VEL’s prior written

 

23



 

consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed);

 

(iv)                            in the case of the V Marks “VFestival” and “V2000 (Series)”, any use shall only be in relation to promotional materials relating to the Licensee’s sponsorship of the VFestival; or

 

(v)                               as otherwise permitted by the TM Guidelines;

 

(e)                          if the Chosen Name is “Virgin Vision” the Licensee and members of the NTL Group shall not use “Vision” except in conjunction with the name “Virgin” or the form “Virgin Vision”; and

 

(f)                            in standalone physical retail outlets operated under the Marks the Licensee may not market or supply Communications Services provided by a third party (for the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this clause 3.3(f), “third party” shall not include members of the NTL Group) and sold under a third party brand except with the consent of VEL not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

Additional provisions relating to Content

 

3.4                                      The following provisions shall apply in relation to the grant of rights in clauses 3.1(a)(v) to (viii) and clause 3.2(a):

 

(a)                           nothing in the grant of rights in clause 3.1(a)(v), (vi) or (vii), but subject to the provisions of clause 3.4(b) below, is intended to prevent VEL or a Virgin Company from:

 

(i)                              owning or operating any mixed general entertainment or non-premium TV Programme Service (such as Channel 5 or a shopping channel but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any sports-based TV Programme Service, movie-based TV Programme Service or TV Programme Service consisting of Other Premium TV Content) under the Marks; or

 

(ii)                           acquiring and/or broadcasting sports and/or movie Content on the TV Programme Service referred to in clause 3.4(a)(i) above, provided that such broadcast of sports and/or movie Content is only part of a general entertainment offering; or

 

(iii)                        including any non-premium content as part of the TV Programme Service referred to in clause 3.4(a)(i) above,

 

(b)                          notwithstanding the provisions of clause 3.4(a), the parties agree as follows:

 

(i)                              VEL and the Virgin Companies shall not be permitted to own or operate more than four (4), in aggregate, TV Programme Services as referred to in clause 3.4(a)(i) under the Marks to be distributed in or targeted at the Territory;

 

(ii)                           if VEL or any Virgin Company provides any TV Programme Service under the Marks to be distributed in or targeted at the Territory it shall offer the NTL Group rights to distribute such TV Programme Service

 

24



 

within a time period and upon the best terms offered to any third party, and VEL shall only permit or license any other person to use the Marks in relation to any TV Programme Service on the condition that such TV Programme Service is offered for distribution to the NTL Group by such licensee within a time period and upon the best terms offered to any third party; and

 

(iii)                        if VEL and any Virgin Company provides a TV Programme Service under the Marks to be distributed in or targeted at the Territory it shall only be permitted to distribute such TV Programme Service through the NTL Group’s Communications Services or via a third party’s distribution means or platform using such third party’s brand name (for example, a third party branded television platform or internet service),

 

(c)                           save as expressly permitted under clauses 3.1(a)(v) to (viii), the Licensee agrees not to use the Marks for a TV Programme Service or in relation to the commissioning or production of original film or television programmes, provided that VEL accepts that the Licensee shall be free to pursue such commissioning and production of original film and television programmes under any mark or brand name other than the Marks so long as this is done in such a way to avoid creating the impression that any third party services are branded with the Marks (unless the relevant provider is a Virgin Company) and such use is in accordance with honest commercial practices and does not take unfair advantage of the Marks;

 

(d)                          the Licensee agrees not to use the Marks in relation to the creation of any Adult Content provided that the NTL Group shall be permitted, subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, to provide access to and to package, bundle and distribute Adult Content through the Communications Services under the Marks.

 

Limitations on Bundled Services

 

3.5                                      Where members of the NTL Group are offering Bundled Services, the Licensee shall and shall procure that members of the NTL Group shall use its or their reasonable endeavours to ensure that the use of the Marks in relation to the Bundled Services:

 

(a)                           does not create the impression that any of the Bundled Services are offered by members of the NTL Group on a standalone basis separate from Communications Services;

 

(b)                          does not create the impression that the relevant member of the NTL Group is actually the provider (otherwise as an intermediary or conduit) of the third party or non-“Virgin” branded elements of the Bundled Services;

 

(c)                           could not reasonably be considered to result in consumer confusion (regarding who is providing the third party or non-“Virgin” branded elements of the Bundled Services); and

 

(d)                          does not create the impression that any third party services are branded with the Marks (unless the relevant provider is a Virgin Company).

 

25



 

3.6                                      The packaging, bundling and distribution by the Licensee of Content as contemplated by clauses 3.1(a), (v), (vi) and (vii) and 3.2(a) shall not constitute a Bundled Service.

 

Limitations on Partner Services

 

3.7                                      Where members of the NTL Group are providing Partner Services, the Licensee shall and shall procure that members of the NTL Group shall use its or their reasonable endeavours to ensure that the use of the Marks in relation to the Partner Services:

 

(a)                          does not create the impression that the relevant member of NTL Group is actually the provider (otherwise as an intermediary or conduit) of the Partner Services or any of the goods or services which are subject of the Partner Services;

 

(b)                         could not reasonably be considered to result in consumer confusion (regarding who is providing the Partner Services); and

 

(c)                          does not create the impression that any third party goods or services are branded with the Marks (unless the relevant provider is a Virgin Company).

 

3.8                                      Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses 3.5 and 3.7, VEL confirms that in connection with provision of Bundled Services and Partner Services, where the trade marks and trade names of third parties appear along with or in association with the Marks, the Licensee shall be entitled to provide registration and authentication services, billing and payment services (but not Banking Services unless otherwise permitted in accordance with this Deed) and customer and technical support using the Marks.

 

Limitations on Co-Branding

 

3.9                                      The parties acknowledge that the trade marks and trade names of third parties and any member of the NTL Group may appear along with or in association with the Marks provided that:

 

(a)                           such trade marks and trade names are used to identify the products and services being offered or to identify a trading entity;

 

(b)                          such trade marks and trade names are not used in combination with the Marks so as to form a new or composite mark (other than as expressly permitted under this Deed) without the prior written consent of VEL (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); and

 

(c)                           such trade marks and trade names are not used in any manner which is not in accordance with honest and commercial practices or without due cause takes unfair advantage thereof or could reasonably be considered to result in consumer confusion.

 

Domain Names and Internet Use

 

3.10                                The parties agree and acknowledge that the Licensee and members of the NTL Group shall primarily use and market a domain name and a URL using the Chosen Names in the form “Chosen Name.com” and “virgin.com/Chosen Name” and that any other

 

26



 

Domain Names shall primarily be used to generate additional traffic to the Site and/or for specific activities or promotions.

 

3.11                               Throughout the Term, VEL shall procure that a clearly accessible hyperlink is maintained (and appears ‘above the fold’) on the Virgin.com website (or such other main portal website operated by or on behalf of the Virgin Group from time to time) to the Site and the Licensee shall and shall procure that members of the NTL Group shall ensure that a hyperlink is maintained on the Site to the Virgin.com website (or such other main portal website operated by or on behalf of the Virgin Group from time to time).

 

Reservation of VEL’s Rights

 

3.12                               VEL shall not use or license the use of the Marks, the name “Virgin”, the letter “V” or anything confusingly similar thereto in the Territory at any time during the Term in relation to Communications Services but VEL and/or any Virgin Company shall not be prevented by virtue of this Deed from using the Virgin Marks in relation to:

 

(a)                           promoting their own business, products and/or services and/or offering their products and/or services with reference to the “Virgin” name in the Territory through any third party Communications Services or Communications Network or to the customers of any third party Communications Services or Communications Network;

 

(b)                          any non-exclusive rights under this Deed;

 

(c)                           Other Email Services and Other Webspace Services;

 

(d)                          Communications Services provided in the ordinary course of business within premises and locations ordinarily forming part of the activities licensed by VEL to such Virgin Company where the provision of such Communications Services is incidental to and a minor adjunct of their principal business including, retail outlets, health and fitness centres, hotels, aeroplanes, trains, cars, motorcycles, ships or other modes or transport, private airport lounges, train station lounges and other transportation lounges;

 

(e)                           any Content offered by Virgin Companies, except as set out in clause 3.1(a) (v) to (viii) and subject to the provisions of clause 3.4;

 

(f)                             internet cafes; or

 

(g)                          sponsorship of any sports events, tournaments, leagues or teams,

 

provided that:

 

(i)                               all such use of the Virgin Marks in accordance with this clause, other than in relation to (g) above, is confined to use in conjunction with, and always in front of, any word or words which are used to describe or denote the activities licensed by VEL to the relevant Virgin Company (subject to any exceptions equivalent to those under clause 3.3(d)); and

 

(ii)                            this is done in accordance with honest commercial practices and in the

 

27



 

ordinary course of VEL and/or any Virgin Company business and in such a way which could not reasonably be considered to result in consumer confusion as to who is the actual provider of such services.

 

Extension of Grant

 

3.13                                VEL shall notify the Licensee if and when:

 

(a)                               the rights to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to the creation of the Restricted Content become available; and/or

 

(b)                              it intends to use or grant a licence for use of the Marks in the Territory in relation to internet cafes, the commissioning or production of original film and/or television programmes (to the extent not already licensed in this Deed) and/or the rights to acquire and/or brand a TV Programme Service with the Marks (to the extent not already licensed in this Deed),

 

and shall:

 

(i)                               give the Licensee reasonable details of any proposals submitted by or to the Virgin Group for the licensing of such rights; and

 

(ii)                            give the Licensee an opportunity, within a time period and on terms no less favourable than those given to third parties, to submit a written proposal relating to the exploitation of those rights by the Licensee on reasonable commercial terms.

 

The Licensee shall submit any written business proposal as soon as reasonably practicable and VEL shall consider such proposal as soon as reasonably practicable and on a good faith basis. VEL agrees, for a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as the parties may agree in good faith) from VEL’s original notice to enter into good faith discussions with the Licensee and not to grant a licence in respect of those rights to any other party during such period.

 

No Grant to Third Parties

 

3.14                               VEL agrees that it shall not during the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of termination or expiry of this Deed or, at the Licensee’s option, twenty four (24) months (subject in such latter case to the Licensee paying to VEL a sum equivalent to the amount paid to VEL in the last four full quarters for which a royalty was paid, adjusted to take account of RPI from the date of termination or expiry of the Deed to the end of the twelve (12) month period following such termination or expiry):

 

(a)                           use itself nor grant to any person other than the Licensee the right to use the Marks in the Territory in relation to any of the exclusive Licensed Activities specified in clause 3.1 (except to the extent other licensees of the Marks are permitted to use them in respect of services equivalent to Communications Services in the manner described in clause 3.12(d));

 

(b)                          use itself nor grant to any third party the right to use the Chosen Names or the name “Virgin.net” anywhere in the world;

 

28



 

(c)                           use itself nor grant to any person other than the Licensee the right to use the Names in the Territory;

 

(d)                          use itself nor grant to any third party the right to use the letter “V” (whether plain or in stylised form) in front of (i) the non-“Virgin” part of the Chosen Names anywhere in the world; or (ii) any word or words which are identical or colourably similar to the Names in the Territory; and

 

(e)                           use itself nor grant to any third party other than the Licensee the right to use the Marks in respect of the marketing or supply in physical retail outlets of Communications Services and Core Equipment provided by any third party and sold under that third party brand (and warrants that it has not granted any such rights prior to the date of this Deed) in the Territory save that the Licensee acknowledges that Virgin Retail Limited (or its successors and/or assignees) has been granted as at the Commencement Date under the VRL Licence as defined in Schedule 7 of this Deed certain rights to sell third party equipment that may fall within the definition of Core Equipment in this Deed.

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

3.15                               The parties acknowledge that the “Virgin” logo appearing at Part B of Schedule 1 is a new version of the logo and agree, to the extent that this is reasonably practicable, to a gradual transition toward use of this logo over time.

 

3.16                               Members of the NTL Group shall be entitled to do all acts which would otherwise be restricted by the copyright in the Marks in connection with the carrying on and provision of the Licensed Activities.

 

3.17                               Subject to paragraph 5.5 of Schedule 3, the Licensee undertakes that it and relevant members of the NTL Group shall make genuine use of the Marks as soon as reasonably practicable after the Commencement Date (unless otherwise agreed between the parties) in relation to the Communications Services provided from time to time by the NTL Group for at least the Minimum Term.

 

3.18                               The parties acknowledge that, during the Term, major technological changes and advancements will occur in relation to the Licensed Activities which the parties are unable to foresee as at the Commencement Date. As such, the parties declare that it is their common intention that this Deed is intended to cover such changes and advancements and to enable the Licensed Activities in respect of which the Marks may be used to develop over the Term. The parties further acknowledge that the definitions of “Communications Services” and “Communications Network” provided for in this Deed are intended to include not only existing communications services and networks, but also new communications services and networks which result from innovations, technological developments and discoveries and the trend towards the convergence of such communications services and networks to ensure that the NTL Group can effectively compete with new communications services and networks introduced by others as well as innovate and introduce new communications services and networks of its own. The parties agree that this Deed, including the definitions of “Communications Services” and “Communications Network”, shall be construed accordingly.

 

29



 

3.19                               Without prejudice to the provisions of clause 3.18, should either party at any time during the Term be of the view that this Deed as drafted, including the definitions of “Communications Services” and “Communications Network”, does not fully reflect the common intentions of the parties as stated in clause 3.18, it may notify the other party to that effect and the parties will meet within 14 days to agree in good faith appropriate amendments to this Deed. In the event that the parties fail to reach agreement on appropriate amendments within one hundred and eighty (180) days of any notification given under this clause 3.19, either party may refer the matter to dispute resolution in accordance with clause 14.6.

 

3.20                               For clarification it is stated that prior to granting this Licence the parties have signed the letters of agreement annexed in Schedules 6 and 7 to this Deed.

 

4.                                        PAYMENT OF ROYALTIES

 

4.1                                      Except as set out in clause 4.12 and clause 6.9, and subject to clause 4.13 the Licensee agrees to pay VEL a royalty the greater of:

 

(a)                                   one quarter of one per cent (0.25%) of the Licensed Revenues; or

 

(b)                                  two million one hundred and twenty five thousand pounds (£2,125,000),

 

in respect of each Quarter during the Term. In respect of any part of a Quarter during the Term, the Royalties shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions of this clause 4, but shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with the number of days during which this Deed subsists compared with the number of days in the Quarter in question.

 

4.2                                     The Licensee shall, within ten (10) Business Days after the date on which NTL Incorporated has filed a Quarterly Report with the SEC in respect of a Quarter, deliver to VEL a statement in respect of such Quarter, certified as correct by the chief financial officer of NTL Incorporated, of the total Licensed Revenues and the Royalties due to VEL in respect of such Quarter.

 

4.3                                     All amounts payable under this Deed are expressed exclusive of VAT. Each party shall, to the extent required by law, pay VAT on all sums becoming due from it to the other party under the provisions of this Deed at the appropriate rate in force, upon receipt of a valid VAT invoice.

 

4.4                                     VEL shall be entitled to render an invoice in respect of the Royalties due under clause 4.1 upon receipt of the statement referred to in clause 4.2. The Licensee shall pay such Royalties within thirty (30) Business Days following receipt by the Licensee of an appropriate VAT invoice.

 

4.5                                     The Licensee shall, within ten (10) Business Days after the date on which NTL Incorporated has filed an Annual Report in respect of a Financial Year, deliver to VEL a statement in respect of such Financial Year, certified as correct by the chief financial officer of NTL Incorporated, of the total Licensed Revenues and the Royalties due to VEL in respect of such Financial Year. In the event that the sum of the Royalties paid by the Licensee under clause 4.4 for that Financial Year are less or more than those certified under this clause 4.5, the Licensee shall pay any additional

 

30



 

Royalties due to VEL or VEL shall return to the Licensee any excess Royalties paid, as the case may be, within ten (10) Business Days of such certificate.

 

4.6                                     All payments of Royalties to VEL will be made in Sterling to VEL’s bank account or as directed by VEL. All payments due to the Licensee will be made in Sterling to the Licensee’s bank account or as directed by the Licensee.

 

4.7                                     If either party fails to pay any sum due and payable under these terms to the other party which is not the subject of a dispute between the parties, the amount due will bear interest, accruing from the due date until the date of actual payment, calculated at a daily rate equivalent to two per cent. above the base rate then in effect of Lloyds Bank plc (or its successor in title) (both before and after any court judgment).

 

4.8                                     NTL Incorporated’s Quarterly Reports and Annual Reports shall be prepared in accordance with Accounting Standards and, in respect of Annual Reports, shall be audited by NTL Incorporated’s auditors. As such, save as set out in clause 4.10, VEL shall have no rights of inspection or audit of the Licensee’s books and records nor of any other member of the NTL Group.

 

4.9                                     If at any time NTL Incorporated shall no longer be a registrant reporting under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or NTL Incorporated shall no longer report Consumer Revenues in its Quarterly Report or Annual Report, the NTL Group shall provide substitute reports to VEL that include the same information in respect of Consumer Revenues as would have been included in its Quarterly Report or Annual Report as contemplated by this Deed (such substitute reports, respectively, a “Substitute Quarterly Report” and a “Substitute Annual Report”) and shall be certified as correct and audited in the manner provided in clauses 4.2, 4.5 and 4.8. Such Substitute Quarterly Reports in respect of each of the first three quarters of each Financial Year shall be due within sixty (60) days of the end of that quarter and the Substitute Annual Report shall be due within ninety (90) days of the end of the Financial Year. In each such case, Financial Year shall mean the fiscal year of, and the Substitute Quarterly Reports and Substitute Annual Reports shall be produced in respect of, a company designated by NTL Group which shall be the company whose subsidiaries are responsible for 100% of Consumer Revenues and which has the most direct supervisory or governance role in respect of such subsidiaries, references to NTL Incorporated in this Deed shall be deemed to refer to such company, and such Substitute Quarterly Reports Substitute and Annual Reports shall be deemed to be Quarterly Reports and Annual Reports for the purposes set forth in this Deed.

 

4.10                               In the event that VEL has reasonable grounds to believe that there is a material error in the calculation of the Royalties, it shall notify the Licensee in writing and the parties shall use reasonable endeavours to resolve any discrepancies raised by VEL in good faith. Any disputes as to the calculation of Royalties shall be referred to the dispute resolution procedure set out in clause 14.6. If such dispute has not been resolved and the mediator appointed pursuant to clause 14.6 decides that a material error may have been made, VEL shall be entitled to carry out an audit of the NTL Group’s books of accounts as reasonably necessary to determine whether there has been a material error in the statements certified under clauses 4.2 and 4.5 or in the information certified under clause 4.9. Any such audit shall be conducted as follows:

 

(a)                           upon the written request of VEL and not more than once in each period of

 

31



 

twelve months, and only after NTL Incorporated has published its accounts for any given Financial Year, the Licensee shall permit one of KPMG Audit plc, Ernst and Young LLP, Deloitte & Touche LLP or PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or their successors in title as appointed by VEL and agreed by the Licensee (or, failing agreement, such other auditing firm of international repute as is agreed), to have access during normal business hours to such records of the NTL Group as are reasonably necessary to determine whether there has been any material error in calculating the Royalties and whether there has been an overpayment or underpayment of Royalties pursuant to this Deed for any Quarter in such Financial Year or for the whole of the Financial Year in question. In the absence of material error, such accounting firm shall not be entitled to question the application of the NTL Group’s judgement in applying the Accounting Standards (or that of their accountants and auditors);

 

(b)                          the Licensee, at the cost of VEL, shall and shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group will provide such assistance to the accounting firm as is reasonably necessary in connection with the audit, provided that the Licensee has received reasonable advance notice of such audit from VEL. Such accounting firm shall execute a confidentiality undertaking no less strict than the confidentiality obligations set forth in this Deed in a form reasonably acceptable to the Licensee and suitable for the purpose of performing the audit under this clause 4.10. Such accounting firm shall carry out its audit within two (2) calendar months and report only on matters which bear on whether the Royalties paid or due to be paid by the Licensee were determined and accurately calculated in accordance with this Deed. The report shall be addressed to both VEL and the Licensee;

 

(c)                           these rights with respect to any Quarter or any Financial Year shall terminate twelve (12) months after the end of such Quarter or Financial Year;

 

(d)                          if, after consultation with the parties, such accounting firm concludes that there was an overpayment or underpayment, the Licensee shall pay the additional royalties due to VEL or VEL shall return to the Licensee any excess royalties paid, as the case may be, and in each case together with interest thereon, within thirty (30) days after the accounting firm’s written report is delivered to both VEL and the Licensee. The fees and disbursements charged by such accounting firm shall be paid by VEL unless the accounting firm concludes that there has been an underpayment by more than five percent (5%) of the royalties due, in which case the Licensee shall pay its reasonable fees and disbursements. Neither VEL nor the Licensee shall consult with such accounting firm in person or orally unless the other parties are given reasonable advance notice of and the opportunity to participate in such consultation; all communications made in writing shall be copied to the other party who may respond to the accounting firm in question with a copy to the other parties; and

 

(e)                           the decision of the accounting firm, acting as expert and not as arbitrator, shall be final and binding upon the parties (save in the case of fraud or a material error), and not subject to dispute resolution procedures under clause 14.6 or otherwise. Should either party fail to comply with the decision, the cost of any proceedings brought to enforce same shall be at the sole expense of the

 

32



 

non-complying party, who shall reimburse the complying party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable disbursements.

 

4.11                               VEL and the Licensee shall treat all information subject to review under this clause 4 in accordance with the confidentiality provisions of this Deed.

 

4.12                               VEL accepts that the Licensee may not be able to provide the Communications Services by reference to the Marks (other than the services formerly licensed pursuant to the Virgin Net Licence and the services licensed pursuant to the Virgin Mobile Licence) for a period of time after the Commencement Date. Subject to clause 6.9 and clause 4.13, during that time the Licensee agrees to pay to VEL a royalty equal to the greater of:

 

(a)                                   one quarter of one per cent (0.25%) of the Consumer Revenues, together with, to the extent not already included in Consumer Revenues, any other revenues accruing to the NTL Group from activities carried out pursuant to the Marks, less bad debt expense in accordance with Accounting Standards (save that such deduction in respect of such bad debt expense shall not exceed four per cent (4%) of Consumer Revenues); or

 

(b)                                  two million one hundred and twenty five thousand pounds (£2,125,000),

 

in respect of each Quarter during the Term. In respect of any part of a Quarter during the Term, the Royalties shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of this clause 4, but shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with the number of days during which this Deed subsists compared with the number of days in the Quarter in question.

 

4.13                               If the NTL Group has acquired a majority of the issued ordinary shares of Virgin Mobile Holdings (UK) plc but the Licensee has not served the notice set out in clause 2.3(c) of this Deed such that the Virgin Mobile Licence remains in force, then the royalties payable pursuant to the Virgin Mobile Licence shall be deducted from royalties due under this clause 4.

 

4.14                               The Licensee agrees to provide, at the reasonable request of VEL, a monthly revenue report with sufficient information for the purposes of determining the royalties due and payable under this Deed (as generally distributed within the NTL Group to senior management).

 

5.                                        CONDITIONS OF USE

 

5.1                                     The Licensee acknowledges that the value and reputation of the Marks is such that they denote high quality status and agrees to and shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group shall:

 

(a)                           use all reasonable endeavours to apply the Marks to goods and services of a style, appearance and quality so as to maintain the value and reputation of the Marks;

 

(b)                          subject to clause 5.2, use the Marks in accordance with the TM Guidelines; and

 

33



 

(c)                           use all reasonable endeavours to apply the Marks to goods and services of a standard consistent with good industry practice and standards.

 

5.2                                      The Licensee shall not be obliged to consult VEL as to its manner of use of the Marks where such use is in accordance with the TM Guidelines. However, the Licensee may submit designs and/or proposed advertising, marketing or promotional materials using the Marks to VEL for approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Where VEL has not sent (by courier, post, email or facsimile) to the Licensee at its then usual business or email address a written response in relation to the designs and/or materials submitted by the Licensee within five Business Days (or such other period as may be agreed between the parties) of receipt of such designs and/or materials, VEL shall be deemed to have approved the designs and/or materials for the purposes of this clause.

 

5.3                                      In the event that either party wishes to create any logo incorporating the Marks specific to the Licensee, then the parties shall work together to create such logo, provided that the Licensee agrees that VEL shall have the right of final design approval of such logo in respect of matters such as brand consistency.

 

5.4                                      The Licensee shall use all reasonable endeavours to comply with the following conditions of use:

 

(a)                           where reasonably practicable, and upon request from VEL, the Licensee shall display and shall procure that the relevant members of the NTL Group shall display a statement in the following terms:

 

Virgin” and the Virgin Signature logo are registered trade marks of Virgin Enterprises Limited and are used under licence ”;

 

(b)                          the Marks may not be used in combination with any other marks, names, words, logos, symbols or devices to form a new or composite mark (except as specified in this Deed) without the prior written consent of VEL, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

 

(c)                           the exercise of the rights granted by this Deed to the members of the NTL Group shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations in force within the Territory save to the extent that such compliance is made impractical by the action or inaction of VEL;

 

(d)                          the Licensee shall and shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group shall obtain and comply in all material respects with all necessary consents, licences and authorisations required in connection with the provision of the Licensed Activities within the Territory save to the extent that such compliance is made impractical by the action or inaction of VEL; and

 

(e)                           the Marks shall not be used in any manner which, knowingly, wilfully or recklessly, would bring them into disrepute or otherwise materially damage the goodwill or reputation of the Marks or materially damage VEL’s right in and to the Marks.

 

5.5                                      During the Term the Licensee shall not use, and shall procure that no relevant

 

34



 

members of the NTL Group use, without VEL’s prior consent (such consent not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed):

 

(a)                           any marks which are confusingly similar to but not identical with the Marks (or “Vision” if the Chosen Name is “Virgin Vision”) in relation to the Licensed Activities;

 

(b)                          the Marks or any marks which are confusingly similar to but not identical with the Marks (or “Vision” if the Chosen Name is “Virgin Vision”) in relation to any activities other than the Licensed Activities.

 

5.6                                     In order to ensure that any relevant member of the NTL Group is complying with the obligations under this Deed, the Licensee shall, and shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group shall, on reasonable written request from VEL:

 

(a)                           provide reasonable quantities of free samples of any materials (including all advertising, marketing and promotional materials) bearing the Marks used in connection with the Licensed Activities prior to or in the course of their installation, sale or distribution;

 

(b)                          provide VEL as soon as practicable with full particulars of proposed advertising campaigns bearing the Marks used in connection with the Licensed Activities;

 

(c)                           promptly provide VEL on an aggregate basis with sufficient details of all material complaints made by customers, distributors, retailers and/or members of the public (but shall not be obliged to supply personal data or identify complainants where to do so would be in breach of the Data Protection Act 1998) relating to the Licensed Activities conducted under the Marks together with reports on the resolution of such complaints and shall comply with any reasonable directions or recommendations given by VEL in respect thereof;

 

(d)                          provide VEL with details of any material claims, litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings, investigations or enquiries which are in progress or threatened in writing against the relevant member of the NTL Group concerning the Licensed Activities carried out using the Marks. This clause shall not require any member of the NTL Group to waive or jeopardise its rights to any privilege in relation to such proceedings, investigations or enquiries;

 

(e)                           meet with VEL once in each calendar year in order to review the exercise of the rights granted by this Deed to the members of the NTL Group;

 

(f)                             where VEL has reasonable grounds to believe that any member of the NTL Group is not complying with this Deed, VEL (or its nominated representatives) may upon reasonable notice in writing during business hours, enter the premises of any member of the NTL Group at which the Licensed Activities are carried out, or the Marks are otherwise used and have access to all documents which may be reasonably requested to assess whether the relevant member of the NTL Group is complying with the obligations under the terms of this Deed provided that:

 

35



 

(i)                               VEL shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that it shall cause as a little disruption as possible whilst on such premises;

 

(ii)                            VEL acknowledges that it or its nominated representative shall be under the supervision of the relevant member of the NTL Group whilst at the premises; and

 

(iii)                        VEL shall not interfere in any way with the computer systems of any member of the NTL Group but where access to any computer systems is reasonably necessary for VEL’s inspection under this clause, such access shall be carried out by a representative of the NTL Group to the reasonable direction of VEL or its nominated representative, subject to compliance with the Data Protection Act 1998;

 

(g)                          provide VEL with the reports referred to in Schedule 3, copies of customer service scripting, copies of pro-forma letters sent to customers and any brand tracking studies/reports undertaken or commissioned by the NTL Group.

 

VEL acknowledges and agrees that the Licensee shall be deemed to have complied with the provisions of clause 5.6(a) and (b) if the information and materials requested under such provisions is provided to or made available to the Chief Marketing Officer.

 

5.7                                      If at any time the Licensee or any member of the NTL Group fails to comply in any material respect with the conditions of use or standards of quality and presentation set out in this clause 5 (other than with respect to Service Levels), VEL may direct the Licensee or such member of the NTL Group, in writing, to take such reasonable steps as may be necessary to ensure compliance with this clause 5 and the Licensee shall procure that the relevant member of the NTL Group shall, within twenty five (25) days or any such period as the parties may agree, correct any such non-compliance. In relation to the TM Guidelines this may include the withdrawal of non-complying advertising, marketing or promotional materials where reasonably practicable.

 

5.8                                     The parties shall comply with the obligations set out in Schedule 3 with respect of the Service Levels.

 

5.9                                     The Licensee recognises that it is part of a group of companies and businesses licensed by VEL to use the Marks and agrees that it shall cooperate in Virgin Group activities and initiatives, including charitable initiatives associated with Virgin Unite, procurement initiatives, marketing forums, promotions of the virgin.com website, provided that the NTL Group shall not be required to participate in any activity or initiative where it considers in its absolute discretion that such participation may be detrimental to the NTL Group or its business, operations or other activities. Where any Virgin Company requests its products or services be accessible through the Communications Services provided by the NTL Group and/or be included as part of the Partner Services, then the Licensee shall consider in all good faith such requests on terms that are no less favourable than those offered to any other third party where such request does not unreasonably impact on its business. VEL shall use all reasonable efforts to facilitate activities and initiatives proposed by the Licensee in conjunction with any Virgin Company and on terms no less favourable than those offered to any other third party.

 

36



 

5.10                               VEL, or any Affiliate of VEL nominated by VEL, shall have the right to appoint a suitably qualified senior sales and marketing executive for employment as Chief Marketing Officer of the NTL Group reporting directly to the CEO, COO or to the senior person in charge of the consumer division of the NTL Group. Such employment shall commence no earlier than the Commencement Date (and such right will then continue during the Term) and shall be with the relevant employing company in the NTL Group upon that company’s usual terms and conditions of employment and subject to satisfactory references and immigration status. If the proposed appointee is not approved by that company for employment as a result of the references or immigration status or if the employee then leaves the employment of the NTL Group, then VEL, or any Affiliate of VEL nominated by VEL, shall have a right to appoint an alternative executive. This clause shall not prevent the relevant NTL Group employing company from terminating such employment at any time in accordance with such terms and conditions of employment provided that VEL, or any Affiliate of VEL nominated by VEL, shall have a right to appoint an alternative executive. The Licensee may recommend to VEL a suitably qualified senior sales and marketing executive for employment as Chief Marketing Officer and VEL shall consider such recommendation in good faith.

 

5.11                               VEL shall provide reasonable support and guidance to the members of the NTL Group engaged in the Licensed Activities, as may be requested from time to time, in relation to the members of the NTL Group’s use and/or proposed use of the Marks.

 

5.12                               VEL shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the members of the NTL Group are treated no less favourably than other Virgin Companies.

 

5.13                               The parties acknowledge that the NTL Group may not currently comply with all aspects of the Direct Selling Policy but that, prior to launch of products or services under the Marks, it will comply with the Direct Selling Policy with respect to those products or services.

 

6.                                        TRADE MARK PROTECTION

 

6.1                                     The Licensee acknowledges VEL’s right, title and interest in the Marks (subject to this Deed) and undertakes not to do and shall procure that the members of the NTL Group shall not do any act which would jeopardise or invalidate the registration of the Marks nor to do any act which could give rise to any application to remove the Marks or which would otherwise prejudice in a material way VEL’s right, title and interest in the Marks.

 

6.2                                     The Licensee and VEL each undertake that they shall, and the Licensee shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group shall, at the other’s request and at their own expense, execute or procure the execution of any document which may be necessary to allow recordal of the rights granted to the members of the NTL Group by this Deed and the corresponding cancellation of such recordal on the expiry or termination of this Deed, for whatever reason.

 

6.3                                     The Licensee shall not and shall procure that no member of the NTL Group shall seek any registration of any trade mark, copyright, domain name or analogous right which is identical with or confusingly similar to any of the Marks or which otherwise incorporates the “Virgin” name. VEL agrees, at the Licensee’s cost, to register any

 

37



 

additional and available domain names comprising a new and relevant domain name suffix relating to the Licensed Activities and containing the Names as are reasonably requested by the Licensee, and all such domain names shall, when registered, automatically be deemed “Domain Names” for the purposes of this Deed. The Licensee shall be responsible for administering sub-domains for which no registration in required and applying for and maintaining SSL licences (e.g. certificates for secure websites) in the name of VEL, for which purpose VEL consents to the use of its name on such applications and registrations and agrees to provide its reasonable assistance (including, without limitation, information) as the Licensee may from time to time require for these purposes.

 

6.4                                     VEL shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that the registrations of the Marks cover (and, if applicable, are extended to cover) the scope of the Licensed Activities to the extent that registrations are available in the Territory and shall accordingly make all such formal trade mark applications in its own name as are, in its reasonable opinion, necessary (at its cost).

 

6.5                                      VEL shall:

 

(a)                           use all reasonable endeavours to prosecute any pending applications for the Marks to registration as soon as reasonably practicable hereafter which shall include seeking in good faith to overcome all oppositions and objections;

 

(b)                          ensure that the registrations of such of the Marks as are registered are renewed as and when they fall due for renewal;

 

(c)                           upon the written reasonable request, and at the expense of the Licensee, apply and prosecute further trade mark registrations in the Territory which feature the Marks in the form of the Names, following which such applications and registrations shall be added to Schedule 2. The Licensee shall have the right to review and provide comment on any such pending applications, and VEL shall, in good faith, consider such comments; and

 

(d)                          maintain and protect the goodwill and reputation of the Marks, provided that VEL shall not be in breach of this clause 6.5(d) to the extent that diminution of the goodwill and reputation of the Marks is caused by a breach of this Deed by the Licensee or a member of the NTL Group.

 

6.6                                     Other than those additional trade marks and additional domain names requested by the Licensee in accordance with clauses 6.3 and 6.5(c), the costs of filing, pursuing and renewing other formal trade mark applications and other any registrations in the Territory for any of the Marks and the Domain Names under clause 6 which relate in whole or in part to the Licensed Activities shall be paid in full and in a timely manner by VEL.

 

6.7                                     The Licensee shall and shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group shall, at the reasonable request and expense of VEL, provide reasonable assistance in connection with the protection and maintenance by VEL of its rights in and to the Marks as VEL may from time to time in its reasonable discretion determine necessary including providing details of sales figures, Customer numbers, marketing spend, launch dates and dates of first use of the Marks by the members of the NTL Group.

 

38



 

6.8                                     Without prejudice to the rights of the members of the NTL Group under this Deed, the Licensee shall and shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group shall immediately stop using, or as VEL may direct, modify the use of, any Marks in relation to any part or parts of the Licensed Activities, on receipt of written notice from VEL that such use infringes or is reasonably likely to infringe the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party (other than any Virgin Company) provided always that:

 

(a)                          VEL gives the Licensee full details of the alleged infringement, together with a written opinion from competent external and independent legal counsel specialising in intellectual property law to the effect that such use constitutes, or is reasonably likely to constitute, an infringement of the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party; and

 

(b)                         VEL shall permit the relevant members of the NTL Group to recommence use of the Marks if, and as soon as reasonably practicable after, VEL settles the matter with the third party with the effect that use by the members of the NTL Group is permitted or would no longer amount to an infringement of such third party’s Intellectual Property Rights,

 

provided that nothing in this clause 6.8 shall prevent the members of the NTL Group from exercising any rights they may have against VEL.

 

6.9                                     The Licensee shall not be required to make any Royalty payments in relation to those Licensed Activities in respect of which it is unable to use the Marks for any period during which such use of the Marks by any member of the NTL Group is suspended under clause 6.8.

 

7.                                        DEALINGS

 

7.1                                      Save as otherwise specified in this Deed, the rights granted under this Deed are personal to the Licensee and the other members of the NTL Group and they shall not delegate, assign, sub-license or sub-contract any of those rights (except by way of mortgage, charge or security, and only until such time as that funding shall be repaid notice of which shall be given to VEL) to any third party without the prior written consent of VEL (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) provided that:

 

(a)                           the Licensee may assign all of its rights and obligations under this Deed to a solvent member of the NTL Group as part of a reorganisation of the NTL Group without the prior written consent of VEL provided that:

 

(i)                               notice of any such assignment and details of the assignee shall be provided to VEL by the Licensee and the assignee is thereafter deemed to be the Licensee for the purposes of this Deed;

 

(ii)                            the Licensee shall procure that, in the event of such assignee ceasing to be a solvent member of the NTL Group, any such rights and/or obligations assigned shall revert automatically back to the Licensee or

 

39



 

such other member of the NTL Group as the Licensee shall direct;

 

(iii)                        this Deed shall be binding on any successors or permitted assignee of the Licensee and the Licensee shall and shall procure that any such successor or permitted assignee of the Licensee is notified of the terms of this Deed; and

 

(iv)                        such assignee is resident in the U.K. for tax purposes,

 

(b)                          the Licensee shall be entitled to authorise third parties to use the Marks in relation to the services they provide to the members of the NTL Group engaged in the Licensed Activities or in connection with the promotion or sale of the NTL Group’s products and services (a “Permitted Third Party”), provided that:

 

(i)                              such third parties agree in writing to be bound by terms relating to use of the Marks no less onerous than under this Deed;

 

(ii)                           such parties shall only be permitted to use the Marks in accordance with honest commercial practices and in a way which does not take unfair advantage of the Marks and which is not misleading and could not reasonably be considered to result in consumer confusion;

 

(iii)                        for the avoidance of doubt, any authorisation granted pursuant to this clause 7.1(b) shall terminate immediately on termination of this Deed,

 

(c)                           the Licensee shall be permitted to grant to Customers a non-transferable right (without the right to sub-license) to use their Permitted Email Address and Permitted Webspace Address and to reproduce the same upon materials for the purpose of providing the Permitted Email Address and Permitted Webspace Address to third parties;

 

(d)                          any rights granted to or enjoyed by a member of the NTL Group shall automatically cease subject to clauses 9.10 and clause 9.12 and 9.13 on that member ceasing to be part of the NTL Group; and

 

(e)                           any act or omission on the part of any member of the NTL Group or any third party authorised to use the Marks under this Deed which would constitute a breach of any term or condition of this Deed shall constitute a breach of that term or condition by the Licensee provided that this shall be without prejudice to VEL’s rights to take direct action as against that member or third party.

 

7.2                                      In the event of any assignment by the Licensee in accordance with clause 7.1, the Licensee shall execute and procure the execution by the assignee of a novation agreement with VEL (and VEL agrees to execute such novation agreement) so as to give effect to the transfer and to bind the assignee to all provisions to this Deed.

 

7.3                                      Save as otherwise specified in this Deed, the rights granted under this Deed are personal to VEL and VEL shall not delegate, assign, sub-license or sub-contract any of those rights including its rights under the Marks (except by way of mortgage, charge or security, and only until such time as that funding shall be repaid notice of which shall be given to the Licensee) to any third party without the prior written

 

40



 

consent of the Licensee (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), provided that VEL may assign all of its rights and obligations under this Deed including its rights under the Marks to a solvent member of the Virgin Group as part of a reorganisation of the Virgin Group without the prior written consent of the Licensee, provided that:

 

(a)                                       notice of any such assignment and details of the assignee shall be provided to the Licensee by VEL and the assignee is thereafter deemed to be the Licensor for the purposes of this Deed;

 

(b)                                      VEL procures that the assignment of the relevant marks is subject to the Licensee’s rights under this Deed;

 

(c)                                       VEL shall procure that the assignee shall take subject to the Licensee’s rights under this Deed in relation to those marks;

 

(d)                                      VEL shall procure the execution by the assignee of a novation agreement with the Licensee (and the Licensee agrees to execute such novation agreement) so as to give effect to the transfer and bind the assignee to all provisions to this Deed; and

 

(e)                                       such assignee is resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes.

 

7.4                                     This Deed shall be binding on any successors or permitted assignee of the Licensee and the Licensee shall procure that any such successor or permitted assignee of the Licensee is notified of the terms of this Deed. This Deed shall be binding on any successors or permitted assignee of VEL and VEL shall procure that any such successor or permitted assignee of VEL is notified of the terms of this Deed.

 

7.5                                      In the event that VEL:

 

(a)                               chooses not to renew any one or all of the trade mark registrations for the Names VEL agrees to notify the Licensee and, at the Licensee’s request, VEL agrees that in consideration for one hundred pounds (£100), all title to those Names it has chosen not to renew and the goodwill associated with such marks in the Territory shall be assigned to the Licensee. This obligation to assign shall not apply in respect of any Community Trade Marks which VEL shall, at the Licensee’s request and cost, either convert to a series of national marks and in respect of any such national conversions in the Territory, assign those solely relating to the Territory to the Licensee or cancel them in which event VEL confirms that the Licensee shall be entitled to register a national mark in the form of any such Community Trade Mark; or

 

(b)                              irremediably fails (with no prospect of mitigating or resolving such failure) to renew any of the trade mark registrations for the Names VEL acknowledges that it shall not object to the Licensee seeking to re-file such marks. VEL agrees to notify the Licensee of any such failure to renew as soon as it discovers such failure and the Licensee agrees to notify VEL should it become aware of any impending or missed deadline for renewal.

 

7.6                                      For the purposes of clause 7.5(a) and (b), VEL hereby irrevocably appoints any of the

 

41



 

officers and directors of the Licensee from time to time to be its true and lawful attorney (each an “Attorney”) with the full power and authority of VEL in its name to execute on VEL’s behalf in whatever manner required any document or thing lawfully necessary in such form as the Attorney in his absolute discretion may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to give effect to the assignment referred to in clause 7.5(a) and any refiling pursuant to clause 7.5(b) and/or any documents required to facilitate any such refiling and its prosecution to grant and VEL undertakes to ratify whatever the Attorney may do in its name or on its behalf in exercising such powers.

 

8.                                            INDEMNITY, WARRANTIES AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

 

Warranties

 

8.1                                      VEL warrants to the Licensee that:

 

(a)                           it is a limited company duly organised, existing and in good standing under the laws of England and resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes and is beneficially entitled to the Royalties paid pursuant to clause 4.1 and 4.12 of this Deed;

 

(b)                          it is either (as applicable) the owner or registered proprietor of, or applicant for registration of the Marks and the Domain Names, and that it has the right to grant the rights granted to the members of the NTL Group under this Deed and it has not granted and will not grant those or any conflicting rights to any other person in the Territory during the Term;

 

(c)                           at the date of this Deed it has paid all current renewal fees necessary to ensure the continued registration of the Marks and the Domain Names where applicable and that it, or any third party acting on its behalf in such matters, has a secure system in place prompting payment of all renewals in a timely manner before they become due and shall pay all renewal fees as they become due (subject to clause 7.5);

 

(d)                          it is not aware of any other rights whose grant under this Deed would be necessary to enable the members of the NTL Group to carry on the Licensed Activities under the Marks;

 

(e)                           it will not itself exercise, and it has not appointed, authorised or allowed and it will not appoint, authorise or allow anyone else to exercise, any rights which are inconsistent with the rights granted hereunder;

 

(f)                             it is not aware of any actual, proposed or threatened claims, litigation or challenges as to its ownership of the Marks or the Domain Names or claims of Intellectual Property Rights infringement by third parties in relation to the use of the rights licensed hereunder; and

 

(g)                          as far as it is aware, use of the Marks and the Domain Names by members of the NTL Group in accordance with the terms of this Deed will not infringe the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party;

 

(h)                          VEL owns all such goodwill as exists in the Marks.

 

42



 

Indemnity and limitations and exclusions of liability

 

8.2                                      The provisions of the remainder of this clause 8 set out each party’s entire liability (including any liability for the acts and omissions of its employees or agents) to the other party in respect of:

 

(a)                           any breach of its contractual obligations arising under this Deed; and

 

(b)                          any representation, statement or tortious act or omission including negligence arising under or in connection with this Deed.

 

8.3                                      Any act or omission of a party falling within clause 8.2 shall for the purposes of this clause 8 be known as an “Event of Default”.

 

8.4                                      Neither party excludes or limits liability to the other party for fraud or for death or personal injury due to its own negligence or its employees’ or agents’ negligence whilst acting in the course of their employment, or any breach of any obligations implied by Section 12 of the Sale of Goods Act 1979 or Section 2 of the Supply of Goods and Services Act 1982.

 

8.5                                      Subject to clause 8.4, in respect of any claim arising in respect of an Event of Default only (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, in respect of any Intellectual Property Rights claim pursuant to clause 8.6), neither party shall be liable to the other in respect of any Event of Default for:

 

(a)                           any loss or damage suffered by the other as a result of a claim or action brought by a third party (except to the extent that such party is entitled to recover in respect of such a claim or action under any express term of this Deed); or

 

(b)                          any special, indirect or consequential loss or damage, even if such loss or damage was reasonably foreseeable or such party had been advised of the possibility of the other party incurring the same.

 

8.6                                      Subject to clause 8.7, VEL agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Licensee from and against all costs (including the costs of enforcement, reasonable legal costs, fees and expenses and value added tax), liabilities, injuries, direct, special, indirect and consequential loss and expenses, actions, proceedings, claims, demands and damages arising directly or indirectly from a claim or threatened claim by a third party against the Licensee that any exercise of the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to it under this Deed infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. The benefit of this indemnity shall, for the avoidance of doubt, extend to claims made against the NTL Group by any other Virgin Company conducting similar activities outside the Territory in respect of the provision by the NTL Group of the Licensed Activities in accordance with this Deed.

 

8.7                                      Subject to clause 8.4, the maximum liability of each party during the Term, in aggregate, in respect of:

 

(a)                           any and all Events of Default; and/or

 

(b)                          any and all claims pursuant to clause 8.6 where they arise in respect of use by

 

43



 

the NTL Group of the non-”Virgin” part of the Names and where such claims relate primarily to the non-”Virgin” part of the Names (and not primarily to the use of the Virgin Marks or the name “Virgin” in association or conjunction with the non-”Virgin” part of the Names),

 

shall be limited to a sum not exceeding two hundred million pounds sterling (£200,000,000), subject to the following:

 

(i)                                      any claim for indemnification pursuant to clause 8.6 in respect of use by the NTL Group of the Virgin Marks and/or where the claim relates primarily to the use of the Virgin Marks or the name “Virgin” in association or conjunction with the non-”Virgin” part of the Names and/or any other Intellectual Property Rights licensed under this Deed shall be unlimited; and

 

(ii)                                   where any claim arises in respect of use by the NTL Group of the name “Vision” (if the Names include “Virgin Vision”), whether such claim is for indemnification pursuant to clause 8.6 and/or involves a claim by the NTL Group for an Event of Default by VEL, then VEL’s maximum liability, in aggregate, in respect of any and all such claims shall be limited to a sum not exceeding thirty million pounds (£30,000,000).

 

8.8                                      The monetary limits of liability set out in clause 8.7 shall be subject to a 1% increase on each anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

8.9                                      A failure by either party to perform its obligations under this Deed shall not be treated as an Event of Default if and to the extent such failure was caused wholly or mainly by the other party’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Deed.

 

8.10                                Nothing in this clause shall confer any right or remedy upon a party to which it would not otherwise be legally entitled.

 

8.11                               The parties expressly agree that should any limitation or exclusion in this clause 8 be held to be invalid or void under any applicable statute or rule of law it shall, to that extent, be deemed omitted, but if any party thereby becomes liable for loss or damage which would otherwise have been excluded, such liability shall remain subject to the other limitations and provisions set out herein.

 

8.12                               The provisions of this clause shall continue to apply notwithstanding the termination or expiry of this Deed for any reason whatsoever.

 

8.13                               Save for those expressly set out in this Deed, all warranties, terms, conditions, undertakings and obligations, whether express or implied, by statute, common law, trade usage, course of dealing or otherwise are excluded to the maximum extent legally possible.

 

9.                                        TERMINATION AND EFFECTS OF TERMINATION

 

9.1                                      The Deed shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue for the Term unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of this Deed. This Deed (and any authorisations granted by the Licensee to third parties pursuant to clause

 

44



 

7.1(b)) shall expire automatically without need for further notice on expiration of the Term. The Licensee shall be entitled to renew this Deed following the Term on reasonable commercial terms in accordance with sub-clauses 9.1(a) to (c) of this clause 9.1. If the Licensee wishes to renew this Deed:

 

(a)                           it shall give notice in writing at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiry date of its intention to renew;

 

(b)                          the parties shall commence negotiation of the terms for the renewed agreement within three (3) months of such notice and shall devote such resource as is required to ensure that the negotiation is completed at least six (6) months prior to the original expiry date (provided that if the negotiations have not been completed prior to expiry of the Term this Deed will terminate automatically); and

 

(c)                           the parties shall act reasonably and in good faith in the conduct of such negotiation.

 

9.2                                      In the event that VEL has reasonable and bona fide grounds to believe that the use (or lack of use) of the Marks by any member of the NTL Group (including the Licensee) has been or is reasonably likely to result in a long-term and material diminution in the value of the Marks including the reputation or goodwill in the Marks, then:

 

(a)                           VEL shall serve written notice in accordance with clause 12.1 specifying the same and the parties shall call a meeting of their senior representatives to discuss the issues raised;

 

(b)                          the parties shall agree a plan to resolve the issues raised during a period of thirty (30) days (“Resolution Plan”) following the written notice referred to in clause 9.2(a) above;

 

(c)                           if the parties fail to agree such a Resolution Plan, then each party’s chief executive officer, chief operating officer or equivalent officer shall meet in a good faith effort to resolve the outstanding issues and agree a Resolution Plan with the original thirty (30) day period. In the event of any failure to resolve such issues and/or agree a Resolution Plan within the original thirty (30) day period such issues shall be referred to the dispute resolution procedure in clause 14.6;

 

(d)                          if the Resolution Plan is agreed under clauses 9.2(b) or (c), then immediately on agreement thereof, each party shall implement any duties, actions or responsibilities allocated to it in such Resolution Plan in order to resolve the dispute in good faith, such Resolution Plan to be implemented within a further period of ninety (90) days from agreement of the Resolution Plan or such other period as may be agreed in the Resolution Plan;

 

(e)                           if the NTL Group complies with its obligations under the Resolution Plan, then no further action will be taken by VEL in respect of that particular breach. In the event that the Resolution Plan fails to substantially remedy the breach or alleged breach, or there is a new breach, then the procedure in this clause 9.2 shall be repeated; and

 

45



 

(f)                             if the NTL Group fails to comply with its obligations under the Resolution Plan within the agreed timetable (and provided that such failures are not attributable to any act or omission of VEL) and the use or lack of use of the Marks by any member of the NTL Group in the reasonable view of VEL remains materially damaging on a long term basis to the Marks or VEL (or is still likely to be), or the dispute resolution process under clause 14.6 has been unsuccessful,  then VEL shall be entitled to terminate this Deed on one hundred and eighty (180) days written notice (provided that any damage shall cease immediately). If the NTL Group in good faith disputes the fairness or validity of such notice, then this shall be referred to dispute resolution in clause 14.6 to the extent that failure to agree a Resolution Plan in respect of the same had not already been referred to dispute resolution.

 

9.3                                      In the event that any member of the NTL Group commits persistent and material breaches or a flagrant and material breach of any term or condition of this Deed then:

 

(a)                           VEL shall serve written notice in accordance with clause 12.1 specifying the same and the parties shall call a meeting of their senior representatives to discuss the issues raised;

 

(b)                          the parties shall agree a plan to resolve the issues raised during a period of sixty (60) days (“Contract Resolution Plan”) following the written notice referred to in clause 9.3(a) above;

 

(c)                           if the parties fail to agree such a Contract Resolution Plan, then each party’s chief executive officer, chief operating officer or equivalent officer shall meet in a good faith effort to resolve the outstanding issues and agree a Contract Resolution Plan within the original sixty (60) day period. In the event of any failure to resolve such issues and/or agree a Contract Resolution Plan within the original sixty (60) day period such issues shall be referred to the dispute resolution procedure in clause 14.6;

 

(d)                          if the Contract Resolution Plan is agreed under clauses 9.3(b) or (c), thereafter each party shall implement any duties, actions or responsibilities allocated to it in such Contract Resolution Plan in order to resolve the dispute in good faith, such Contract Resolution Plan to be implemented within a further period of one hundred and eighty (180) days from agreement of the Contract Resolution Plan or such other period as may be agreed in the Contract Resolution Plan;

 

(e)                           if the NTL Group complies with its obligations under the Contract Resolution Plan, then no further action will be taken by VEL in respect of that particular breach or alleged breach. In the event that the Contract Resolution Plan substantially fails to remedy the breach or alleged breach, or there is a new breach, then the procedure in this clause 9.3 shall be repeated; and

 

(f)                             if the NTL Group fails to comply with its obligations under the Contract Resolution Plan within the agreed timetable (and provided that such failures are not attributable to any act or omission of VEL) and the breach remains a material breach, on a long term basis, in the reasonable view of VEL or the dispute resolution process under clause 14.6 has been unsuccessful, then VEL shall be entitled to terminate this Deed on one hundred and eighty (180) days

 

46



 

written notice (provided that any such material breach shall cease immediately). If the NTL Group in good faith disputes the fairness or validity of such notice, then this shall be referred to dispute resolution in clause 14.6 to the extent that failure to agree a Contract Resolution Plan in respect of the same had not already been referred to dispute resolution.

 

9.4                                      VEL shall have the right, by giving one hundred and eighty (180) days notice in writing to the Licensee and/or any relevant party or parties, to terminate this Deed if:

 

(a)                           the Licensee or any relevant party suffers an Insolvency Event;

 

(b)                          the Licensee or any relevant party challenges the validity of or the entitlement of VEL to use or license the use of any of the Marks (other than where such use or licence is in breach of the rights and licences granted to the Licensee under this Deed), except that action by the Licensee under clauses 6 and 8 shall not be treated as any such challenge; and

 

(c)                           the Licensee or any relevant party ceases or threatens to cease to use the Marks and/or carry on the whole or any material part of the Licensed Activities.

 

9.5                                      The Licensee shall notify VEL if there is a change of Control of the Licensee, or any Holding Company of the Licensee other than as part of a group re-organisation or where the shareholders of the Licensee or Holding Company of the Licensee following a re-organisation remain substantially the same. If any member of the board of directors of the ultimate Holding Company of the company acquiring such Control of the Licensee, or the acquirer itself, is not a Fit and Proper Person then, within thirty (30) days of such notification, VEL shall notify the Licensee of such fact and its intention to exercise its right to terminate this Deed under this clause 9.5 unless the Licensee procures the removal of such director. The Licensee shall have a further thirty (30) days to procure the removal of such director. In the event that the Licensee fails to procure such removal, then VEL shall have the right by giving one hundred and eighty (180) days notice in writing to the Licensee to terminate this Deed.

 

9.6                                      VEL shall notify the Licensee if there is a change of Control of VEL, or any Holding Company of VEL other than as part of a group re-organisation or where the shareholders of VEL or Holding Company of VEL following a re-organisation remain substantially the same. If any member of the board of directors of the ultimate Holding Company of the company acquiring such Control of VEL, or the acquirer itself, is not a Fit and Proper Person then, within thirty (30) days of such notification, the Licensee shall notify VEL of such fact and its intention to exercise its right to terminate this Deed under this clause 9.6 unless VEL procures the removal of such director. VEL shall have a further thirty (30) days to procure the removal of such director. In the event that VEL fails to procure such removal, then the Licensee shall have the right by giving one hundred and eighty (180) days notice in writing to VEL to terminate this Deed.

 

9.7                                      The Licensee shall have the right to terminate this Deed:

 

(a)                           by giving one year’s notice in writing to VEL expiring no earlier than the

 

47



 

expiry of the Minimum Term; and

 

(b)                          by giving one hundred and eighty (180) days notice in writing to VEL if VEL suffers an Insolvency Event or ceases to trade or carry on business.

 

9.8                                      In the event that:

 

(a)                           the value and reputation of the Marks materially diminishes such that they no longer denote high quality status, have become generic, have lost their distinctiveness or no longer represent the Virgin brand values and/or continued use by the Licensee and/or any member of the NTL Group has been or is likely to be damaging to the goodwill or reputation of such member of the NTL Group on a long term basis (other than as a result of any breach of this Deed by the Licensee or any member of the NTL Group or any third party authorised to use the Marks by or on behalf of the Licensee). (For the avoidance of doubt the parties agree that the diminution in value, loss of high quality status, distinctiveness or change of brand value may be caused by or attributable to the act or omission of any Virgin Company or any representative thereof or spokesperson therefor); or

 

(b)                          VEL directs the Licensee to stop using or materially modify the use of the Marks in relation to a material part of the Licensed Activities under clause 6.8 and such direction has significant impact on the Licensee’s business or part thereof or if the Licensee is otherwise prevented by law or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction from exercising a material part of the rights granted to it under this Deed for the remainder of the Term; or

 

(c)                           VEL commits a persistent and material or flagrant and material breach of any term or condition of this Deed,

 

then:

 

(i)                               the Licensee shall serve written notice in accordance with clause 12.1 specifying the same and the parties shall call a meeting of their senior representatives to discuss the issues raised;

 

(ii)                            the parties shall agree a plan to resolve the issues raised during a period of sixty (60) days (“VEL Resolution Plan”) following the written notice referred to in clause 9.8(i) above;

 

(iii)                         if the parties fail to agree such a VEL Resolution Plan, then each party’s chief executive officer, chief operating officer or equivalent officer shall meet in a good faith effort to resolve the outstanding issues and agree a VEL Resolution Plan within the original sixty (60) day period. In the event of any failure to resolve such issues and/or agree a VEL Resolution Plan within the original sixty (60) day period such issues shall be referred to the dispute resolution procedure in clause 14.6;

 

(iv)                        if the VEL Resolution Plan is agreed under clause 9.8(ii) or (iii), thereafter each party shall implement any duties, actions or responsibilities allocated to it in such VEL Resolution Plan in order to

 

48



 

resolve the dispute in good faith, such VEL Resolution Plan to be implemented within a further period of one hundred and twenty (120) days from agreement of the VEL Resolution Plan or such other period as may be agreed in the Resolution Plan;

 

(v)                           if VEL complies with its obligations under the VEL Resolution Plan, then no further action will be taken by the Licensee, in the event that the VEL Resolution Plan substantially fails to remedy the issue then the procedure in this clause 9.8 shall be repeated; and

 

(vi)                        if VEL fails to comply with its obligations under the VEL Resolution Plan within the agreed timetable (and provided that such failures are not attributable to any act or omission of the Licensee), and the breach, or alleged breach, remains unrectified in the reasonable view of NTL Group, or the dispute resolution process under clause 14.6 has been unsuccessful, then the Licensee shall be entitled to terminate this Deed on one hundred and eighty (180) days written notice. If VEL in good faith disputes the fairness or validity of such notice, then this shall be referred to dispute resolution in clause 14.6 to the extent that failure to agree a VEL Resolution Plan in respect of the same had not already been referred to dispute resolution.

 

9.9                                      In the event of any change of Control of the Licensee, or any Holding Company of the Licensee other than as part of a group re-organisation or where the shareholders of the Licensee or Holding Company of the Licensee following a re-organisation remain substantially the same, the Licensee shall have the right to terminate this Deed by giving one year’s written notice to VEL within six months of such change of Control, provided that if such notice expires at any time during the Minimum Term the Licensee shall pay VEL an amount calculated as follows:

 

B x { t=1 å t=A [1  /  ( 1 + i ) t ] }

 

where

 

A = the number of Quarters between the date of termination of this Deed and the expiry of the Minimum Term rounded to the nearest whole number;

 

B = the average of the royalty payments made by the Licensee in respect of the four full Quarters which immediately preceded the date of termination;

 

i = quarterly effective interest rate calculated as follows:

 

i = { [ [ (r – g) / (1 + g) ] +1 ] ^ 0.25 } -1;

 

g = 2%;

 

r = the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) for the NTL Group to be agreed at the relevant time of change of control and, in the absence of agreement between the parties, to be determined by a jointly appointed independent investment bank of international repute.

 

A worked example of this formula is set out, for illustrative purposes only, at

 

49



 

Schedule 9.

 

9.10                                   Upon expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Deed for any reason, the Licensee, and any relevant party or parties, shall have a period of no more than one hundred and eighty (180) days thereafter, or ninety (90) days in the case of a member of the NTL Group ceasing to be a member of the NTL Group, to:

 

(a)                           cease all use of the Marks provided that the Licensee, and any relevant party or parties, shall immediately cease to use the Marks to acquire any new customers;

 

(b)                          remove from any establishment or place (including the internet and any websites) all representations of the Marks including all signs or display material bearing the Marks where it is reasonably practicable or financially proportionate to remove such representations;

 

(c)                           deliver (at its expense) to VEL (or to any person, firm or company nominated by VEL) such products and other materials in its possession or under its control which reproduce or display the Marks or, at the election of VEL, destroy such products and other materials and provide VEL with satisfactory evidence of their destruction, provided that the Licensee shall be entitled to sell and/or distribute to existing Customers only any existing products and/or materials produced in relation to the Licensed Activities during the one hundred and eighty (180) day period following termination or expiry; notwithstanding the foregoing, the Licensee shall have the absolute right to re-brand or otherwise remove, delete or cover up the Marks on any products or materials and to sell, distribute and market such products or materials so long as the Marks are not displayed on such products or materials and it is obvious that the Marks were previously displayed on such products or materials;

 

(d)                          change its name to a name that does not incorporate the Marks or any part thereof or anything colourably similar thereto or starting with “V” (including a name consisting of “V” by itself) and cease to use the name “Virgin” as a business or trading name or part thereof,

 

provided that in relation to any early termination under clause 9.2(f) or 9.3(f), any damaging use of the Marks or any material breach of this Deed giving rise to such termination shall cease immediately upon termination.

 

9.11                                    For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the time limits set out in clauses 9.2, 9.3 and 9.8, the parties shall be under an obligation to remedy any breach as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

9.12                                    Termination of this Deed for any reason shall otherwise be without prejudice to the rights of either party which may have accrued up to the date of such termination or during the phase out period under clause 9.10. In addition, in relation to a termination pursuant to clause 9.7(b), the Licensee shall have the option to take an assignment of the Names, such assignment to be subject to (a) the rights of any existing licensees of such Names; and (b) payment by the Licensee of a sum representing the Fair Market Value of the Names.

 

50



 

9.13                                   For the purposes of giving effect to the assignment in accordance with clause 9.12, VEL shall promptly execute an assignment of the Names in favour of the Licensee in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Licensee and VEL irrevocably and severally appoints the Licensee and any person nominated for the purpose by the Licensee (in writing and signed by an officer of the Licensee) as its attorney (with full power of substitution and delegation) in its name and on its behalf and as its act and deed to execute such assignment and any other deed, assurance, agreement, instrument, act or thing which may be required to give effect to the assignment of the Names in favour of the Licensee, and VEL covenants with the Licensee to ratify and confirm all such acts or things made, done or executed by that attorney.

 

9.14                                    Except as otherwise provided herein, neither party may terminate this Deed without the written consent of the other.

 

10.                                          INFRINGEMENTS

 

10.1                                   Each party shall promptly notify the other of any unauthorised use or infringement or suspected or threatened infringement of the Marks or of any passing off or of any other act or thing which might materially vitiate or prejudice the rights of VEL or the members of the NTL Group in and to or under the Marks respectively that comes to its notice at any time giving reasonable particulars thereof.

 

10.2                                   Subject only to clause 10.5 below, VEL shall have the exclusive right in its absolute discretion and at its expense to take whatever action it believes necessary and proper in connection with any unauthorised use, infringement, suspected or threatened infringement, passing off, or other unlawful interference with the rights of VEL in the Marks save that in taking such action it shall also act in the interests of the Licensee and other members of the NTL Group to the extent that to do so does not significantly prejudice VEL and/or VEL’s rights in the Marks.

 

10.3                                   The Licensee agrees to provide to VEL all reasonable assistance which VEL may require in connection with any action it may decide to take in relation to any unauthorised use, infringement, suspected or threatened infringement, passing off or other unlawful interference with the rights of VEL (including, without limitation, bringing or joining in proceedings or lending its name to any proceedings brought by VEL and providing VEL with details of sales figures, Customer numbers, marketing spend, launch dates and dates of first use of the Marks by members of the NTL Group). The Licensee and any other member of the NTL Group shall be fully indemnified by VEL in respect of all costs and expenses incurred by the Licensee or any other member of the NTL Group in providing such assistance save that VEL shall not be liable under such indemnity:

 

(a)                           for costs or expenses which would have been incurred during the ordinary course of business notwithstanding such action; or

 

(b)                          if the aggregate costs or expenses which arise out of such action (or series of actions arising out of similar facts or circumstances) does not exceed one thousand pounds (£1,000).

 

10.4                                The provisions of Section 30(2) of the Trade Marks Act 1994 (as amended, re-enacted or replaced from time to time) or similar or equivalent legislation in any

 

51



 

country of the world, if any, are expressly excluded by the parties for the purposes of this Deed.

 

10.5                               If, having been requested in writing by the Licensee to do so, VEL fails to take action in respect of any event described in clause 10.2 for a period exceeding twenty five (25) days, the Licensee shall be entitled to do so, at its own expense, in its own name and, if appropriate, that of VEL and VEL agrees to provide the Licensee all reasonable assistance which the Licensee may require in connection with the action it takes provided always that:

 

(a)                           the Licensee notifies VEL in writing of its intention to do so;

 

(b)                          the Licensee shall only be permitted to take such action if failure to do so would have a material adverse effect on the Licensed Activities carried out under the Marks;

 

(c)                           the Licensee shall not be permitted to take such action if it would have a material adverse effect on the Marks or VEL. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Deed shall other than as set out in this clause 10 prevent or restrict the Licensee from enforcing any right arising under this Deed, provided it does so in a manner consistent with this clause 10, or any agreement it may have with any third party;

 

(d)                          the Licensee will indemnify VEL from and against all costs and expenses (including, without limit, disbursements, reasonable legal costs, fees and expenses and value added tax), actions, proceedings, claims, demands and damages arising directly from such action; and

 

(e)                           the Licensee keeps VEL up-to-date with details of the status of such proceedings,

 

where such action is taken against another licensee of the Marks, VEL reserves the right to intervene between the parties and require the dispute and any proceedings to be suspended for a period of thirty (30) days whilst negotiations to resolve the issues take place. The Licensee agrees to act in good faith in respect of any such negotiations. In the event that any such resolution requires amendments to be made to the respective Deeds of the Licensee and any other licensee of the Marks, VEL will use its reasonable endeavours to effect the necessary changes as soon as practicable.

 

10.6                               The proportion of the costs and damages recovered in respect of any action pursuant to clauses 10.2 or 10.5 shall first, reimburse the party who brought the action in respect of all costs and expenses incurred as a result of bringing the action and the remainder shall be divided between the parties in such proportions as is fair and reasonable, reflecting the effect on their respective businesses and the loss suffered.

 

11.                                  CONFIDENTIALITY

 

11.1                                Each of the parties shall keep secret and confidential any information which it may obtain relating to the business of the other.  Such information shall be treated as proprietary and confidential to the party imparting the same. Each party hereby

 

52



 

agrees that it shall use such information received or procured by it from the other solely for the purposes of this Deed and that it shall not at any time during or after completion, expiry or termination of this Deed disclose the same whether directly or indirectly to any third party except:

 

(a)                           with the prior written consent of the other party;

 

(b)                          to the extent necessary to comply with any law or the valid order of a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction or the rule, regulation or direction of any governmental or other regulatory authority or agency ( including the rules of any listing authority or exchange) in which event the relevant party shall so notify the other as promptly as reasonably practicable (and if possible prior to making any disclosure) and shall use its reasonable endeavours to seek confidential treatment of such information;

 

(c)                           to its auditors, legal advisers and other professional advisers provided that it uses its reasonable endeavours to procure that such persons maintain such confidentiality;

 

(d)                          in order to enforce its rights under this Deed; and

 

(e)                           to any person with a bona fide and legitimate interest in such information who enters into a confidentiality agreement including a prospective purchaser of NTL Incorporated or any part of its business and provided that such person agrees to use the information only for the purpose of such bona fide and legitimate interest.

 

11.2                                The provisions of clause 11.1 shall not apply to:

 

(a)                           any information in the public domain otherwise than by breach of this Deed;

 

(b)                          information obtained from a third party who is free to divulge the same;

 

(c)                           information that was already known to the receiving party prior to disclosure under this Deed and was not previously acquired by the receiving party from the disclosing party under an obligation of confidentiality or non-use towards the disclosing party; or

 

(d)                          information that can be shown by documentary evidence to have been created by one party to this Deed independently from work under this Deed.

 

11.3                               Neither party nor any representative thereof or spokesperson therefor shall make any public statement, announcement or press release regarding the other party without the other party’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), nor make any negative or derogatory public comments or statements (expressly or by implication) regarding the other party or any aspect of the relationship between the parties.

 

11.4                               VEL and the Licensee shall divulge information the subject of this clause only to those employees who are directly involved in the performance of this Deed and shall ensure that such employees are aware of and comply with these obligations as to confidentiality.

 

53



 

11.5                               Each party acknowledges and agrees that damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of this clause and that either party shall be entitled to seek the remedies of injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of this clause.

 

11.6                               The obligations contained in this clause shall survive the termination or expiration of this Deed.

 

12.                                  NOTICES

 

12.1                               Any notice or other communication required or authorised to be given under this Deed shall be in writing and either be delivered by hand or sent by first class post or facsimile transmission (provided that in the case of facsimile transmission, the notice is confirmed by being delivered by hand or sent by first class post within forty eight hours of transmission) as follows:

 

Address for notices to VEL:

Virgin Enterprises Limited

120 Campden Hill Road

London

W8 7AR

 

Attention:

Intellectual Property Department

Fax:  020 7313 2091

 

Address for notice to the Licensee:

NTL Group Limited

NTL House

Bartley Wood Business Park

Hook

Hampshire

RG27 9UP

 

Attention:

NTL Legal Department

Fax:  01256 752170

 

12.2                               The parties may change the address, facsimile number or the name of the person for whose attention notices are to be addressed by serving a notice on the other party in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

 

12.3                                All notices given in accordance with clause 12.1 above shall be deemed to have been served as follows:

 

(a)                           if delivered by hand, at the time of delivery;

 

(b)                          if posted, at the expiration of 3 Business Days after the envelope containing

 

54



 

the same was delivered into the custody of the postal authorities; or

 

(c)                           if communicated by facsimile, at the time of transmission,

 

provided that where, in the case of delivery by hand or transmission by facsimile, such delivery or transmission occurs after 6 p.m. on a Business Day or on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at 9 a.m. on the next following Business Day. References to time in this clause are to local time in the country of the addressee.

 

12.4                               In proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing such notice was properly addressed and delivered either to the address shown or into the custody of the postal authorities as a pre-paid first class letter, or that the facsimile transmission was made after obtaining in person or by telephone appropriate evidence of the capacity of the addressee to receive the same, as the case may be.

 

13.                                  FORCE MAJEURE

 

13.1                               No party shall be deemed in breach or default of this Deed or otherwise liable to the other party for any failure or delay in performing any of its obligations under this Deed where and to the extent that the delay or non-performance is due to a Force Majeure Event, provided that:

 

(a)                           if a party is prevented or delayed in the performance of any of its obligations under this Deed by Force Majeure Event that party shall, immediately upon becoming aware of that fact, give written notice to the other party of the nature, extent and expected duration of the circumstances giving rise to the Force Majeure Event;

 

(b)                          the party claiming to be prevented or delayed in the performance of any obligations under this Deed by reason of the Force Majeure Event shall take all steps as are reasonably practicable to bring the Force Majeure Event to a close or to find a solution by which this Deed may be performed despite the continuance of the Force Majeure Event and shall keep the other party regularly informed of the status and progress of its efforts to bring the Force Majeure Event to a close or to find an alternative solution by which its obligations under this Deed may be performed;

 

(c)                           immediately after the end of the Force Majeure Event the affected party shall give written notice to the other that the Force Majeure Event has ended and shall resume performance of its obligations under this Deed; and

 

(d)                          if the Force Majeure Event continues for a period of more than six (6) months the party not subject to the Force Majeure Event may terminate this Deed by giving not less than ninety (90) days written notice of such termination to the other party. No party shall have any liability to the other in respect of the termination of this Deed due to the Force Majeure Event, but any rights or liabilities, which accrued prior to termination, shall subsist.

 

55



 

14.                                  GENERAL

 

No Breach and Waiver

 

14.1                               No delay, failure or indulgence by either party to perform any provision of this Deed shall operate or be construed as a waiver of that party’s powers or rights under this Deed or prejudice that party’s rights to subsequent action. Any waiver by either party of its rights under this Deed shall not operate as a waiver in respect of any subsequent breach. No single or partial exercise of any power or right by either party shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any such other power or right under this Deed.

 

Modifications

 

14.2                               No amendment or modification to this Deed will be effective or binding unless it is in writing, signed by all the parties and specifically states that it is an amendment to this Deed.

 

Invalidity

 

14.3                               If at any time any one or more of the provisions (or part of one or more of the provisions) of this Deed becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, under any law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or part or parts) shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

 

Entire Agreement

 

14.4                               Subject to clause 2.3 in respect of the Virgin Mobile Licence, this Deed (and the letter of agreement between the NTL Group and VEL of even date relating to the Virgin Mobile Licence) sets out the entire agreement and understanding between VEL and the Licensee and relevant members of the NTL Group in respect of the use of the Marks by the Licensee and relevant members of the NTL Group and supersedes all previous representations, understandings, licences or agreements, whether oral or written, in relation to such use. It is agreed that:

 

(a)                           no party has entered into this Deed in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking of any other party which is not expressly set out or referred to in this Deed;

 

(b)                          subject only to clause 14.4 (c) below, no party shall have a claim or remedy in respect of misrepresentation (whether negligent or otherwise) or untrue statement made by any other party; and

 

(c)                           this clause shall not exclude any liability for fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

Independent Contractors

 

14.5                                Nothing in this Deed shall create, or be deemed to create, a partnership, a joint venture, an agency, a fiduciary duty or employment between the parties. The only relationship created by this Deed is that of independent contractors, and, except as expressly provided herein, neither party by virtue of this Deed has authority to transact any business in the name of the other party or on its behalf or incur any liability for or on behalf of the other party.

 

56



 

Disputes

 

14.6                               In the event of any dispute or difference which may arise between the parties in connection with or arising out of this Deed, directors or other senior representatives of the parties with authority to settle the dispute will, within ten (10) Business Days of a written notice from one party to the other, meet in a good faith effort to resolve the dispute. If the dispute is not resolved at that meeting, the parties will attempt to settle it by mediation in accordance with the CEDR Model Mediation Procedure. For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of any dispute arising under clauses 9.2, 9.3, 9.6 or 9.8 the escalation process under those clauses shall apply before referring the matter to a mediation under the CEDR Rules. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties the mediator will be nominated by CEDR. To initiate the mediation a party must give notice in writing to the other parties to the dispute requesting mediation. The mediation will begin within thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice and shall last no more than one (1) day unless otherwise determined by the mediator. No party may commence any Court proceedings in respect of any dispute arising out of this Deed until it has attempted to settle the dispute by mediation and either the mediation has terminated or the other party has failed to participate in the mediation, provided that the right to issue proceedings is not prejudiced by delay. Neither party may initiate legal action until the above process has been completed provided that nothing in this clause shall be construed as prohibiting a party from applying to a court for interim injunctive relief at any time where either party has reasonable cause to do so to avoid damage to its business or to preserve any right of action it may have.

 

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

14.7                               This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Subject to clause 14.6 each of the parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of England.

 

Counterparts

 

14.8                               This Deed may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original, with the same effect as if the parties or their representatives signed the same instrument.

 

Further Assurances

 

14.9                               VEL and the Licensee shall, at their own expense, execute and deliver all such documents and take or procure the execution of all such documents (in a form reasonably satisfactory to both parties) as may from time to time be required to give full effect to this Deed.

 

Third Party Rights

 

14.10                         Other than members of the NTL Group, a person who is not party to this Deed shall have no rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Deed. This clause does not affect any right or remedy of any person which exists or is available otherwise than pursuant to that Act.

 

57



 

Costs

 

14.11                          Each party shall bear its own costs in connection with the negotiation, preparation and implementation of this Deed.

 

Successors

 

14.12                         The provisions of this Deed shall be binding upon and shall inure for the benefit of VEL, the Licensee, members of the NTL Group and their respective successors in title and assignees permitted in accordance with the terms of this Deed.

 

58



 

IN WITNESS of which this Deed has been executed as a Deed and has been delivered on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed.

 

EXECUTED as a deed by

)

 

VIRGIN ENTERPRISES

)

 

LIMITED

)

 

acting by                            and:

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gordon McCallum

 

/s/ Ashley Stockwell

 

Director

Director/Secretary

 

 

 

 

EXECUTED as a deed by

)

 

NTL GROUP LIMITED :

)

 

acting by                            and

)

 

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Mackenzie

 

Robert Gale

 

Director

Director/Secretary

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Part A - Virgin Marks

 

Trade Mark

 

Application/ Registration
Number

 

Country

 

Class

 

Status

 

VIRGIN

 

1371870

 

UK

 

38

 

Registered

 

Virgin Signature

 

1371869

 

UK

 

38

 

Registered

 

VIRGIN

 

1369779

 

UK

 

9

 

Registered

 

Virgin Signature

 

1369812

 

UK

 

9

 

Registered

 

VIRGIN

 

1559467

 

UK

 

9

 

Registered

 

Virgin Signature

 

1559468

 

UK

 

9

 

Registered

 

VIRGIN

 

1120875

 

UK

 

9

 

Registered

 

Virgin Signature

 

1120874

 

UK

 

9

 

Registered

 

VIRGIN

 

1120876

 

UK

 

16

 

Registered

 

VIRGIN

 

1230088

 

UK

 

16

 

Registered

 

Virgin Signature

 

1259731

 

UK

 

16

 

Registered

 

Virgin Signature

 

229679

 

Ireland

 

9,38

 

Registered

 

VIRGIN

 

229682

 

Ireland

 

9,38

 

Registered

 

VIRGIN

 

611459

 

European Community

 

38

 

Registered

 

Virgin Signature

 

611467

 

European Community

 

38

 

Registered

 

VIRGIN

 

217182

 

European Community

 

9

 

Registered

 

V

 

2140053

 

UK

 

3,5,9,12,14, 16, 18, 25, 28, 32, 33, 35, 36, 38, 39, 41, 42

 

Registered

 

V2000 & Device (Series of 12)

 

2209145

 

UK

 

41

 

Registered

 

VFestival

 

3223153

 

European Community

 

16, 25, 41

 

Pending

 

 

2



 

Part B - Virgin Signature

 

 

3



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

Part A – Virgin Mobile

 

Trade Mark

 

Application/
Registration
Number

 

Country

 

Class

 

Status

 

Virgin Mobile Logo

 

1746247

 

European Community

 

9, 16, 38

 

Registered

 

Virgin Xtras Logo

 

1914464

 

European Community

 

9, 16, 38

 

Registered

 

Virgin Mobile Bites Logo (series of two)

 

2349168

 

UK

 

36, 38, 39, 41, 43, 44, 45

 

Registered

 

Virgin Mobile Louder Logo (series of two)

 

2336825

 

UK

 

9, 16, 35, 38, 41

 

Registered

 

VIRGIN MOBILE LOUDER (series of three)

 

2336826

 

UK

 

9, 16, 35, 38, 41

 

Registered

 

VIRGIN MOBILE

 

2365570

 

UK

 

9, 38

 

Registered

 

Virgin Mobile Logo

 

2365571

 

UK

 

9, 38

 

Registered

 

VIRGIN MOBILE

 

229681

 

Ireland

 

9, 38

 

Registered

 

Virgin Mobile Logo

 

229680

 

Ireland

 

9, 38

 

Registered

 

 

Part B

 

ONLY TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH AND CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE
MARKS REFERRED TO IN PART A ABOVE

 

Trade Mark

 

Application/
Registration
Number

 

Country

 

Class

 

Status

 

V MOBILE

 

2208171

 

UK

 

9, 38

 

Registered

 

V DIFFERENT
(Series of four)

 

2208182

 

UK

 

9, 38

 

Registered

 

 

4



 

Part C - sub-brands, product or service names

 

Virgin.net

Virgin Broadband

Virgin Mobile

Virgin TV

Virgin Phone (subject to review if Virgin Mobile is not acquired by the NTL Group)

Fixed Line Telephony (name to be agreed)

 

Part D – Domain Names

 

Virgin.net

Virginnet.co.uk

Virginmobile.co.uk

Virgin-mobile.co.uk

Virginmobile.org.uk

Virginmobilelouder.co.uk

Virginmobile-messaging.co.uk

Virginmobilephone.org.uk

Virgin-mobile-phones.co.uk

Virginmobileringtones.co.uk

Virginmobileringtones.org.uk

Virginmobiles.co.uk

Virgin-mobiles.co.uk

Virginmobileuk.com

Virginxtra.co.uk

Virgin-xtra.co.uk

Virginxtras.co.uk

Virgin-xtras.co.uk

Vmlouder.co.uk

Vmlouder.com

virgin-extra.co.uk

virginextra.co.uk

virgin-extras.co.uk

virgin-wireless.co.uk

virginbroadband.co.uk (subject to this name being transferred to VEL)

virgintv.co.uk (subject to this name being transferred to VEL)

virginmedia.com

virgincommunications.com

virginvision.com

 

The URLs virginmobile.com/mobile, virginmobile.com/uk, virginmobile.com/mobileuk, virgin.com/mobileuk

 

On a non-exclusive basis outside the Territory the following domain names:

virginmobile.com

virginphone.com

virgin.tv

virginbroadband.com (subject to this name being transferred to VEL)

virgintv.com (subject to this name being transferred to VEL)

 

5



 

Part E - Chosen Names

 

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Commencement Date, the parties shall agree the names to be used by members of the NTL Group as their corporate names and umbrella brand name for the Licensed Activities (the “ Chosen Names ”). The Chosen Names may be selected from the list below in this Part E or otherwise agreed between the parties. VEL agrees not to use or license the use of the names listed in this Part E that are not selected as the Chosen Names in the Territory for the Term.

 

Virgin Vision

Virgin Media

Virgin Media Group

Virgin Communications

 

6



 

SCHEDULE 3

 

Service Levels

 

1.                                            Base Service Levels

 

1.1                                      With regard to services and/or products provided under the Marks, the Licensee agrees, and shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group agree, to use all reasonable endeavours to comply with the following:

 

(a)                            acknowledging all written complaints within 7 days and, if required, responding in full within 28 days;

 

(b)                           responding to all email and telephone complaints within 48 hours and, if required, following up within an agreed and reasonable time period; and

 

(c)                            ensuring that employees are fully-trained, competent, courteous and respectful and use honest and ethical selling and marketing practices (see the Outsourcing Guidelines and the Direct Selling Policy as appended).

 

1.2                                      With regard to services and/or products provided under the Marks, the Licensee agrees, and shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group agree, to use all reasonable endeavours to follow the TM Guidelines and to uphold Virgin’s position as “Consumer Champion” and the Virgin brand values of:

 

(a)                            value for money;

 

(b)                           good quality;

 

(c)                            brilliant customer service;

 

(d)                           innovation;

 

(e)                            competitive challenge; and

 

(f)                              fun.

 

1.3                                      With regard to services and/or products provided under the Marks, the Licensee agrees, and shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group agree, to use all reasonable endeavours to have:

 

(a)                            a complaints level of less than 1.5% of total customers, assessed quarterly;

 

(b)                           50% of all calls to customer management centre answered within 30 seconds, assessed quarterly; and

 

(c)                            no more than 10% of calls to customer management centre abandoned, assessed quarterly.

 

7



 

2.                                            Technical Service Levels:

 

2.1                                     With regard to a particular service or product and with effect from the date on which the Communications Services are provided by the NTL Group under the Marks, the Licensee agrees, and shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group agree, to use reasonable endeavours to comply with the following

 

2.2                                      Broadband

 

(a)                            Broadband service availability target of 99% (uptime) – defined as availability of IP Core network from regional headends (UBR’s), through national IP network and delivered to www interconnect;

 

(b)                           Broadband response time no greater than 50 milliseconds – defined as the mean response time for traffic originating at the edge of the IP network travelling across the national infrastructure to any other IP network edge and return to the originating device, measured in milliseconds. Measured using an UDP test generated by networks’ performance test devices.

 

2.3                                      Digital TV

 

(a)                            DTV service availability of broadcast channels of 99% (uptime) – defined as the availability of all broadcast channels to all customers. Measured from content acquisition at central headends to distribution from regional headends within franchises, until a reliable measure of availability of service at the customer’s equipment is implemented which shall supersede this;

 

(b)                           DTV time to change channel of less than 2.0 seconds – defined as the time to change channel from 1 broadcast channel to another and to have full video and audio presented to the TV set. Measured under test conditions.

 

2.4                                      Fixed line telephone

 

(a)                            Fixed line dial tone availability of 99% - defined as availability of dial tone measured from the street cabinet as it is distributed to the customer’s premises;

 

(b)                           Fixed line telephony ‘lost calls’ of no more than 0.5% (as published by Ofcom) – defined as calls lost after being set-up through failure of telephony switch hardware or software. (note: the metric is reported as the inverse and the Ofcom target is 99.5%).

 

2.5                                      Mobile Telephony

 

If the Virgin Mobile Licence is terminated under clause 2.3 and Virgin Mobile maintains its relationship with T-Mobile for the provision of Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services, VEL shall not impose additional technical service levels. However, if the NTL Group terminates the agreement with T-Mobile then

 

8



 

the technical service levels provided to Customers of its Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services will not be materially lower than those provided through the current agreement with T-Mobile.

 

3.                                            Aspirational Service Levels

 

3.1                                     The Licensee acknowledges that the Licensor wishes all members of the NTL Group to meet the targets set out in section 3.4 below for the Aspirational Service Levels. However, the parties acknowledge that the Aspirational Service Levels are not, as at the Commencement Date, currently measured or reported on this basis by members of the NTL Group. Therefore, with effect from the Commencement Date, the Licensee agrees, and shall procure that relevant members of the NTL Group agree, to use reasonable endeavours to:

 

(a)                            measure performance on the basis of the Aspirational Service Levels;

 

(b)                           identify current levels of performance against the Aspirational Service Levels in sections 3.4(a), (b), (d) and (g) being the base case;

 

(c)                            identify changes required to make improvements on base case levels of performance; and

 

(d)                           propose a timetable in which to implement the changes and improvements against the base case.

 

3.2                                     Notwithstanding the provisions of section 3.1, the parties agree that improvements towards the targets set out in section 3.4 for the Aspirational Service Levels will need to be implemented over a reasonable period of time.

 

3.3                                     The parties acknowledge that progress toward the Aspirational Service Level targets will be dependent upon the provision of assistance from VEL.

 

3.4                                     The Aspirational Service Levels are:

 

(a)                           a customer satisfaction level of 90% “satisfied” (i.e. 3/5) or above and 30% “delighted” (i.e. 5/5) assessed quarterly by polling a combination of at least 1,000 customers “how satisfied are you with your experience with Virgin [Chosen Name]?”;

 

(b)                          an advocacy level of 70% “definitely would recommend” (i.e. 5/5) or “likely to recommend” (i.e. 4/5) assessed quarterly by polling a combination of at least 1,000 customers “how likely are you to recommend Virgin [Chosen Name] to others?;

 

(c)                           a complaints level of less than 1% of total customers, assessed quarterly;

 

(d)                          a customer satisfaction level after complaining to match or better the general Customer satisfaction level referred to in paragraph 3.4(a) above;

 

9



 

(e)                            80% of all calls to customer management centre, to be answered within 20 seconds, assessed quarterly;

 

(f)                              no more than 5% of calls to customer management abandoned centre; and

 

(g)                           a staff satisfaction level of 70% “satisfied” (i.e. 4/5) or “very satisfied” (i.e. 5/5) assessed annually by polling at least 1,000 members of staff “how satisfied are you working for Virgin [Chosen Name] overall?”

 

4.                                            Measurement and reporting

 

4.1                                      The Licensee agrees to report the following in connection with the Service Levels described above and provide VEL with a copy of such report within 10 Business Days of the end of each measurement period:

 

(a)                            produce a customer satisfaction report on at least a quarterly basis (to include total number of customers polled);

 

(b)                           produce a complaints report on at least a quarterly basis (to include total number of Customers and total number of complaints);

 

(c)                            produce a report setting out performance against the percentage of calls answered and abandoned targets on a quarterly basis;

 

(d)                           staff satisfaction survey to be performed on an annual basis (to include total number of staff polled); and

 

(e)                            produce a report setting out performance against Technical Service Levels on a quarterly basis additionally including the approximate length of any periods of downtime affecting 2.2(a), 2.3(a) and 2.4(a).

 

5.                                            Failure to meet Service Levels

 

5.1                                     The parties acknowledge that the Service Levels are guidelines only and failure to achieve such Service Levels shall not constitute a breach of this Deed or otherwise give rise to a right to terminate. However, the parties acknowledge that where the actual service levels are persistently and significantly lower than those Base Service Levels and Technical Service Levels identified in sections 1 and 2 above or, in the case of the Aspirational Service Levels, persistently and significantly lower than those performance levels identified as the base case under section 3.1(b), VEL may take into account the Licensee’s performance in respect of the Service Levels as compared with good industry practice and standards (where reliable and quality data relating to such good industry practice and standards is available to the parties) together with other evidence of material breach of this Deed and/or material damage to the Marks or VEL, in determining whether to exercise its rights pursuant to clauses 9.2 and 9.3.

 

5.2                                     Where the actual service levels are persistently and significantly lower than those Base Service Levels and Technical Service Levels identified in sections 1 and 2

 

10



 

above or, in the case of the Aspirational Service Levels, persistently and significantly lower than those performance levels identified as the base case under section 3.1(b), the Licensee shall immediately put in place a remedial action plan to the reasonable satisfaction of VEL.

 

5.3                                     Without prejudice to the provisions of sections 5.1 and 5.2, the Aspirational Service Levels are aspirational guidelines only and, provided that the Licensee is fulfilling its obligations under section 3.1 above, failure to achieve the Aspirational Service Levels shall not constitute a breach of this Deed.

 

5.4                                     The parties shall meet on an annual basis to review performance against the Service Levels. Where performance against the Aspirational Service Levels is below the targets the parties shall, as appropriate, agree a plan aimed at improving such performance and/or changes to such targets, where appropriate, by the NTL Group.

 

5.5                                     The Base Service Levels set out in sections 1.1(a) and (b) and 1.3 must be met, unless otherwise agreed by the parties, before the date on which the Communications Services are provided by the NTL Group under the Marks (other than the services formerly licensed pursuant to the Virgin Net Licence and the services licensed pursuant to the Virgin Mobile Licence).

 

11



 

SCHEDULE 4

 

Existing rights of Licensees

 

All rights are exclusive save as otherwise stated.

 

Virgin.com:

Main website for the Virgin Companies;

 

Virgin Books:

Publishing and distribution of books (branded) and online retailing of books (branded and unbranded);

 

Virgin Active:

Operation of gyms and fitness centers;

 

Virgin Balloon Flights:

Operation of passenger balloon flights;

 

Virgin Brides:

One stop bridal and wedding shop;

 

Virgin Cars:

Retailer of new and used cars;

 

Virgin Clothing/Virgin Ware:

Design, manufacture and retail of branded clothing and underwear;

 

Virgin Experience Days:

Provider of experience gift vouchers and certificates;

 

Virgin Express:

European airline;

 

Virgin Nigeria:

Nigerian airline;

 

Virgin Jewellery:

Retailer of jewellery;

 

Virgin Money:

Provider of banking, insurance and investment products and services;

 

Virgin Trains:

Train operator;

 

Virgin Unite:

The Virgin Group’s independent charitable arm;

 

12



 

Virgin Wines:

Online retailer of wine;

 

Virgin Life Care:

Incentivised wellness programmes;

 

Virgin Stem Cells / Health Bank:

Storage of cord blood;

 

Virgin Comics:

Publication, distribution, licensing and merchandising of comics and animation; animation and illustration services;

 

Virgin Incentives/ The Virgin Voucher:

Voucher redeemable against Virgin and non-Virgin goods and services;

 

Virgin Atlantic:

International airline;

 

Virgin Atlantic Cargo:

Air cargo and freight services;

 

Virgin Holidays and Virgin Vacations:

Holiday tour operators;

 

Virgin Galactic:

Sub orbital space flight experiences and space tourism;

 

Virgin Limited Edition / Virgin Hotels (non-exclusive) :

Operation, management and marketing of hotels, clubs, restaurants, public houses and cafes including premium properties such as Necker Island, Ulusaba, Kasbah Tamadot and The Roof Gardens;

 

Virgin Games:

Online and remote gaming and gambling- games of chance, skill and chance and skill combined;

 

Virgin Megastores:

Entertainment retailers;

 

Virgin Digital:

Digital music downloads;

 

Radio Free Virgin (non-exclusive) :

Online streaming of music;

 

Virgin Radio:

Radio broadcaster;

 

Virgin Cosmetics:

Retailing and direct selling of branded cosmetics and associated products;

 

13



 

Virgin Drinks:

Manufacture and distribution of soft drinks;

 

Virgin Vodka:

Manufacture and distribution of vodka and spirits;

 

Virgin Limobike:

Passenger motorbike services;

 

V Festival:

Music festivals;

 

V2 Records/Music:

Record label and music publisher;

 

Virgin Records/Music: .

Record label and music publisher.

 

14



 

SCHEDULE 5

 

Use of “Virgin” or “V” by themselves

 

The Licensee is permitted to use the word “Virgin” or the letter “V” from the “Virgin” signature by itself on any of the following equipment, provided that in the case of use of the letter “V” this shall be limited as applicable to use on a specific button or key on any of the following:

 

Telephone handsets

 

Telephone displays/screens

 

Remote controls

 

SIM Cards

 

Keyboards

 

Data Cards

 

Head Sets

 

15



 

SCHEDULE 6

 

Virgin Money letter agreement

 

Virgin Money Limited

Virgin Money Holdings (UK) Limited

Discovery House

Whiting Road

Norwich

Norfolk NR4 6EJ

 

Virgin Enterprises Limited

120 Campden Hill Road

London W8 7AR

 

NTL Group Limited

NTL House
Bartley Wood Business Park
Hook
Hampshire RG27 9UP

 

Date: 3 April 2006

 

Dear Sirs

 

VIRGIN MONEY LETTER

 

Proposed Trade Mark Licence between Virgin Enterprises Limited (“VEL”) and NTL Group Limited (“NTL”)(the “NTL Licence”)

 

Trade Mark Licence between VEL and Virgin Money Holdings (UK) Limited (“VMH”)(the “VMH Licence”)

 

Trade Mark Licence between VEL and Virgin Money Limited (“VML”)(the “VML Licence”)

 

Trade Mark Licence between Virgin Enterprises Limited (“VEL”) and Virgin Mobile Telecoms Limited (“Virgin Mobile”)(the “Mobile Licence”)

 

Whereas:

 

(A)                     Under the terms of the VMH Licence and the VML Licence, VMH, VML and their affiliates are permitted by VEL to use the VIRGIN trade marks in relation to financial services including the sale and marketing of general insurance products and services and Banking Services.

 

16



 

(B)                      Virgin Mobile currently provides:

 

(i)                            mobile phone handset insurance to its customers;

 

(ii)                         replenishment methods in card and electronic form (including top ups) through which customers can purchase products or services relating to its licensed activities; and

 

(iii)                    Mobile Electronic Payment Services to subscribers and any other product or service payment facility where the provision of such services are designed to be used via terminal equipment and/or a SIM card and which are not Banking Services,

 

(together the “Mobile Services” ).

 

(C)                       NTL Group is in the process of acquiring ownership of Virgin Mobile and VEL and NTL intend to enter into the NTL Licence for the use of the VIRGIN trade marks in relation to communications services, including the Mobile Services, in the UK and the Republic of Ireland. The NTL Group wishes to offer its customers the following services which it will provide under the VIRGIN trade marks:

 

(i)                            warranties on Communications Equipment;

 

(ii)                         extended warranties on Communications Equipment;

 

(iii)                      insurance for mobile phone handsets and other Communications Equipment;

 

(iv)                     bill protection and identity fraud insurance to its customers in association with a third party insurance provider on a co-branded basis;

 

(v)                        payment services, facilities and methods for the purchase of its own goods and services and/or third party goods and services including:

 

(a)                        payment or replenishment services, facilities and methods in card and electronic form (including top up cards, electronic top up and ATM/SMS top up) through which NTL Group customers can purchase any products or services relating to its licensed activities on a pre-pay or stored value basis (but excluding gift tokens or gift vouchers); and

 

(b)                       electronic payment services, facilities and methods (other than as set out in paragraph C(v)(a) above) utilising the Communications Services and/or utilising mobile phone handsets, television set top boxes or any other Communications Equipment, in all cases, via Communications Services, on a credit or contract basis (i.e. “closed loop” services) including but not limited to those services, facilities and methods set out in paragraph B(iii) above, provided that in respect of the payment

 

17



 

for third party goods and services, such services, facilities and methods must be:

 

(I)                    provided via the NTL Group’s Communications Services;

 

(II)                must not be on a credit basis requiring a consumer credit licence as regulated pursuant to the Consumer Credit Act 1974 (as amended and replaced from time to time); and

 

(III)            must not be Open Loop.

 

For example, the NTL Group may use the VIRGIN trade marks to brand a payment card/mechanism which can be used to pay for goods and services from unrelated third parties via any of the NTL Group’s Communications Services but, for the avoidance of doubt, such card/mechanism shall not be capable of general use as a debit, credit or prepaid card/mechanism badged with an Open Loop network such as VISA, MasterCard, AMEX, Electron and Maestro.

 

(vi)                            gift tokens and gift vouchers for products and services relating to the licensed activities.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.                                       In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Banking Services” means all and any services which are currently provided in the ordinary course of business by a United Kingdom clearing bank or a United States of America money center bank or which from time to time form the core business of any such bank, including but not limited to the taking of deposits, the provision of loans (whether secured or unsecured and including by the subscription for loan stock or other debt securities), guarantees, performance bonds and letters of credit, the provision of domestic and international cash transmission and other payment or clearance facilities, the provision of credit or debit cards, smart cards and stored value cards and the like, and of all forms of bank account for all currencies, the provision of custody services, the provision of foreign currency exchange services and the provision of advice in connection with any of the foregoing;

 

“Bundled Services” means a package of products or services incorporating one or more Communications Services offered by NTL pursuant to the NTL Licence together with third party or non “Virgin”-branded Communications Services and/or products or services reasonably ancillary or complementary to Communications Services;

 

“Commencement Date ” means the date the NTL Licence comes into force;

 

18



 

“Communications Equipment” means Core Equipment, Mobile Devices, Mobile Accessories and Other Equipment as defined in the NTL Licence from time to time;

 

“Communications Services” means the services as defined in the NTL Licence from time to time;

 

“General Insurance” means general insurance policies, products or services as licensed under the VMH Licence;

 

“Mobile Electronic Payment Services” means services which allow users of mobile radio telecommunication services to pay for products or services using their terminal equipment and/or SIM card and e-money services provided over a mobile radio telecommunication service;

 

“NTL Group” means NTL and any group undertaking of NTL (as such term is defined in Sections 258 and 259 of the Companies Act 1985 (as amended));

 

“Open Loop” means an electronic payment service, facility or method capable of being used to pay for a comprehensive range of third party goods and services unrelated to each other and which is a Banking Service;

 

“Partner Services” means the provision of access by means of Communications Services provided by NTL pursuant to the NTL Licence, in conjunction with or as part of such Communications Services, to products or services of a third party.

 

PART ONE

 

In consideration of VEL paying to VMH and VML the sum of £100 (receipt of which is acknowledged by VMH and VML), VMH, VML and VEL hereby agree as follows:

 

2.                                       For the avoidance of doubt the activities set out in paragraphs (C)(i) and (ii) will not be deemed to be General Insurance and do not require a licence from VML and/or VMH under this Agreement. To the extent that the activities set out in paragraphs (C)(iii) and/or (iv) are General Insurance, then VML and/or VMH (as appropriate) hereby grant to VEL the non-exclusive and royalty free licence back of the right to use the VIRGIN trade marks in relation to such activities, together with the right to sub-licence such rights to the NTL Group under the NTL Licence, provided that the provisions of paragraph 5 shall apply.

 

3.                                       To the extent that the activities set out in paragraphs (C)(v) and/or (vi) above are Banking Services, then VML and/or VMH (as appropriate) hereby grant to VEL the non-exclusive and royalty free licence back of the right to use the VIRGIN trade marks in relation to such activities, together with the right to sub-license such rights to the NTL Group under the NTL Licence, provided that the provisions of paragraph 5 shall apply.

 

4.                                       For the avoidance of doubt, VEL, VMH and VML acknowledge and agree that:

 

19



 

(i)                                     nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the NTL Group from offering or undertaking any of the activities referred to in paragraph C above or any General Insurance or any Banking Services to the extent that such activities are not done pursuant to the VIRGIN trade marks;

 

(ii)                                  use of the VIRGIN trade marks by the NTL Group in respect of the provision of Bundled Services or Partner Services or otherwise in circumstances where use of the VIRGIN trade marks does not create the impression that such services are provided directly by the NTL Group shall not be construed as use of the VIRGIN trade marks in relation to the provision of General Insurance or Banking Services, or the offering or undertaking of those activities pursuant to the VIRGIN trade marks, and such use shall not be in breach of this Agreement or the NTL Licence;

 

(iii)                               VML and VMH shall retain all other rights in relation to financial services including General Insurance and Banking Services as licensed under the VML Licence and VMH Licence;

 

(iv)                              the parties agree that the conduct of consumer hire (including consumer hire as regulated pursuant to the Consumer Credit Act 1974, as amended and replaced from time to time) is not a Banking Service; and

 

(v)                                 The grant back of such rights under this Part One is solely for the purposes of granting the sub licence to NTL.

 

PART TWO

 

In consideration of the mutual obligations agreed and undertakings given in this Part Two VMH, VML and NTL hereby agree as follows:

 

5.                                       In respect of the activities set out in paragraphs 2 and 3 above where NTL is intending, by reference to the VIRGIN trade marks, to:

 

(i)                                     re-tender the fulfilment of or renew any existing or expired contracts relating to General Insurance or Banking Services activities; or

 

(ii)                                  engage the services of a third party for any of such General Insurance or Banking Services activities,

 

then NTL shall:

 

(a)                                   notify VMH and VML of such intention and give VMH and/or VML (as appropriate) an opportunity to submit a written proposal on reasonable terms relating to the fulfilment of those activities within a time period no less favourable than that given to all other notified third parties and VMH and/or VML shall submit any written business proposal as soon as reasonably practicable and NTL shall consider such proposal as soon as

 

20



 

reasonably practicable and on a good faith basis. NTL agrees, for a period of sixty days (or such other period as the parties may agree in good faith) from NTL’s original notice, to enter into good faith discussions with VMH or VML (as appropriate) and not to enter into any contract with a third party in respect of the fulfilment of such activities during such period; or

 

(b)                                  where it is considering re-tendering or engaging a third party under sub-paragraphs 5(i) and (ii) as a result of any unsolicited third party proposal relating to the fulfilment of any of those activities set out in paragraphs 2 and 3, give VMH or VML (as appropriate) a right to match or better the terms of such proposal within a reasonable time period specified by NTL and NTL shall not enter into any contract relating to such proposal unless VMH or VML (as appropriate) has been unable to match or better the  terms of that proposal within the specified time period.

 

6.                                       If NTL wishes to launch any Banking Services under the VIRGIN trade marks which are not licensed under paragraph 3 above (including to the extent that such Banking Services are on a credit basis requiring a consumer credit licence as regulated pursuant to the Consumer Credit Act 1974 (as amended and replaced from time to time) and are Open Loop), then it shall notify VMH and VML and, within 14 days of receipt of such notice (or such other period as the parties may agree), VMH and VML shall either:

 

(i)                                    undertake to work with NTL in good faith on an exclusive basis for sixty days (or such other period as the parties may agree) to reach a commercial and operational agreement on reasonable commercial terms by which VMH and/or VML provide NTL with a service that provides such activities with use of the VIRGIN trade marks; or

 

(ii)                                 consent in writing to the use by the NTL Group of the VIRGIN trade marks in respect of such activities such consent to be given at the sole discretion of VMH and VML and, in this event, NTL shall be free to enter into discussions with other financial providers or partners for the provision of such activities with the use of the VIRGIN trade marks.

 

Should a mutually agreeable solution not be determined in accordance with (i) and (ii) above then NTL shall be free to enter into discussions with other financial providers or partners for the provision of such activities, but without the use of the VIRGIN trade marks.

 

7.                                       VMH, VML and NTL agree to consider in good faith any opportunities to cross market their respective products and services on terms to be agreed including but not limited to the opportunity for VMH and VML to offer their banking, investment and insurance services to the customers of NTL, and NTL to offer its products and services to customers of VMH and VML.

 

21



 

8.                                       In the event that, for any reason, the grant back of rights to VEL by VMH and/or VML (as appropriate) should terminate, then such rights shall be deemed to be granted hereunder by VMH and/or VML (as appropriate) directly to the NTL Group. The Parties shall, at their own expense, execute and deliver all such documents and take such steps or procure the execution of all such documents (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the parties) as may, from time to time, be required to give full effect to this paragraph.

 

PART THREE

 

9.                                       This Agreement shall come into force on the Commencement Date.

 

10.                                The parties further acknowledge and agree that, in the event that the NTL Group does not acquire a majority of the issued ordinary shares in Virgin Mobile (and thereby does not serve the notice as set out in clause 2.3 of the NTL Licence or otherwise terminate the Mobile Licence), then this Agreement will be deemed amended with such changes as are required, mutatis mutandis, so that this Agreement does not apply to the mobile communications business as carried on by Virgin Mobile at the Commencement Date. All parties shall co-operate, at their own expense, to execute and deliver all such documents and take all such steps or procure the execution of all such documents (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the parties) as may, from time to time, be required to give full effect to this paragraph.

 

11.                                The parties shall keep secret and confidential any information which it may obtain relating to the business of the other. Such information shall be treated as proprietary and confidential to the party imparting the same. Each party hereby agrees that it shall use such information received or procured by it from the other solely for the purposes of this Agreement and that it shall not at any time during or after completion, expiry or termination of this Agreement disclose the same whether directly or indirectly to any third party except with the prior written consent of the other party.

 

12.                                 This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of England and Wales.

 

Please confirm your acceptance of the terms of this letter by signing where indicated below.

 

/s/ Patrick McCall

 

for and on behalf of

Virgin Money Holdings (UK) Limited

 

22



 

/s/ Simon Leeming

 

for and on behalf of

Virgin Money Limited

 

/s/ Gordon McCallum

 

for and on behalf of

Virgin Enterprises Limited

 

/s/ Robert Gale

 

for and on behalf of

NTL Group Limited

 

23



 

SCHEDULE 7

 

Virgin Retail letter agreement

 

Virgin Retail Limited

120 Campden Hill Road

London W8 7AR

 

Virgin Retail Group Limited

120 Campden Hill Road

London W8 7AR

 

Virgin Enterprises Limited

120 Campden Hill Road

London W8 7AR

 

NTL Group Limited

NTL House

Bartley Wood Business Park

Hook

Hampshire RG27 9UP

 

Date: 3 April 2006

 

Dear Sirs

 

VIRGIN RETAIL LETTER

 

Proposed trade mark licence between Virgin Enterprises Limited (“VEL”) and NTL Group Limited (“NTL”) (the “NTL Licence”)

 

Trade mark licence between VEL and Virgin Retail Limited (“VRL”) (the “VRL Licence”) dated 31 July 1994

 

Retail stores agreement between, inter alia, Virgin Mobile Telecoms Limited (“Virgin Mobile”) and VRL and Virgin Retail Group Limited (“VRGL”) (the “Retail Stores Agreement”) dated 1 October 2003 as amended and restated with effect from 1 April 2004

 

Trade mark licence between VEL and Virgin Mobile (the “Mobile Licence”) which includes, as an attachment, a letter agreement between Virgin Mobile, VRL and VRGL dated 2 July 2004 (the “Retail Letter”)

 

Capitalised terms shall have the meaning given to them under this letter of agreement (“Agreement”).

 

24



 

Whereas:

 

(A)           Under the terms of the VRL Licence, the Virgin Retail Group is permitted by VEL to use the VIRGIN trade marks in the UK in relation to the sale of music products and a range of non-music products including, inter alia , DVDs, games, hi-fi equipment, portable audio, TVs, video recorders, camcorders, cameras and interactive entertainment products (such as computer games) within the Virgin Retail Group’s physical stores. The Virgin Retail Group is not permitted to brand any of the products with the VIRGIN trade marks. The Virgin Retail Group also currently sells music products, games and DVDs via the internet.

 

(B)           Under the terms of the Retail Stores Agreement and the Mobile Licence, Virgin Mobile is permitted by the Virgin Retail Group to operate concessions within the Virgin Retail Group stores and to operate its own retail channel including its own “Virgin Mobile”-branded standalone retail stores, in each case, in relation to Mobile Radio Telecommunications Services.

 

(C)           Under the terms of the Retail Letter, Virgin Mobile is permitted to sell Electronic Entertainment Products through concessions within the Virgin Retail Group’s stores and through “Virgin Mobile”-branded standalone retail stores, in each case, either supplied by the Virgin Retail Group or, where the Virgin Retail Group is unable to supply such Electronic Entertainment Products on Reasonable Wholesale Terms, obtained from another source. Under the Retail Letter, Virgin Mobile is also permitted to sell Physical Entertainment Products through the concessions within Virgin Retail Group’s stores. In relation to the aforementioned concessions, the parties must also agree the manner in which Electronic Entertainment Products and/or Physical Entertainment Products are sold (except to the extent that such sales are covered by the Retail Stores Agreement) .

 

(D)           The NTL Group is in the process of acquiring ownership of Virgin Mobile and VEL and the NTL Group intend to enter into the NTL Licence for the use of the VIRGIN trade marks in relation to Communications Services (including Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services) in the UK and the Republic of Ireland. The NTL Group requires, as part of the NTL Licence, inter alia , retail rights relating to or arising out of the Communications Services, including the activities referred to in paragraphs (B) and (C), and rights relating to the branding and sale of Core Equipment, Mobile Accessories, Mobile Devices and Other Equipment, in each case, in the UK and the Republic of Ireland.

 

1.              Definitions: - in this Agreement (including the recitals), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Commencement Date” means the date the NTL Licence comes into force;

 

“Communications Services” means communications services, or access to such services, consisting in or having as their principal feature the conveyance of messages, information or signals by means of a communications network. For

 

25



 

illustrative purposes only and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the types of services contemplated at the Commencement Date include the following:

 

(a)            i nternet services (which, for example, includes email, web mail, instant messaging, provision of webspace, access to the worldwide web, home networking, electronic messaging, voice/video/data services transmitted over internet protocol);

 

(b)            television or radio services which, for example, includes:

 

(i)             access to “free to air” television and radio services (e.g. BBC1,  Radio 4 and Virgin Radio);

 

(ii)            premium or subscription-based television services (e.g. access to Film Four and Sky Sports);

 

(iii)           conditional access or encrypted television services (e.g. Top Up TV);

 

(iv)           interactive television services;

 

(v)            video on demand and pay per view; or

 

(c)            telephone services (which, for example, includes fixed line, wireless, Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services, data and text services (including SMS)), and

 

howsoever and in each case as such services may be:

 

(i)             received or accessed (e.g. via a television set, set top box, personal computer, mobile phone or any other device); and

 

(ii)            created, develop or converge from time to time,

 

whether with a technology or method now in existence or subsequently developed, created or invented;

 

Core Equipment ” means any equipment, device or accessory (whether now in existence or which may from time to time be created or developed, or as such equipment, devices or accessories converge or become multi-purpose) which either:

 

(a)                                   is primarily intended for the provision, delivery, reception, access or use of Communications Services (including mobile handsets, SIM cards, data cards, telephone handsets, set top boxes, personal video recorders (PVRs) for use with the Communications Services, modems, routers and remote

 

26



 

control devices for set top boxes), but excluding, save to the extent that they fall within sub-paragraph (b) below, television sets, radio sets and personal computers; or

 

(b)                                  has, as an included feature, the capability to provide, deliver, receive, access or use the Communications Services provided by the NTL Group (including via a built-in decoder, receiver or internet protocol connection), provided that the NTL Group is thereby facilitating access  to its Communication Services in preference to those of a third party;

 

“Direct Sales Channels” means sales methods consisting of door-to-door, on-line, internet, mail-order, telesales and all other forms of direct or distance selling methods;

 

“Electronic Entertainment Products” means non-physical electronic entertainment content (such as music and video downloads);

 

“Mobile Accessories” means products (excluding Core Equipment) primarily intended for use in conjunction with Core Equipment relating to Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services (for example, mobile handset chargers, mobile telephone cases, in-car accessories, bluetooth headsets and mobile card readers/writers);

 

“Mobile Devices” means portable devices capable of playing, receiving, storing or recording data (e.g. MP3 players/iPods, digital cameras), provided the device is primarily intended for use in conjunction with Core Equipment relating to Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services;

 

“Mobile Radio Telecommunication Services” means Communications Services designed or adapted to be used in motion consisting of the conveyance of any message, information or signal through the agency of wireless telegraphy;

 

“NTL Group” means NTL and any group undertaking of NTL (as such term is defined in Sections 258 and 259 of the Companies Act 1985 (as amended));

 

“Other Equipment” means any equipment, device or accessory (other than Core Equipment) capable of use with or complementary to the provision, delivery or use of the Communications Services but not branded with the VIRGIN trade marks (e.g. MP3 players/iPods, digital cameras, scart leads, PCs);

 

“Physical Entertainment Products” means physical entertainment products (such as compact discs and DVDs);

 

“Reasonable Wholesale Terms” means where the Virgin Retail Group are able to supply to Virgin Mobile or the NTL Group, as the case may be, sufficient quantities of products of the same type and range and equivalent functionality and quality as those specified in Virgin Mobile’s or NTL Group’s notification and on terms of purchase (including as to price) which taken as a whole are reasonably

 

27



 

comparable to those available to Virgin Mobile or the NTL Group from third party suppliers;

 

“Retail Stores” means NTL Group’s physical retail stores, and concessions within third party physical retail stores, primarily intended for the sale and supply of the Communication Services and branded Core Equipment;

 

“Virgin Retail Group” means VRL and VRGL and their subsidiaries.

 

PART ONE

 

In consideration of VEL paying to VRL and VRGL the sum of £100 (receipt of which is acknowledged by VRL and VRGL), VRL, VRGL and VEL hereby agree as follows:

 

2.                                        VRL and/or VRGL, as appropriate, hereby grant to VEL the non-exclusive and royalty free licence back of the right to use the VIRGIN trade marks in relation to the sale and supply of Core Equipment (to the extent that it is unbranded), Mobile Accessories, Mobile Devices and Other Equipment through Retail Stores, together with the right to sub-license such rights to the NTL Group under the NTL Licence, provided that the sale and supply of unbranded Core Equipment, Mobile Accessories, Mobile Devices and Other Equipment by the NTL Group through Retail Stores is ancillary or incidental to the sale and supply of the Communication Services and branded Core Equipment through such Retail Stores.

 

3.                                        VRL and/or VRGL, as appropriate, agree that the sale and supply of the branded Core Equipment through the Retail Stores and/or Direct Sales Channels is not licensed to the Virgin Retail Group under the VRL Licence, nor is the sale or supply of Communications Services, and as far as VRL and VRGL are concerned VEL is free to license the right to use the VIRGIN trade marks in relation to such activities to the NTL Group.

 

4.                                        VRL and/or VRGL, as appropriate, agree that the sale and supply of the Communications Services, Core Equipment, Mobile Accessories, Mobile Devices and Other Equipment through the Direct Sales Channels are not licensed to the Virgin Retail Group under the VRL Licence and VEL is free to license the right to use the VIRGIN trade marks in relation to such activities to the NTL Group.

 

5.                                        VRL and/or VRGL, as appropriate, agree that under the VRL Licence they are only permitted to offer video on demand services under the VIRGIN trade marks within the Virgin Retail Group’s physical stores.

 

PART TWO

 

In consideration of the mutual obligations agreed and undertakings given in this Part Two, VRL and VRGL and NTL Group hereby agree as follows:

 

28



 

6.                                       VRL and/or VRGL, as appropriate, hereby grant to the NTL Group the non-exclusive and royalty free licence to use the VIRGIN trade marks, subject to the provisions of paragraph 8 below and in conjunction with the rights granted by VEL under the NTL Licence, in relation to:

 

(a)                                    Physical Entertainment Products offered for sale in concessions within Virgin Retail Group’s stores only;

 

(b)                                   Electronic Entertainment Products offered for sale in Retail Stores, including concessions within Virgin Retail Group’s stores; and

 

(c)                                    DVDs offered for sale in conjunction with the provision of video on demand services.

 

7.                                       In the event that the NTL Group acquires a majority of the shares and/or control of Virgin Mobile (and thereby serves notice pursuant to clause 2.3 of the NTL Licence) then the Retail Stores Agreement and Retail Letter shall continue in full force and effect (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be capable of termination in accordance with clause 19.4 of the Retail Stores Agreement) but shall be deemed to apply, with such changes as are required, mutatis mutandis , to enable the NTL Group to take the benefit of the arrangements set out therein including for the avoidance of doubt but not limited to the following specific amendments:

 

(a)                                 the Retail Stores Agreement shall be extended to cover the products and services of the NTL Group provided under the VIRGIN trade marks licensed under the NTL Licence in order to allow the NTL Group to market, supply and sell their products and services in the Stores (as defined in the Retail Stores Agreement) and the following definitions in the Retail Stores Agreement shall be deemed amended as follows

 

(i)              “Product” shall include Core Equipment, Mobile Accessories, Mobile Devices and Other Equipment;

 

(ii)             “Services” shall include Communications Services;

 

(iii)            “VM Products” and “VM Services” shall include all Products and Services made available by the NTL Group; and

 

(iv)            “Business” shall be deemed amended accordingly.

 

(b)                                       in addition to the volume bonuses currently payable by VM in accordance with clause 8 of the Retail Stores Agreement, the volume bonus will extend to new connections of the NTL Group’s Services as follows:

 

(i)             The definition of “Connections” will be amended as follows:

 

“Connection” means:

 

29



 

(a)                                                                          a person who is not a Customer Return and to whom a VM SIM Card has been issued or sold by VM through the Stores and who has transmitted or received a Message over the Network; and

 

(b)                                                                         in respect of residential broadband internet, digital cable television and/or fixed-line telephony services provided by the NTL Group for sale or subscription through the Stores in accordance with this Agreement, the sale or subscription by a Customer to a new RGU (or revenue generating unit).”

 

(ii)                                         Payment of volume bonuses in respect of new RGUs is subject to the following provisions:

 

(A)                            “Customer” means an NTL customer account holder who is registered to use any of NTL Group’s residential broadband internet, digital cable television and/or fixed-line telephony services and in whose premises NTL equipment has been installed, where applicable;

 

(B)                              No volume bonus will be payable:

 

(aa)                            unless and until a Customer registers and remains a Customer beyond any contractual or statutory “cooling off” period and a person will not be deemed a Customer if that person exercises any right to cancel the contract or the Services are terminated for any reason during the “cooling off” period;

 

(bb)                          in respect of customers who NTL cannot verify as having been introduced via the Stores; and

 

(cc)                            in respect of potential customers who are not accepted as customers by NTL; and

 

(C)                              the NTL Group shall be entitled to claim back or deduct 66% of the volume bonus if a Customer cancels the Services or if NTL cancels the Customer’s account within 100 days of agreeing to receive the Services for any reason. In the event of any clawback, NTL will inform VR how many customers have cancelled the Services or how many customer accounts have been cancelled by NTL subject always to NTL’s internal confidentiality provisions and only for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

30



 

8.                                       In respect of the offer for sale through any on-line store owned or operated by the NTL Group under the VIRGIN trade marks of: (i) the categories of products set out in paragraph 6(b) above; and (ii) Other Equipment to the extent that it falls within the scope the VRL Licence for the sale of non-music products (such as DVDs, games, hi-fi equipment, portable audio equipment, TVs, video recorders, camcorders, cameras and interactive entertainment products (such as computer games)  (but excluding Core Equipment, Mobile Accessories and Mobile Devices) where NTL Group intends to:

 

(a)                                    re-tender the fulfilment of or renew any existing or expired supply contracts in respect of such products; or

 

(b)                                   engage the services of a third party for the supply of any of such products,

 

then it shall:

 

(i)             notify the Virgin Retail Group of such intention and give the Virgin Retail Group an opportunity to submit a written proposal relating to the supply of such products within a time period no less favourable to that given to all other notified third parties; and

 

(ii)            where the Virgin Retail Group is able to supply such products on Reasonable Wholesale Terms within a reasonable time period from the date of notification and on an ongoing basis, and subject to the agreement of a mutually acceptable contract, all parties acting reasonably, NTL Group shall only sell those products supplied by the Virgin Retail Group. Where the Virgin Retail Group is not able to offer Reasonable Wholesale Terms or is otherwise unable to supply such relevant products, or the parties are unable to agree a mutually acceptable contract within a reasonable time, NTL Group may sell such products obtained from another source.

 

9.                                       The Virgin Retail Group recognises that it is part of a group of companies and businesses licensed by VEL to use the Virgin trade marks and agrees that it shall cooperate in Virgin Group activities and initiatives with the NTL Group. Where the NTL Group requests its products or services be accessible through the Retail Stores provided by VRL then VRL shall consider in all good faith such requests on terms that are no less favourable than those offered to any other third party. VEL shall use all reasonable efforts to facilitate activities and initiatives proposed by the NTL Group in conjunction with VRL and on terms no less favourable than those offered to any other third party The Virgin Retail Group and NTL Group agree to consider in good faith any opportunities to cross market their respective products and services on terms to be mutually agreed between the parties.

 

10.                                 In the event that, for any reason, the grant back of rights to VEL by VRL and/or VRGL, as appropriate, should terminate, then such rights shall be deemed to be granted hereunder by VRL and/or VRGL, as appropriate, directly to NTL Group.

 

31



 

All parties shall, at their own expense, execute and deliver all such documents and take all such steps or procure the execution of all such documents (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the parties) as may, from time to time, be required to give full effect to this paragraph.

 

PART THREE

 

11.            This Agreement shall come into force on the Commencement Date.

 

12.            The parties further acknowledge and agree that, in the event that NTL does not acquire a majority of the issued ordinary shares of Virgin Mobile (and thereby does not serve the notice as set out in clause 2.3 of the NTL Licence or otherwise terminate the Mobile Licence), then this Agreement will be deemed amended with such changes as are required, mutatis mutandis , so that this Agreement does not apply to the Mobile Radio Telecommunications Services business as carried on by Virgin Mobile at the Commencement Date. All parties shall co-operate, at their own expense, to execute and deliver all such documents and take all such steps or procure the execution of all such documents (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the parties) as may, from time to time, be required to give full effect to this paragraph.

 

13.            This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of England and Wales.

 

Please confirm your acceptance of the terms of this letter by signing where indicated below.

 

/s/ John Jackson

 

for and on behalf of

Virgin Retail Limited
 

/s/ John Jackson

 

for and on behalf of

Virgin Retail Group Limited

 

/s/ Gordon McCallum

 

for and on behalf of

Virgin Enterprises Limited

 

32



 

/s/ Robert Gale

 

for and on behalf of

NTL Group Limited

 

33



 

SCHEDULE 8

 

TM Guidelines

 

PART 1- VIRGIN RED BOOK

 

PART 2 - VIRGIN BRAND BOOK

 

PART 3 - VIRGIN GROUP POLICY ON SELLING TECHNIQUES

 

PART 4 - OFFSHORE OUTSOURCING - OVERALL BRAND APPROACH

 

34



 

PART 1

VIRGIN RED BOOK

 

How to use this guide

 

1                   Look at and use the red swatches at the back. Your starting point should always be: match to the ideal red swatch, whatever you’re producing.

 

2                   Look to see if we’ve given specific help for the type of item you’re producing – for example: vinyl graphics, acrylics, paint and so on.

 

3                   Discuss these with your suppliers. This book is only a guide, and nothing beats talking to your suppliers and testing things. Ink systems vary and technologies change, and what works in one situation may need refining next time round. You’ll also notice that the samples in this book aren’t uniform. That just shows the differences and difficulties inherent in colour matching. They are, however, the best possible match we can find.

 

3                   If the material you want to produce isn’t shown here (it’s impractical to include everything), then talk to your suppliers to try and match. Virgin Enterprises Ltd may also be able to suggest other sources of advice (for example other group companies who’ve tackled something similar) – see inside front cover for their contact details.

 

The glossary

 

At the back of this book is a glossary of the terms used. While we’ve tried to keep things simple, technical terms are frequently unavoidable. Most of you will be familiar with these – they’re widely used throughout the industry.

 

If there’s anything you’re unsure about, the glossary is a useful starting point, though please talk to your manufacturer/supplier for the full picture.

 

 

Little Red Book

Virgin red specifications

 

35



 

Get reddy!

 

Red is the lifeblood of our look. It says ‘Virgin’ in a way that’s immediate and obvious. Few organisations have so effectively aligned themselves with a colour as Virgin has: most consumers reddily* identify our brand with a rich and vibrant red. Not even megabrands such as Nike and IBM can claim such an association.

 

What advantages does this give us? Well, red means activities across our group are visually linked. Red acts as a trigger to say ‘Virgin’ to customers, with all the values that brings. Red marks us out from the competition.

 

Getting it right

 

So if red’s doing a good job for us, it’s important we support it. That means producing it as accurately and consistently as possible.

 

Whether it’s company vans or cola cans, stationery or station signs, the red should be as close to ideal as possible. While this might initially sound straightforward, in practice it’s not. Printing and manufacturing techniques vary – printing on paper is different from painting a plane, and so on.

 

What might look like the right red in isolation rarely is. And if different shades appear, then the effect of having a ‘Virgin red’ is lessened.

 

This guide will help you achieve accuracy and consistency:

                  It explains, and shows, what ‘ideal Virgin red’ looks like.

                  It lists specifications your suppliers need to match that red, for a range of materials and methods.

                  It suggests who to contact if you need help or advice.

 

Help and advice

 

Please contact the Trademarks/Intellectual Property Department of Virgin Enterprises Ltd.

 

Telephone +44 (0)20 7313 2053

Facsimile +44 (0)20 7313 2091

 

Trademarks/Intellectual Property Department

Virgin Enterprises Ltd

120 Campden Hill Road

LONDON

W8 7AR

 


* Sorry for all the ‘red’ puns in this book – we decided to leave them in when we proof red it.

 

01.00

 

Print

 

 

 

 

 

02.00

 

Vinyls

 

 

 

 

 

03.00

 

Paint

 

 

 

 

 

04.00

 

Acrylics

 

 

 

 

 

05.00

 

Laminates

 

 

 

 

 

06.00

 

Websafe and Fabrics

 

 

 

 

 

07.00

 

Glossary

 

 

 

 

 

08.00

 

Swatches

 

 

1



 

Print

 

Spot colour:

 

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

Process colour:

 

Cyan 0%, Magenta 100%,Yellow 76%, Black 6%

 

This is the standard red, and the one most testing has been done on. With a heavy ink film thickness it should appear rich and vibrant on most paper and card stocks, both coated and uncoated.

 

Please liaise with your printer and, if possible, their ink manufacturer (especially in flexo and gravure printing) to ensure accurate colour matching.

 

 

Newspapers

 

Colour work in newspapers is usually produced differently to conventional litho and it can be hard to achieve a vibrant red. Also, one newspaper rarely uses the same system as another, so liaise with each publication as much as possible to avoid dull results.

 

 

Can printing

 

The appearance of colour depends on the can’s base and material. The main type used in the UK is clear base aluminium. Overseas manufacturers may also use white base aluminium and white base steel.

 

A suitable spot colour ink mix for offset letterpress is:

 

Clear base aluminium:

 

5DWQ1256

 

Yellow

 

22.00

%

5WDQ899

 

Yellow Shade Red

 

21.10

%

AKO456U

 

Resin

 

10.00

%

TP15731

 

Constant Mix

 

24.50

%

5DWQ1285

 

Blue Shade Red

 

22.40

%

 

 

Total

 

100.00

%

 

This is the formula for Valspar Ink’s Light Red 6R5B12347 used on Virgin Cola cans.

 

2



 

Vinyls

 

There are three main types of vinyl, each for particular uses and circumstances.

 

Opaque

 

3M Scotchcal Opaque Film 100 series: Tomato Red 100-13 Avery Fascal Opaque Film: Spicy Red 987 QM

 

Both are acceptable for these typical uses: general non-illuminated signs and fascias, interior sign directories, vehicle markings, window graphics.

 

 

 

Translucent

 

3M Scotchcal Translucent Film 3630 series: Red 3630-33

 

Typical uses: high visibility graphics – day and night, internally illuminated signage, shop fascias etc.

 

 

Reflective

 

3M Scotchlite Plus Reflective Film 680 series: Red Reflective 680-72

 

Typical uses: vehicle markings, directional and safety signage.

 

 

Further advice

 

In some special cases, such as aviation marking films (which are available on a white base), you may need to print solid red onto the material. Always match against the Virgin spot red swatch in this guide, as ink/pigment systems differ between manufacturers.

 

3



 

Paint

 

Of the several paint manufacturing standards, our preference is NCS (Natural Colour System).

 

Wherever possible you should use NCS. However some manufacturers use RAL standards.

 

NCS reference:

 

S 1085–Y90R

 

 

RAL reference:

 

3020 Traffic Red

 

 

Please note that the Dulux Colour Dimensions system has been discontinued and replaced by NCS.

 

Further advice

 

Sometimes an area you want to paint may be so big and dominant that the full Virgin red could be just a bit “too much”. Exactly when’s hard to say, but if you imagine painting an entire reception area in Virgin red, you can picture it being a touch too vibrant and loud.

 

So, in special cases, you may want to tone down the red to a more muted, dark or subtle shade, which works better in its environment. There are several examples of this across group companies – get in touch with Virgin Enterprises Ltd (see the inside front cover) for more information.

 

4



 

Acrylics

 

In most cases, ‘off the shelf’ products will be fine. There are two main brands:

 

Rohm Plexiglass:

 

Red 2758

 

 

Ineous Acrylics (formerly ICI perspex):

 

Red 440

 

 

Typical uses: moulded signage, shop fascias etc.

 

Specially-made

 

Depending on quantities and costs, many manufacturers can make a ‘special’ acrylic to match to the Virgin red.

 

Other advice

 

Whatever you’re producing, remember to view and match it under the correct lighting conditions. Lightbulbs, daylight and other factors may affect appearance depending on the transparency, thickness etc. Basically, what something looks like in the manufacturer’s factory may not be what it looks like in situ, and you should check this out early on.

 

Also, check with the manufacturers that the colour doesn’t fade over time, or with exposure to sunlight etc.

 

5



 

Laminates

 

For interior designs, such as retail shelving, cladding and desktops, you may want to use laminates. Our recommended material is Formica.

 

Formica Colour system:

 

4164 Pillarbox Red

 

 

 

6



 

Websafe (Internet/screen display)

 

Hexadecimal value for websites and online use: #CC0000

 

RGB value for CD-Roms and other on screen applications: 204r 0g 0b

 

These colours are ‘websafe’. This means they appear clean and consistent whatever the screen resolution, from 256 to ‘millions’ of colours (the standard minimum/maximum range).

 

They also keep file sizes reasonable. Non-websafe colours can deteriorate, vary or even disappear at low resolutions.

 

Fabric

 

Most textile companies are happy to match to the Virgin red.

 

Some manufacturers may prefer the NCS or RAL specification (see 03.00 paints). And some may only be able to supply an off-the-shelf colour, which is obviously the least desirable.

 

The guidance we gave about avoiding overpowering red on large areas (see Further advice in 03.00 Paints) also applies when producing uniforms and carpets etc.

 

7



 

Glossary

 

Most of you will be familiar with the terms and phrases used throughout this book – they’re widely used throughout the design, printing and manufacturing industries.

 

However you may sometimes come across something you’re less sure about. This brief glossary gives a few quick definitions to help you on the way, though talking to your manufacturer/supplier will always give you the full understanding you need.

 

Glossary

 

black

 

One of the four colours (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) that make up CMYK process colours. ‘K’ is for ‘Key’, black being the key colour.

 

coated

 

Coated has several meanings in printing, but the one you need to consider is coated paper. Coated paper has china clay or similar on it to give a smoother surface – if you imagine looking at paper under a microscope it’s normally quite rough. On coated paper, ink sticks to the surface in a more uniform way. So pictures, for example, can appear better than on uncoated paper.

 

CMYK

 

An acronym of the four colours (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) that make up a colour created by process colour.

 

The CMYKmix for Virgin red is 0% cyan, 100% magenta, 76% yellow, 6% black.

 

cyan

 

One of the four colours (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) that make up CMYK process colours. Cyan is a light sky blue.

 

flexo

 

An abbreviation of flexography. This printing technique uses flexible rubber or plastic plates.

 

gloss

 

In this context, a shiny finish. Gloss is the opposite of matt.

 

gravure

 

An abbreviation of photogravure. This printing technique etches a negative of the image into a metal plate. This is then applied to ink and paper to produce a positive imprint. It’s less common than lithography, but is used by some large magazines, for example.

 

hue

 

Words like hue, tint and shade are almost, but not quite, the same thing. Hue is the appearance of a colour as affected by adding another colour to it.

 

lithography

 

Often abbreviated to litho. This printing technique puts a negative of the image onto a metal (or historically stone) plate by chemically treating areas with oil and water to accept or reject ink. This is then applied to paper to produce a positive imprint. This is the most common method of printing for brochures, posters, stationery etc.

 

magenta

 

One of the four colours (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) that make up CMYK process colours. Magenta is a bright pinky red.

 

matt

 

Matt is the opposite to glossy or shiny. Matt finish reflects much less light than gloss, giving a more even appearance.

 

opaque

 

Something that’s opaque doesn’t allow light to pass through it, so you can’t “see through it” at all. See also translucent and transparent later on.

 

8



 

Pantone

 

The brand name for the most-widely used series of prepared printing inks. Specifying a pantone number enables you to choose a colour with reasonable accuracy, though its final appearance is affected by issues such as whether the paper is gloss or matt, uncoated or coated and so on.

 

It’s important you do not allow printers to substitute pantone 485 for Virgin red. Though they may claim it’s the nearest ink to Virgin red, it’s not. You must insist on the spot colour (6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow) instead.

 

PMS

 

PMS is an acronym for Pantone Matching System, and is basically just another word for a Pantone colour.

 

process colours

 

Most colours can be created by mixing together a combination of process colours. The process palette contains – CMYK (cyan, magenta,yellow, black).

 

The CMYK mix for Virgin red in 0% cyan, 100% magenta, 76% yellow, 6% black.

 

reflective

 

A substrate that’s reflective means light neither passes through nor is absorbed.

 

rubine

 

A deep pinky red. Pantone Rubine Red is used in the Virgin spot red colour formula.

 

saturation

 

A colour that’s saturated is appearing at its richest, fullest possible strength. It isn’t diluted or dulled.

 

shade

 

Words like shade, hue and tint are almost the same thing, but not quite. Shade either refers to the depth of colour (ie pink is a shadeof red), or is used as a way of describing small differences between almost identical colours.

 

screen printing

 

This printing technique uses a fine mesh to support a stencil, through which ink is squeezed. It’s commonly used for printing onto fabrics, such as t-shirts.

 

special colour

 

See spot colour.

 

spot colour

 

Any colour additional to or instead of the process colours. If you’re printing a piece of stationery in red and black, the red would be a spot colour. If you’re printing a brochure with colour pictures and have the facility to use a fifth colour, you’d print it in CMYK process colours plus a Virgin spot red.

 

stock

 

A word used to describe the type of paper.

 

substrate

 

The substrate is, basically, the surface onto which you are printing, painting etc. If a substrate is white or neutral, then it probably won’t affect the appearance of the colour placed on it. But if it is itself a colour, then obviously it may.

 

You also need to think about issues such as absorbency/porousness. The simplest example of this is kitchen paper, which is very absorbent and thus ‘soaks up’ whatever is placed on it – so a colour’s appearance is affected. Obviously you’re unlikely to be producing Virgin kitchen paper, but some printing papers are affected by this too. For example newsprint paper is generally more absorbent than the paper used for glossy magazines, brochures etc.

 

tint

 

Words like tint, shade and hue are almost, but not quite, the same thing. Tint refers to the variety of a colour, especially one made lighter by adding white to it. A colour can be reproduced at tints starting from 100% (full colour) down towards 5% (virtually white):

 

Usually, printers etc work in 10% increments:

 

Please note: tints of Virgin red under 100% can appear pink.

 

translucent

 

Mid way between opaque and transparent, something that’s translucent allows light to pass through it, but in a diffused way.

 

transparent

 

Something that’s transparent allows light to pass through it fully, enabling you to see clearly objects on the other side. Like a window. Transparent things can be coloured, but still see-through-able – ie stained glass.

 

uncoated

 

Paper without any china clay coating. See coated.

 

yellow

 

One of the four colours (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) that make up CMYK process colours.

 

9



 

Swatches

 

These swatch pages show both the Virgin spot red and the 4 colour process Virgin red.

 

Please use these, where applicable, to support your specifications.

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

10



 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

11



 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

12



 

Why this red?...

 

In early days, it was a shade of red based on an ink called pantone 485.

 

Over time, marketing and design teams began to look for ways to improve this. The problems were:

                  It often appeared orangey and washed out, lacking the impact of a rich, dramatic red.

                  It was, essentially, for printing onto paper, and often didn’t work well in other areas such as painting planes or producing cola cans.

                  It was also widely used by other companies, and thus lacked the uniqueness to be a true Virgin red.

 

A better red

 

For these reasons, it was decided to stop using pantone 485 and create a new bespoke Virgin red that, in print, is rich and vibrant. The result is the red shown in this guide.

 

Colour specification quick check

 

 

Print

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Litho, screen, flexo, gravure

 

 

 

Spot colour

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6pts PMS Rubine,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5pts PMS Yellow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 colour process

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offset letterpress

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot colour

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5DWQ1256

 

Yellow

 

22.00

%

 

 

5WDQ899

 

Yellow Shade Red

 

21.10

%

 

 

AKO456U

 

Resin

 

10.00

%

 

 

TP15731

 

Constant Mix

 

24.50

%

 

 

5DWQ1285

 

Blue Shade Red

 

22.40

%

 

Vinyls

 

 

3M Scotchcal Opaque 100 series

 

Opaque

 

 

Tomato Red 100-13

 

 

 

Spandex Avery FasCal

 

Opaque

 

 

Spicy Red 987 QM

 

 

 

3M Scotchcal Translucent 3630 series

 

Translucent

 

 

Red 3630-33

 

 

 

3M Scotchlite Plus Reflective 680 series

 

Reflective

 

 

Red Reflective 680-72

Paint

 

 

NCS system –

 

S 1085-Y90R

RAL system –

 

3020 Traffic Red

 

 

 

Acrylics

 

 

Plexiglass

 

Red 2758

Ineous Acrylic (Perspex)

 

Red 440

 

 

 

Laminates

 

 

Formica Colour System –

 

4164 Pillarbox Red

 

 

 

Websafe

 

 

On screen applications

 

Hexadecimal

 

 

#CC0000

 

 

RGB

 

 

204r 0g 0b

 

13



 

PART 2

VIRGIN BRAND BOOK

 

Contents

 

01.00

Introduction

 

 

02.00

Making our mark

 

 

03.00

Why it all matters

 

 

04.00

The seven deadly sins

 

 

04.01

When should we use the Virgin logo?

 

 

04.02

Which logo should we use?

 

 

04.03

How much of the logo should be visible?

 

 

04.04

How big should the logo be?

 

 

04.05

What colours should we use?

 

 

04.06

How much can we alter the logo?

 

 

04.07

Can we use just the word ‘virgin’?

 

 

05.00

Virgin and the Internet

 

 

06.00

The steps in launching a new Virgin brand

 

 

07.00

The key rules

 

 

08.00

Swatches

 

2



 

Introduction

 

 

The Virgin brand is our greatest asset. It unites us all.

 

 

The signature logo tells customers something is a Virgin business, with all the associations and aspirations that conveys. The logo is invaluable, in both creative and commercial terms. It has helped each Virgin company launch their own personality.

 

While no-one underestimates the power of the Virgin name, few of us know the legal boundaries that protect registrations, prevent misuse and disable imposters. As the Virgin group moves into ever more diverse markets (both what we do and where we go) these boundaries become ever more important. We must demonstrate a clear and consistent use of the Virgin logo in order to prevent others from weakening our name and brand.

 

In practice, this means that certain legal and trademark issues affect the way Virgin can be used, both as a graphic mark and as a brand word. You need to be aware of these issues, and take them into account when launching a new venture or brand. In fact we all do - one aim of this book is to enable every Virgin company, from the smallest to the largest, to share the same knowledge and approach.

 

Many of you will recognise the points this book talks about. Few are new, and you’re probably already doing most of them as they arise from ‘best practice’ throughout the group.

 

This book covers using the Virgin logo, particularly in relation to naming and creating identities for new companies, brands, products and services.

 

All other areas of design are excluded from this - those are your prerogative and I’m not trying to stifle creativity or style. I want to define the boundaries we all have to work within, explain why these boundaries matter and provide the help and resources necessary to achieve them.

 

I’ve produced this book with the Virgin Enterprises Ltd legal team (VEL). Their role is to register everybody’s trademarks, monitor those registrations and take action against infringements.

 

What they do can seem a bit complicated, especially when all you’re interested in is producing an exciting and effective identity for a new Virgin venture, but there are several key points worth sharing. Hopefully you’ll find these valuable, relevant and straightforward.

 

More than anything else, I want to help you make the most of our brand. It embodies what Virgin is all about. Let’s all aim to use it in this spirit.

 

 

3



 

Making our mark

 

 

How the Virgin logo was developed.

 

 

 

The original Virgin Records logo, designed by swords ‘n sorcery poster wizard Roger Dean, was superceded in the early 1970s by the one we all know.

 

In true urban myth style, this really was drawn on the back of a napkin (by graphic designer Ray Kyte).

 

In his autobigraphy, Richard wrote: “Ray Kyte created the concept and supplied the visual styling for a signature-style logo which can be interpreted as my personal endorsement, the ‘V’ forming an expressive tick. Some marketing experts once analysed the logo and wrote about the upbeat way it rises from left to right. This, of course, might have been going through Ray’s head when he developed the original idea.”

 

To begin with, the mark was the thinner version known as ‘tick’.

 

However this created some problems, as the skinny lines fill in and disappear at smaller sizes.

 

A bolder and more robust version was drawn, known as ‘blobby’.

 

This is the version most group companies now use, with the idea that soon everyone will. See 04.02 for more on making sure you use the correct version.

 

 

4



 

Why it all matters

 

 

Trademark law is hardly a sexy subject, and linking it to design can seem like tying a plough to a racehorse, but it’s vital to the success of everybody in the Virgin group.

 

In the last five years we’ve spent around £5.5m protecting our own trademarks with licence agreements, registrations and applications. We’ve also spent around £7m on litigation, lawyers and settlements to fight off copycats and infringements. That’s a lot of money.

 

The chief cause of costs is the fact we constantly come under challenge. Firstly from people who want to bar or qualify our access to a new market. They are usually acting for legitimate reasons (competition and so on), but they need responding to legally.

 

Secondly, there are people who’d love to have a little of that Virgin magic rub off on their own business, and who aren’t above a little shameless copying in order to achieve this. Some of these - like Virginia and Virgin Pizza opposite - might seem small beer, but others can be tiresomely expensive. One individual has tried to register 37 different Verjam companies: Verjam Group, Verjam Management, Verjam Music, Verjam Cola and so on. We can chuckle at this, but the danger of customers being confused as to what is genuine Virgin and what’s not is both real and growing. Customers’ perception of our quality can be affected if lower-quality outfits are allowed to trade under ‘Virgin’, or under something that visually mimics the logo. (And believe us we are talking lower quality: we tasted a Virgin pizza.)

 

There are also instances where we need to come to agreements, for example if we move into a new market where someone else already uses Virgin. When Virgin Atlantic starting flying to South Africa, we needed to establish the Virgin brand - which meant settling with long-established but ‘not us’ outfits like Virgin Health Club Group - so that we became what people thought of when they thought of Virgin.

 

It would be good to reduce the costs of all this. And, given that we’re expanding globally, we have to - or it could become a huge burden. One simple way of doing so is for all group companies not to break the seven deadly sins - explained over the following pages. That may sound a bit melodramatic, but it’s fairly straightforward. In essence it means being aware of seven issues whenever you design an identity, dream up a name or endorse something with the Virgin brand. If we all think about these issues, then we’re keeping our own house in order - which makes it easier for VEL to register and protect your trademarks, and also gives us a stronger case for the defence when we tackle those pesky copyists. It also gives a halo effect, where we protect and reinforce one another.

 

The consequences will be that we’ll safeguard public perception of our quality and save money - the two things listed at the top of this section as vital to everybody’s success.

 

 

5



 

The seven deady sins

 

6



 

When should we use the Virgin logo?

 

 

Answer:

Always in main names and brands. Consult VEL for new names.

 

The Virgin logo is how customers recognise something’s a Virgin venture - in a sense they regard it as Richard’s signature. It’s one of our greatest assets: make the most of it.

 

Wherever possible, use the logo rather than just the word Virgin in type, particularly in the names of companies and major products and services. If something is launched which is meant to be Virgin but which doesn’t use the logo, customers may be uncertain as to its Virgin-ness. For example, it’s arguable that by omitting the logo from their identity, Virgin Vie caused some consumer doubt:

 

 

The balance is now being redressed:

 

 

Using the logo also helps tighten legal protection. If you use Virgin just as a word, then it gets harder for us to prove that consumers know for sure what is and isn’t a Branson-backed venture. In other words, what demonstrates clearly and visually to the person in the street that Virgin Vie is one of ours and Virgin Pizza ain’t? Answer: the logo.

 

 

® and TM

 

In some markets it can be beneficial to accompany the Virgin logo with the ® symbol. It tells potential infringers we have a registration for that identity.

 

You can only do this if you have a registered trademark for those goods or services in that market. Check with VEL if you’re not sure. Using it without a registration is a criminal offence!

 

There are no such restrictions over TM , so you can use this whenever you believe it’s of benefit.

 

Name game

 

Trademark licences are precise and prescriptive about the name(s) that a company can use. Any alteration or addition needs checking with VEL.

 

Although customer confusion is the main concern, it’s also worth thinking of other group companies when brainstorming a brand. With so many things going on throughout the group, it’s increasingly likely names could have several uses. For example, one company might want to call its sightseeing tours Virgin View, and another to open up a chain of opticians called Virgin View. When everyone consults with VEL, such clashes will be avoided.

 

VEL is more able to safeguard names that relate either to goods, services or activities - eg Virgin Trains, Virgin Publishing - or to a key aspect/value of the service - eg Virgin Direct, Virgin Active.

 

 

There are three reasons for this:

1      it points customers in the right direction

2      it reduces possible confusion

3      it helps maintain the reputation of each individual company.

 

‘Virgin’ should always come first. So ‘Virgin View’ is acceptable, but ‘View from Virgin’ isn’t.

 

7



 

Which logo should we use?

 

 

Answer:

Only use ‘Blobby’.

 

Blobby - the right one, being used by most group companies. (Trains, Atlantic, Direct, Cola, VML....)

 

 

Son of blobby - being used by Virgin Sun and Holidays. (Note extra space between V and i, less kink in V).

 

 

Bastard son of blobby - being used by Travel (has extra thick and straight V).

 

 

Tick - the original, but now superceded by blobby. Being phased out by Megastores, Interactive and Group.

 

 

Son of tick - still being used by Publishing, being phased out by Radio (slightly thicker V, less space between V and i)

 

 

Bastard son of tick - being phased out by Virgin Western. (Our west of England property services company, nothing to do with John Wayne.)

 

 

8



 

People might think there’s only one Virgin logo, but a recent audit of group companies unearthed six different versions floating around.

 

Put all these scripts on top of one another and the effect is, well, interesting.

 

 

To the average punter, the difference between these versions is negligible and unimportant: they’re all still clearly the Virgin logo.

 

But it should matter to us. Firstly we should have enough respect for our logo to make sure we use the right one. Secondly it looks neater if we’re all in harmony. And thirdly it helps us see off the copycats by demonstrating we’re definite about our logo - whereas if we’re doing odd little variations ourselves it’s easier for imposters to claim the boundaries are vague and up for grabs.

 

From a trademark point of view, there’s also the possibility that variations could drift so far away from the registered version that a new registration is needed.

 

If you need artwork for the blobby logo, please contact VEL.

 

Please note that we’ve also registered versions in Arabic script, Chinese script and so on. If you’re moving into a market where these may be useful, please contact VEL.

 

9



 

How much of the logo should be visible?

 

 

Answer:

All of it. VEL may allow bleeding or cropping in special pre-approved circumstances.

 

Two of the reasons our logo works so well are that it’s simple and recognisable. These are both attributes worth respecting.

 

That means not bleeding or cropping the logo,

 

and not adding bits directly to it.

 

In the past some of these things have slipped through, but from now on it would be better if they’re avoided. Again, this helps protect the integrity of our trademark registrations. Anything that alters the logo in the ways listed above can, in effect, create a new logo - which could require a new registration. The legal requirement for this is that our logos should all be ‘substantially the same’.

 

All of the logo should be visible - you can’t take part of it. However, using the V on its own is acceptable on condition that it’s always in conjunction with, or in close proximity to, the Virgin signature. For guidance on this issue please consult VEL.

 

 

Some particular circumstances may warrant slight exceptions, if the reasons are good enough. Please contact VEL at the initial stage of any such idea, so they can advise and assist.

 

For example, the logo bleeds off the edges of the new Virgin Atlantic tailfin. This was permitted because a tailfin is an odd and restrictive shape which constrains the logo. Bleeding enables the logo to appear at a much larger size, greatly increasing the impact of the design without affecting legibility or Virgin-ness.

 

 

Likewise a cola can, being curved and three-dimensional, may warrant a large logo which, though it can never be seen all at once, is acceptable since it maximises our identity on the shelf. This was the approach used on cans produced for the UK market.

 

 

10



 

How big should the logo be?

 

 

Answer:

It should be the major part of an identity, with the V at least 10mm high. Keep it legible, and keep the back of the r upright.

 

Proportion

 

If the Virgin logo is how customers identify something as a Virgin venture, logic suggests that the logo should be the main part of the identity. From a registration point of view, it would be better for us too.

 

That means the logo shouldn’t be dominated by other elements:

 

 

In fact if the balance is borderline, such as in Virgin Limobike, it’s preferable for the logo to be predominant.

 

 

You can test a design by reducing the overall identity down to a small size - as small as it might appear on a business card for example - and check how visible Virgin still is.

 

Size

 

The minimum size of the logo depends on the environment in which it appears. The rule of thumb is that it must be at least 10mm from top to bottom of the V.

 

 

Obviously this applies best to small items such as stationery and business cards. A logo that small on a poster wouldn’t work, so please increase this minimum in proportion to the environment.

 

In some special circumstances VEL may consent to smaller versions. This would include items with constraints - for example pens or badges. Please submit proposals for approval, making sure that the production technique can reproduce the logo accurately (ie there is no filling in or degradation due to it being so small).

 

You should also only use the logo at the correct angle, and don’t rotate or slant it. The correct way up is when the left edge of the r is upright:

 

 

Our planes, for example, always fly at a 11° tilt so that the logo is still upright even at 40,000 feet.

 

 

(only joking - mind you, it might get BA thinking…)

 

11



 

What colours should we use?

 

 

Answer:

Red, black and white. Ask VEL if you want another.

 

The logo should only ever appear in white, black or r ed. Please don’t print it in any other colour.

 

That permits the following combinations:

 

 

As much as possible you should aim to use the logo in these colours. That’s not to say other colours can’t be used, just that so doing could necessitate a fresh registration - which costs money.

 

If you do yearn for a particular background colour please contact VEL to talk it through. They’re happy to help.

 

Red all about it

 

Always specify the correct red to your printers/manufacturers.

 

For print items, this is either a ‘special’:

6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

or a four-colour process equivalent:

0c, 100m, 76y, 6k.

 

Historically pantone 485 was used, but it had problems in consistency and reproduction. Recently the colour specified above has been preferred, as it gives a stronger, more consistent and uniquely Virgin red.

 

VEL has produced a detailed guide to the Virgin red, including samples and suggested specifications for items such as fabrics, vinyls and on-screen displays. This will help you work with your suppliers/manufacturers to match the best possible red. For copies of the ‘Little red book’, contact VEL.

 

12



 

How much can we alter the mark?

 

 

Answer:

Not at all, unless you have VEL’s prior permission.

 

With all this desktop publishing software around, it’s easy to get wacky with the special effects. But VEL prefer it if you avoid blurring, stretching, shadow-printing and so on.

 

 

Oh and please try not to stand on it either.

 

 

Again this is a legal best practice thing: monkeying around with the logo can move it outside the terms of a registration. That in turn could involve costs in then extending the registration, and could give more fuel to challenges that, since we’re doing all kinds of random things, the boundaries are unclear.

 

Of course there may be special occasions when it’s creatively desirable to use one or other of these techniques - though we’ve just taken the mickey out of it, the Virgin radio ad is actually very effective. If you’ve come up with a cracker, please show it to VEL - they’ll let you know whether it is or isn’t on.

 

13



 

Can we use just the word ‘virgin’?

 

 

Answer:

Not in puns or everyday phrases.

 

Virgin’s a great word - people recognise it as our brand, and yet it still has a number of other meanings in everyday language. It’s often tempting to use it in these ways, as doing so can seem to create a little pun: losing my virginity, virgin on the ridiculous, flying into virgin territory and so on. Ellipsis seems fun too: virg insider , virg information .

 

It would seem rather churlish to say we’d prefer you not to do these things, but there’s a good reason for keeping such wordplay to a minimum. Time for a little more legal stuff, I’m afraid.

 

When it comes to registering words, there are three basic types:

 

1      invented words such as Sony and Kodak. These have the most protection, and, equally, are easy to protect.

 

2      normal words which have developed a secondary meaning when used with certain goods or services - eg Boots (chemists) and Apple (computers). Virgin comes into this category. There is a need to be careful and consistent when protecting such words.

 

3      descriptive everyday words such as beautiful and great, which no-one can trademark as they’re reasonably required by everyone.

 

Most of the time when you use Virgin, you’re using it as a type 2 word - Virgin Trains,Virgin Radio, Virgin Holidays and so on.

 

Phrases like ‘losing my virginity’ and ‘virgin on the ridiculous’ on the other hand, move the word towards type 3. This begins to create problems for our registration of the word Virgin, which depends on our claim that it is type 2. At present, that registration enables us to stop, for example, British Airways launching a route they’ve never flown before with the slogan “we’re moving into virgin territory”.

 

However, the more you use Virgin as a descriptive everyday word and not as a brand, the more our protection is weakened. It looks like group companies aren’t supporting our own claim that Virgin is a type 2 word, and thus dilutes our case for making others respect it as such.

 

If this all seems a bit complicated, please get in touch with the VEL team. They’ll explain the issue more, and advise you if a proposal is a good idea or not. It’s not that you’re not allowed to have fun with the word, just that it’s preferable if you check with VEL so they can keep an eye on what’s going on.

 

And yes, Richard is aware that he himself has used ‘Losing my virginity’. He’s given himself a severe ticking off. Honestly.

 

14



 

Virgin and the Internet

 

 

Website names

 

Do a web search for ‘virgin’ and chances are most of the sites suggested are, um, well, nothing to do with us.

 

Partly for this reason, but also to be clear and consistent, we want it to be simple for people to find Virgin companies on the net. The best way to do this is to negate the need for searching by having just one web address. Customers will get familiar with it, and we can easily establish it as the place to go for all Virgin information. A single web address will also give consistency to all advertising, promotional and other material.

 

For that reason we have created www.virgin.com

 

We strongly recommend you use this URL as the entry point to your site. From the www.virgin.com homepage, customers can head to the particular Virgin company they’re interested in.

 

If you use www.virgin.com in your material, there is no fee.

 

If you prefer customers to head straight to your site, then it may be possible for you to use a branch name, for example: www.virgin.com/view You’ll need prior approval fromVEL.

 

If you want to use a totally different domain name, for example www.virginview.co.uk, then you must get VEL’s permission, explaining to them why you need such an exception. If they agree, they will register the domain name - you’ll need to pay a fee for this. However the plan is that all companies will follow the www.virgin.com route.

 

Registrations

 

Domain names have to be registered in much the same way as trademarks. VEL manage this.

 

To date they have registered 2000 names that incorporate ‘virgin’ in some way. Almost all of these registrations are protective measures to stop other people using them.

 

15



 

The steps in launching a new Virgin brand

 

 

Once your business plan gets the nod…

 

Propose a name and draft identity.

 

You’re probably going to need graphic designers. It’s important you pick the right ones.

 

Some designers may look for ways to get away from the Virgin logo, or be radical with it. If they say: “it’s been used too much, it spoils the balance of the design, it’s not appropriate for this venture, look what happens if we do this…” be wary.

 

It’s far better to use designers who recognise that the Virgin logo is a foundation, and that the issue is not changing it, but respecting it and bringing value to it. They should see it as their job to build brands.

 

Make designers aware of the issues in this book, and include its parameters within your design brief.

 

You can also talk with senior marketing people at our most high-profile companies. They have years of experience in using the Virgin logo and in building successful brands with it. They’re available and happy to give advice and support.

 

Consult VEL and get the go-ahead.

 

VEL will approve your proposal from a trademark point of view.

 

They will also arrange for your identity to be approved creatively.

 

Involve VEL right from the beginning. This way any potential problems can be resolved at early stages, and designs won’t be developed which could cause registration difficulties or extra costs.

 

VEL aren’t just here for processing your registration, they’re here to help. Put it this way, they understand everything in this brand book, so if any of it was meaningless or just plain dull to you, get in touch and they’ll explain exactly what it means for your proposal.

 

The Virgin Management Board has ultimate responsibility over the way you use the brand.

 

Your company board includes a Group non-executive director, who acts as a representative of the Virgin Management Ltd Board. They will be able to advise you.

 

VEL will carry out a trademark search.

 

This involves on-line and other searches through all registered names and logos, to see if anyone is already using something that clashes with your suggestion.

 

If there is, then it’s back three spaces.…

 

If there isn’t then…

 

You can refine and then start using the name and identity, while the registration process continues.

 

VEL will apply for a registration.

 

From you, they need:

 

•     to know what markets you will have a presence in

 

•     to know what goods/services you will be providing

 

•     a copy of your design proposal.

 

VEL lawyers around the world will do this. The time it takes can vary, from, on average, eight months in the UK, to - for example -two years in Japan or four years in Bangladesh.

 

Publication in the Trademark Gazette.

 

If the registration process doesn’t throw up any problems, then your name and identity will be published in the Trademark Gazette. This gives the public three months in which to comment.

 

Registration certificate issued.

 

Any opposition will need legal settlement, but once a submission is approved unopposed, a trademark certificate will be issued. VEL hold these on behalf of group companies.

 

The certificate protects your name and your identity, and stops anybody doing anything similar.

 

16



 

The key rules

 

 

Use the correct version of the logo (‘blobby’). You can get this from Virgin Enterprises Ltd.

 

 

Size so the V of Virgin is at least 10mm high.

 

 

Don’t blur, crop, stretch or add to the logo. It must be fully visible, and you can’t use only part of it - ie the V on its own is not allowed.

 

 

Keep the back of the r upright.

 

In brands and identities use the logo (not ‘Virgin’ in normal type). The logo should be the dominant element. Virgin comes first (‘Virgin View’ not ‘View from Virgin’).

 

 

The mark can only be: red on white; white on red; black on white; white on black.

 

Use the right red:

6 parts PMS rubine red,

5 parts PMS yellow

 

or 0c 100m 76y 6k.

 

Please don’t use pantone 485.

 

17



 

Swatches

 

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

VIRGIN SPOT RED:
6 parts PMS rubine red, 5 parts PMS yellow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

 

 

VIRGIN 4 COLOUR PROCESS RED:
0c 100m 76y 6k

 

18



 

Glued into cover

 

19



 

Glued into cover

 

20



 

PART 3

VIRGIN GROUP POLICY ON SELLING TECHNIQUES

 

Summary Page

 

Overall viewpoint

 

Virgin’s policy is to help consumers to make a buying choice rather than to sell in an unsolicited or aggressive manner.

 

In return, consumers can expect that Virgin will not interrupt them with an unsolicited attempt to make a sale and that if engaged in a sales conversation with Virgin that they will not be pressurised, forced or embarrassed into buying something.

 

Summary

 

1.                 Outbound telemarketing: unsolicited telephone calls

Unsolicited telephone calls to consumers are unacceptable.

The call must be either:-

                  Following up on a previous piece of communication such as DM; or

                  Following up on a customer enquiry; or

                  Contacting a current customer with a relevant message (but allowing them the option to refuse further such contact).

2.               Direct promotions:  selling to people on the street or in store

Interrupting consumers to sell to them face to face is unacceptable.

The guidelines are:-

                  Add value - give them a piece of promotional communication with no strings attached and without interrupting them unduly; or

                  Sell to consumers only in response to an approach made by them (e.g. to a promotional stand).

3.               Door to door:  knocking on doors

Unsolicited knocking on doors to sell to consumers is unacceptable.

At home selling is only acceptable if it either:-

                  Follows up on a specific piece of DM detailing the nature, time and reason for the potential visit. The DM should give the consumer clear and straightforward opportunities to decline the visit. This should include a telephone number, email address and website.

                  Follows a customer enquiry with a prior appointment; or

                  It’s part of a pre-arranged buying party.

4.               SMS, Email and Direct Mail

Unsolicited DM should ideally be sent to an opt-in list and the list should by supplied by a member of the Direct Mail Association (DMA). However opt-out lists may be used subject to compliance with the Data Protection Act. Unsolicited SMS and emails must be based on an opt-in in accordance with the Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) Regulations 2004. All activity should at least conform to the Committee of Advertising Practice (CAP) code and Direct Mail Association (DMA) best practice.

 

1



 

Virgin Group Policy on Direct Selling

 

Background

 

Consumers know Virgin as an exciting and trustworthy brand. What link all of the diverse companies in the group are the brand values (i.e. what people expect of Virgin, no matter what industry) - which can be described as:

 

                  value for money

                  good quality

                  brilliant customer service

                  innovation

                  competitively challenging

                  fun

 

Virgin has a huge reputation and with that comes a responsibility to not disappoint people. The image is strong and people are drawn to it – in the UK Virgin enjoys 100% brand awareness, it is the third most respected brand, and over 50% of the population say they use at least one Virgin product regularly(1). This loyalty is driven by the fact that consumers expect Virgin to give them a better deal, and to come up with a new and better way of doing things.

 

Historically, Virgin has avoided hard-selling tactics to drive acquisition (with the notable exception of Virgin Energy). However, as Virgin grows and diversifies further, there is a requirement to outline some brand guidelines i.e. what does the brand mean in some every day, commercial activities?

 

1.                                        Selling Techniques

 

The key areas of Selling that we will cover in this policy are:

 

1.                Outbound telemarketing:  unsolicited telephone calls to consumers

2.                Direct promotions:  face-to-face selling on the street or in stores

3.                Door to door:  face-to-face selling in home

 

Please see the end of the document for sections on DM / email / SMS and business-to-business activity.

 

2.                                        Overall Viewpoint

 

Virgin selling is done in a friendly, peer-to-peer style – i.e. Virgin helps consumers to make a choice to buy, rather than just “selling” to them. As such, aggressive selling practices jar with the Virgin brand. Virgin evokes a sense of freedom, it champions consumer choice, and it is confident and friendly. Virgin builds products that the consumer needs and wants; it offers these products to consumers in an imaginative and engaging way - and consumers come to it of their own free will. Conversely, some forms of direct selling tend to be the activity of a brand which has no such relationship or rapport with the consumer. These are the forms of direct selling covered by this policy.

 


(1) Source: HPI quant research 2002

 

2



 

3.                                        Outbound telemarketing:  unsolicited telephone calls

 

Virgin’s policy is not to do unsolicited outbound telemarketing. Brand damage is suffered due to the intrusive and unsolicited nature of the outbound call.

 

The call must be either:-

 

                  Following up on a customer enquiry; or

                  Following up on a previous piece of communication such as DM, so long as the original communication was also not “cold” (see section on DM, email and SMS below).

                  [In all the above instances, if the original data transaction is over 3 months old then the data must be checked for suppression against the Telephone Preference Service].

                  Contacting a current customer. If doing so, the communication must be relevant to them (e.g. a service announcement) and should abide by the rules as set out by the Data Protection Act (e.g. ask for permission or give the consumer a chance to refuse further such contact).

 

Further guidelines on selling to consumers over the phone are based on the principles of sensitivity and respect:-

 

                  Describe the benefits of the product in a no-nonsense, peer-to-peer friendly way and allow the customer to make up their own mind about it.

                  Pursue the sale if the customer is interested but respect the “no” that a customer gives – especially an emphatic or repeated “no”.

                  Get to the point quickly – don’t waste their time.

                  However, don’t be afraid to ask for the sale if you think they may want to buy.

                  Finish the call politely and graciously, ensuring that the customer feels positive at the end of the experience.

                  Only use other parts of the Virgin Group as a way in to the conversation (e.g. name dropping other Virgin successes) with their prior consent.

 

4.                                        Direct promotions:  selling to people on the street or in store

 

Virgin’s policy on direct promotions is based on the nature of the activity. The essence of the policy is to show respect for the consumer so the guidelines would be:-

 

                  Add value and capture consumers’ imagination.

                  Approach the activity in an Above The Line sense:  aim to entice consumers to find out more by attracting them to the activity, rather than by targeting them personally.

                  Do not be aggressive e.g. interrupt them, stop them walking, touch them physically; persist in talking to them about something they are not interested in.

                  Due to the potentially aggressive nature of face-to-face marketing, do not continue to press them with marketing messages beyond the first “no”.

 

The following is an acceptable part of marketing activity for a Virgin product or service: -

 

                  Distributing leaflets

 

3



 

                  Street theatre

                  Roadshow stands

                  Engaging people in a conversation about the brand / product

                  Sales promotions which adhere to the CAP code (British Code of Advertising, Sales Promotion and Direct Marketing).

                  Recruiting consumers to take part in market research

 

Some unacceptable examples would be: -

 

                  Doing the activity outside, inside or adjacent to other Virgin companies without their consent

                  Using other parts of the Virgin Group as a way in to the conversation (e.g. name dropping other Virgin successes) without their consent

                  Approaching children under the age of 16

                  Intrusively stopping people who are obviously not interested

                  Repeating a scripted marketing spiel to people who have not expressed any interest

                  Pressuring consumers to sign a contract, including the use of marketing ruses to get an immediate sale:  e.g. VAT free if you sign now

                  Street activity that is overly offensive to passers by

 

5.                                        Door to door:  knocking on doors

 

Virgin’s policy is not to engage in unsolicited door-to-door direct selling. It is the most intrusive form of direct selling and therefore would be the most damaging to the brand reputation. There has been recent debate in the UK about making this type of activity illegal.

 

Direct selling in homes which is not unsolicited is acceptable – e.g. appointments that consumers have previously made and agreed to; buying parties such as those organised by Virgin Cosmetics sales reps; and selling which follows up on a specific piece of DM detailing the nature, time and reason for the potential visit. The DM should give the consumer clear and straightforward opportunities to decline the visit. This should include a telephone number, email address and website.

 

In these instances, the guidelines would be: -

 

                  Describe the benefits of the product in a no-nonsense, peer-to-peer friendly way and allow the customer to make up their own mind about it.

                  Get to the point quickly – don’t waste their time.

                  Don’t use other parts of the Virgin Group as a way in to the conversation (e.g. name dropping other Virgin successes) without their prior consent.

                  Don’t pressurise consumers to sign a contract, including the use of marketing ruses to get an immediate sale:  e.g. VAT free if you sign now

                  Pursue the sale if the customer is interested but respect the “no” that a customer gives – especially an emphatic or repeated “no”.

                  However, don’t be afraid to ask for the sale if you think they may want to buy.

                  No matter if a sale has been made or not, finish the meeting politely and graciously, ensuring that the customer feels positive at the end of the experience.

 

4



 

6.                                        Email, SMS & Direct Mail

 

According to the CAP, marketing communications should not be sent unsolicited to consumers if explicit consent is required (i.e. an “opt in”). Marketing communications should not be sent to customers who have asked not to receive them (i.e. and “opt-out”). Opt out’s are sufficient for marketing direct mail, but opt in’s are required for marketing by email and SMS. The only exception (known as the “soft opt in”) is if marketers want to market similar products to their existing customers by email and SMS, as long as an opportunity to object to further such marketing is given on each occasion.

 

7.                                        Direct Mail

 

There are two main kinds of consumer lists that a marketer can purchase:  opt-in and opt-out. Opt-in lists are preferred from a brand point of view as the customer has proactively chosen to hear from the brand (“warm” contact). Opt-out lists, in which the consumer receives mail by default unless they proactively opt-out, will potentially result in cold piece of communication by the brand, so should be handled sensitively (“cold” contact). Guidelines would be to:-

 

                  Capture the imagination of the consumer with the creative execution

                  Make it easy for them to refuse further such contact

                  Do not chase up a piece of cold communication with further cold contact e.g. outbound telemarketing

 

All mailings should comply with the Direct Mail Association’s (DMA’s) Code of Practice. Mailings to cold lists require that at the original point of obtaining data from the consumer, he or she was given the full data protection disclosure necessary (who is using the data, why, what purposes it will be for etc.). The best way to ensure that this has happened is to only rent lists from DMA member list brokers or managers, and to ensure that a DMA approved list warranty is signed.

 

8.                                        Email and SMS

 

Unsolicited email and SMS requires explicit opt-in. The exceptions (when an opt-out is still acceptable) will be:  when contacting current customers and when a prospective customer enters into a conversation by e.g. entering a competition or prize draw.

 

General CAP rules state that promoters and marketers should: -

 

                  Be capable of meeting the response for a promotion / demand for the product;

                  Only use the word “free” if the product is totally free other than national rate for a cost of response, delivery and/or travelling to pick up the product;

                  In any promotion specify how the consumer can participate, the start date, the closing date, any proof of purchase requirements, the prizes available, restrictions, availability & the promoters name and address.

                  Not claim consumers have won a prize if they have not or exaggerate consumers’ chances of winning a prize;

                  In any prize promotions specify the limit on the number of entries, whether there’s a cash alternative, when prizewinners will receive their prizes, how winners will be notified, and when winners’ names will be published.

 

Some further Virgin guidelines on DM, Email and SMS marketing would be: -

 

5



 

                  Be relevant. The best response / conversion rates and most positive consumer experience will arise from a message which is relevant to that individual and which captures their imagination. An intrusive or irrelevant piece of communication is likely to annoy and alienate them.

 

                  Avoid using a premium rate response mechanism such as expensive text or phone call. ICSTIS (Independent Committee for the Supervision of Standards of Telephone Information Services) requires all promotions with a telephone response to quote how much it will cost for the consumer to respond.

 

9.                                        Business-to-Business Direct Selling

 

In the business-to-business environment, cold telemarketing is not a preferred or common activity for a Virgin company. However, speculative contact is part of the business world and businesses are set up to deal with cold calling so it is not as intrusive or disrespectful as it is when contacting consumers. However, there still remains the concern that Virgin is therefore seen to be slightly desperate to get a sale and not displaying the kind of confidence that people expect from the brand. The policy would be:

 

                  Only call to follow up a piece of Direct Mail or email which has been sent to the business.

                  Only call to follow up on a recommendation or to operate within a relationship, which already exists.

                  Pursue the sale if the customer is interested but respect the “no” that a customer gives – especially an emphatic or repeated “no”.

                  Describe the benefits of the product in a no-nonsense, peer-to-peer friendly way and allow the customer to make up their own mind about it.

                  Get to the point quickly – don’t waste their time.

                  Don’t be afraid to ask for the sale if you think they may want to buy.

                  Finish the call politely and graciously, ensuring that the customer feels positive at the end of the experience.

                  Don’t use other parts of the Virgin Group as a way in to the conversation (e.g. name dropping other Virgin successes) without their prior consent.

 

10.                                  For further information, contact…

 

Ashley Stockwell, Virgin Group Brand Marketing Director

ashley@virgin.com

 

Catherine Salway, Virgin Group Brand Manager

catherine.salway@virgin.com

 

Advertising Standards Authority

www.asa.org.uk

 

British Code of Advertising, Sales Promotion and Direct Marketing www.cap.org.uk

 

Direct Mail Association

www.dma.org.uk

 

6



 

Direct Selling Association

www.dsa.org.uk

 

ICSTIS (Independent Committee for the Supervision of Standards of Telephone Information Services):

www.icstis.org.uk

 

7



 

PART 4

 

OFFSHORE OUTSOURCING - OVERALL BRAND APPROACH

 

                  Our ultimate goal is to save money and improve our businesses

 

                  We should save as much money as we possibly can, as long as the Virgin brand reputation and customer service quality are not compromised

 

1.                                        Summary of brand & customer service issues

 

                  Customer Service Quality – the quality of calls witnessed on the recent field trip fell short of a typical Virgin standard

                  Redundancies – arguments with staff and unions - resulting negative PR coverage, staff and consumer perceptions

                  Globalisation of the brand – following global corporate brands in the goldrush – resulting negative PR coverage, staff and consumer perceptions

                  Becoming entirely process driven – losing the Virgin culture

 

2.                                        Summary of brand preferred choices on offshore outsourcing

 

                  Putting seats offshore as a result of growth or attrition is preferred to making any UK employees redundant.

 

                  If higher cost issues in South Africa could be overcome then SA would be less of a risk for front line customer service quality, and it also makes sense to strengthen our ties with a territory we are already investing in.

 

                  Tapping into current operations (e.g. Atlantic’s offices in Johannesburg) would allow us to trial offshore outsourcing underneath the radar of publicity.

 

                  Creating our own function that we can control & manage would allow us to stamp the Virgin culture on an operation, enjoy cost savings from working together & not giving profit margins to an outsourcer.

 

                  Outsourcing operations that support the business rather than the customer service function would give us the chance to save money without it affecting our customer service (e.g. accounts payable, IT, payroll).

 

                  Finding one common function to outsource together onshore, such as payroll, would give us the chance to trial group outsourcing for the first time in a bite-sized way before taking a riskier step (more functions; overseas).

 

8



 

BRAND GUIDELINES FOR A BEST PRACTICE APPROACH TO OFFSHORE OUTSOURCING

 

1.                                        Management of the operation

 

The overall approach is to put more effort into the offshore outsourced operation than we would a UK one. This is to ensure that we don’t lose customer service quality and to protect the brand reputation.

 

                  Put a minimum of one Virgin person on site to manage the operation full time.

                  Give all of the staff in the outsourced operation a full induction into Virgin’s way of doing businesses – including brand, culture and customer service. This should include an initiation trip around current Virgin businesses in the home territory for as many people as possible.

                  Work with the local community and government to make sure that the benefit to the economy is not just ring-fenced but truly adding value to the local community and economy.

 

2.                                        Training and treatment of local staff

 

The overall approach is to respect the staff in the same way as we would UK staff. This may require some investment that the local outsourcer may think is unnecessary but this protects the brand reputation and will also decrease attrition.

 

                  Develop a training programme that is more extensive than anything currently in use in the UK. Initial and on-going training should include:-

                              Skills & software training

                              Full immersion into Virgin – brand, personality, customer expectations etc.

                              Customer familiarisation – their lifestyle, needs and attitudes, why they buy this product, how they buy it, how they use it etc.

                              Conversational tips & phrases, and teach a level of informality that the local staff will probably find a bit strange.

                              Language training….

                  Positive language training is critical, but the key is to be respectful to the staff and their identities and to be transparent about where we are servicing our customers from:

                              Difficult names can be shortened or real nick-names used, but fake British names should not be used.

                              Watching British TV can be part of the language training but agents should not pretend to be in the UK watching e.g. Eastenders, Coronation Street.

                              Agents should not pretend to be in the UK by quoting the weather.

                  Work with local trade & labour experts to develop a pay and benefits package that is fair and respectful. Not necessarily more than the going rate, but well thought out, based on the needs and attitudes of the local staff, and winning their loyalty just as we would UK employee’s.

                  Put career paths in place so staff know they can progress with the company.

                  Treat staff like our own employees – access to Virgin extranet, Tribe, secondments around the group, etc.

                  Organise job swaps between offshore operation and home country.

 

9



 

                  Listen to, and act upon what staff say in employee forums and focus groups.

                  Involve their families

                  Invest in the physical environment – the space per staff member, the chairs they sit on, paint, posters, plants. Invest in plenty of chill-out areas:  relaxing rooms & cafes

                  Invest in the safety and security of the staff – transport to work, security guards etc. where necessary.

 

3.                                        Treatment of UK redundancies

 

                  Totally transparent and fair treatment of the staff who are made redundant.

                  PR strategy to minimise risk…

 

Please refer to Angela Smith, Group HR Manager, for full strategy.

 

4.                                        PR strategy to minimise risk

 

The PR strategy will hinge upon the fair treatment of UK staff who are being made redundant, how we are respecting & benefiting the local staff and what we are doing to help the local community, as previously covered.

 

                  Please refer to Group PR Department for full strategy:  Jackie McQuillan and Will Whitehorn.

                  Please advise Group PR Department in advance of any known planned redundancies.

 

10



 

SCHEDULE 9

 

Worked Example of Clause 9.9

 

The purpose of this example is to calculate, in the event of termination of the Deed prior to the expiry of the Minimum Term under Clause 9.9, the sum payable. This calculation uses a baseline, B, defined as the average royalty payment by the Licensee in respect of the four full quarters immediately preceding the date of termination, grown at a constant rate, g, (defined at 2% annually) and then discounted using r, the WACC of the NTL Group. For illustrative purposes, this example uses the following assumptions:

 

                  g, annual growth rate, as defined in License Agreement (2%)

 

                  r, NTL Group WACC, as defined in License Agreement. Value of r for illustrative purposes (10%)

 

                  A, number of quarters until the end of Minimum Term, as defined in License agreement. Value of A for illustrative purposes (20 quarters)

 

                  B, average royalty payment over last four quarters, as defined in License agreement. Value of B for illustrative purposes (£2.0m)

 

                  i, quarterly discount rate, calculated as per formula in License Agreement (1.9%)

 

                  calculated as follows: { [ [ (0.1 – 0.02) / (1.02) ] +1 ] ^ 0.25 } -1 =0.0191

 

The present value of each quarterly royalty payment is shown below. The net present value i.e. the amount to be paid by the Licensee to VEL is the sum of present values of all the quarterly royalty payments. In this particular example, this amounts to £33m .

 

 

11


Exhibit 10.3

 

Virgin Enterprises Limited

120 Campden Hill Road

London

W8 7AR

 

Date: 3 April 2006

 

Dear Sirs,

 

We agree that, for so long as the Licence Agreement (of even date herewith) between our subsidiary, NTL Group Limited, and Virgin Enterprises Limited (“VEL”, which term shall be deemed to include its permitted assignees) shall remain in full force and effect, VEL shall be entitled to make proposals to the Nominations Committee (or any successor in function thereto) of NTL Incorporated for one individual to be elected to the Board of Directors of NTL Incorporated (the “Board”). Such person, if approved by the Nominations Committee and the Board, shall be appointed as a member of the Board (subject to shareholder, regulatory and any other customary approvals). The first such appointment, if the individual proposed by VEL is approved as a nominee by the Nominations Committee and the Board, shall be effective as of the first meeting of the Board immediately after the Commencement Date (as defined in the Licence Agreement).

 

If such individual shall not be approved as a nominee by the Nominations Committee or appointed by the Board or shall not receive any other required approvals, or if any director appointed pursuant to this letter shall cease to be a director of the Board, VEL shall have a continuing right to propose alternative candidates with the view to the election of one such candidate to the Board, if reasonably practicable, at the next Board meeting following such nomination.

 

In determining whether to approve any such proposed candidate, the Nominations Committee and the Board shall be entitled to take into account whether the candidate will qualify, under then current standards, as an “independent director” for purposes of applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, NASDAQ and any other relevant regulatory or self-regulatory organization. For purposes of this letter, “NTL Incorporated” shall have the meaning set forth in the Licence Agreement. .The initial appointment proposed by VEL shall be in the class of Directors whose position is

 



 

up for election by the stockholders at the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders except to the extent otherwise required by NTL Incorporated’s bylaws, which require that each class be as nearly equal as possible, and applicable law.

 

In the event that NTL Incorporated shall no longer be a listed public company or shall no longer separately report its Consumer Revenues (as defined in the Licence Agreement) in its public filings, this obligation shall no longer apply in respect of NTL Incorporated and instead shall apply in respect of a company within the NTL Group (as defined in the Licence Agreement) whose subsidiaries are responsible for generating 100% of the NTL Group’s revenue from Licensed Activities and whose Substitute Quarterly Reports and Substitute Annual Reports (as defined in the Licence Agreement) are provided pursuant to clause 4.9 of the Licence Agreement and such company is responsible for the active supervision of the subsidiaries carrying out the Licensed Activities.

 

Please sign the enclosed copy of this letter to indicate your agreement to the foregoing.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

NTL INCORPORATED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bryan Hall

 

 

Name: Bryan Hall

 

Title: General Counsel

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

VIRGIN ENTERPRISES LIMITED

 

By:

/s/ Gordon McCallum

 

Name: Gordon McCullum

Title: Director

 


Exhibit 10.4

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION NOTICE

 

[OPTIONEE]

[OPTIONEE ADDRESS]

 

 

This Option Notice (the “Notice”) dated as of [GRANT DATE] (the “Grant Date”) is being sent to you by NTL Incorporated (including any successor company, the “Company”). As you are presently serving as a director of NTL Incorporated or one of its subsidiary corporations, in recognition of your services and pursuant to the NTL Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Company has granted you the Option provided for in this Notice. This Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference, and defined terms used but not defined in this Notice shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

1.  Grant of Option . The Company hereby irrevocably grants to you, as of the Grant Date, an option to purchase up to [NUMBER] shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price of $ [STRIKE PRICE] per share (the “Option”). The Option is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under US tax laws or as an approved Option under UK tax laws.

 

2.  Vesting . The Option shall vest as to [FRACTION OR PERCENTAGE] of the shares covered thereby on [FIRST VESTING DATE] and as to an additional [FRACTION OR PERCENTAGE] of such shares on each [VESTING ANNIVERSARY DATE] thereafter until fully vested, provided that you are employed by the Company or one of its Subsidiary Corporations on each such vesting date. Upon an Acceleration Event this Option, to the extent not yet vested, shall become 100% vested.

 

3.  Exercise Period . Except as set forth in paragraph 2, the Option shall stop vesting immediately upon the termination of your employment and any portion of the Option that is not vested at the time of termination of your employment shall immediately be forfeited and cancelled. Your right to exercise that portion of the Option that is vested at the time of your termination shall terminate on the earlier of the following dates: (a) three months after the termination of your employment other than for Cause; (b) one year after your termination resulting from your retirement, disability or death; (c) the date on which your employment is terminated for Cause; or (d) [FINAL MATURITY DATE] .

 

4.  Manner of Exercise . This Option may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a written notice signed by the person entitled to exercise the Option, specifying the number of shares which such person wishes to purchase, together with a certified or bank check or cash (or such other manner of payment as permitted by the Plan) for the aggregate option price for that number of shares and any required withholding (including a payment sufficient to indemnify the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in full against any and all liability to account for any tax or duty payable and arising by reason of the exercise of the Option).

 

5.  Transferability . Neither this Option nor any interest in this Option may be transferred other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution, and this Option may be exercised during your lifetime only by you or your guardian or legal representative.

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

NTL INCORPORATED

 

 

 

Stephen Burch

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 10.5

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION NOTICE

 

[OPTIONEE]

[OPTIONEE ADDRESS]

 

 

This Option Notice (the “Notice”) dated as of [GRANT DATE] (the “Grant Date”) is being sent to you by NTL Incorporated (including any successor company, the “Company”). As you are presently serving as an employee of NTL Incorporated or one of its subsidiary corporations, in recognition of your services and pursuant to the NTL Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) the Company has granted you the Option provided for in this Notice. This Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference, and defined terms used but not defined in this Notice shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

1.  Grant of Option . The Company hereby irrevocably grants to you, as of the Grant Date, an option to purchase up to [NUMBER] shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price of $ [STRIKE PRICE] per share. This Option is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under US tax laws and it is not intended to qualify as an approved Option under UK tax laws.

 

2.  Vesting . This Option shall vest as to [FRACTION OR PERCENTAGE] of the shares on [FIRST VESTING DATE] and as to an additional [FRACTION OR PERCENTAGE] of the shares on each [VESTING ANNIVERSARY DATE] thereafter, until fully vested. Upon an Acceleration Event this Option, to the extent not yet vested, shall become 100% vested.

 

3.  Exercise Period . Generally, this Option may not be exercised unless you are at the time of exercise an employee of the Company, a subsidiary corporation or a parent corporation and unless you have remained continuously so employed since the Grant Date. This Option shall stop vesting immediately upon the termination of your employment and your right to exercise the Option, to the extent vested, shall terminate on the earlier of the following dates: (a) three months after your termination other than for Cause; (b) one year after your termination resulting from your retirement, disability or death; (c) the date on which your employment is terminated for Cause; or (d) [FINAL MATURITY DATE] .

 

4.  Condition to Exercise . This Option may not be exercised in any circumstances unless and until the Company is satisfied that you have entered into a binding election in the form prescribed by the Company (the “Election”) pursuant to which you assume liability for the whole of the employers’ National Insurance contributions due in respect of share option gains arising from this Option.

 

5.  Manner of Exercise . This Option may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a written notice signed by the person entitled to exercise the Option, specifying the number of shares which such person wishes to purchase, together with a certified bank cheque or cash (or such other manner of payment as permitted by the Plan) for the aggregate option price for that number of shares and any required withholding (including a payment sufficient to indemnify the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in full against any and all liability to account for any tax, employee’s National Insurance contributions, or duty payable and arising by reason of the exercise of the Option) and the amount necessary to meet the employers’ National Insurance liability referred to in paragraph 4 of this Notice.

 

6.  Transferability . Neither this Option nor any interest in this Option may be transferred other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution.

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

NTL INCORPORATED

 

 

 

Stephen Burch

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 10.6

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION NOTICE

 

[OPTIONEE]

[OPTIONEE ADDRESS]

 

 

This Option Notice (the “Notice”) dated as of [GRANT DATE] (the “Grant Date”) is being sent to you by NTL Incorporated (including any successor company, the “Company”). As you are presently serving as an employee of NTL Incorporated or one of its subsidiary corporations, in recognition of your services and pursuant to the NTL Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Company has granted you the Option provided for in this Notice. This Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference, and defined terms used but not defined in this Notice shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

1.  Grant of Option . The Company hereby irrevocably grants to you, as of the Grant Date, an option to purchase up to [NUMBER] shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price of $ [STRIKE PRICE] per share (the “Option”). The Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under US tax laws and the Company will treat it as such to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

2.  Vesting . The Option shall vest as to [FRACTION OR PERCENTAGE] of the shares covered thereby on [FIRST VESTING DATE] and as to an additional [FRACTION OR PERCENTAGE] of such shares on each [VESTING ANNIVERSARY DATE] thereafter until fully vested, provided that you are employed by the Company or one of its Subsidiary Corporations on each such vesting date. Upon an Acceleration Event this Option, to the extent not yet vested, shall become 100% vested.

 

3.  Exercise Period . Except as set forth in paragraph 2, the Option shall stop vesting immediately upon the termination of your employment and any portion of the Option that is not vested at the time of termination of your employment shall immediately be forfeited and cancelled. Your right to exercise that portion of the Option that is vested at the time of your termination shall terminate on the earlier of the following dates: (a) three months after the termination of your employment other than for Cause; (b) one year after your termination resulting from your retirement, disability or death; (c) the date on which your employment is terminated for Cause; or (d) [FINAL MATURITY DATE] .

 

4.  Manner of Exercise . This Option may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a written notice signed by the person entitled to exercise the Option, specifying the number of shares which such person wishes to purchase, together with a certified or bank check or cash (or such other manner of payment as permitted by the Plan) for the aggregate option price for that number of shares and any required withholding (including a payment sufficient to indemnify the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in full against any and all liability to account for any tax or duty payable and arising by reason of the exercise of the Option).

 

5.  Transferability . Neither this Option nor any interest in this Option may be transferred other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution, and this Option may be exercised during your lifetime only by you or your guardian or legal representative.

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

NTL INCORPORATED

 

 

 

Stephen Burch

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 10.7

 

NTL INCORPORATED

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT , dated as of March 16, 2006, between NTL Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Neil A. Berkett (the ”Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant to the Executive, and the Executive wishes to accept from the Company, shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “Restricted Stock”), to be granted pursuant to the NTL Incorporated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (formerly the Telewest Global, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan) (the “Plan”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                     Grant of Restricted Stock .

 

The Company hereby grants to the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts from the Company, 125,000 shares of Restricted Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement is also subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

2.                     Rights of Executive .

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled, at all times on and after the date that the shares of Restricted Stock are issued, to exercise all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock (whether or not the Transfer Restrictions thereon shall have lapsed), including the right to vote the shares of Restricted Stock and the right, subject to Section 6 hereof, to receive dividends thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the Lapse Date (as defined below), the Executive shall not be entitled to transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate, assign, or otherwise dispose of or encumber, the shares of Restricted Stock (collectively, the “Transfer Restrictions”).

 

3.                     Vesting and Lapse of Transfer Restrictions .

 

3.1                  The Transfer Restrictions on the Restricted Stock shall lapse and the Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall vest, subject to continued employment, as follows:

 

(i)                    as to 41,666 shares on March 16, 2007;

 

(ii)                  as to 41,667 shares on March 16, 2008; and

 

(iii)                 as to 41,667 shares on March 16, 2009.

 

Each of the foregoing dates is referred to in this Agreement as a “Lapse Date”.

 

3.2                  Notwithstanding Section 3.1, upon the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, the Transfer Restrictions on all of the shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder and then outstanding shall lapse and such shares of Restricted Stock shall vest.

 



 

4.                     Escrow and Delivery of Shares .

 

4.1                  Certificates representing the shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued and held by the Company in escrow and shall remain in the custody of the Company until their delivery to the Executive or the Executive’s estate as set forth in Section 4.2 hereof, subject to the Executive’s delivery of any documents which the Company in its discretion may require as a condition to the issuance of shares and the delivery of shares to the Executive or the Executive’s estate.

 

4.2                  Certificates representing those shares of Restricted Stock in respect of which the Transfer Restrictions have lapsed pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be delivered to the Executive as soon as practicable following the Lapse Date, provided that the Executive has satisfied all applicable Withholding Tax requirements with respect to the Restricted Stock.

 

4.3                  The Executive may receive, hold, sell, or otherwise dispose of those shares delivered to the Executive pursuant to Section 4.2 free and clear of the Transfer Restrictions, but subject to compliance with all federal and state securities laws.

 

4.4                  Prior to the Lapse Date, each stock certificate evidencing shares of Restricted Stock shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“This certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture, restrictions against transfer and rights of repurchase, if applicable) contained in the Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the registered owner of the shares represented hereby and the Company. Release from such terms and conditions shall be made only in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, a copy of which is on file in the office of the Secretary of NTL Incorporated.”

 

4.5                  As soon as practicable following the Lapse Date, the Company shall issue new certificates in respect of the shares that have vested as of the Lapse Date which shall not bear the legend set forth in Section 4.4, which certificates shall be delivered in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof.

 

5.                     Effect of Termination of Employment for any Reason .

 

Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates, if applicable, for any reason, the Executive shall forfeit the shares of Restricted Stock which are then subject to the Transfer Restrictions, and, from and after such forfeiture, such shares of Restricted Stock shall cease to be outstanding and the Executive shall have no rights with respect thereto.

 

2



 

6.                     Voting and Dividend Rights .

 

All dividends declared and paid by the Company on shares of Restricted Stock shall be deferred until the lapsing of the Transfer Restrictions pursuant to Section 3 hereof (and shall be subject to forfeiture upon forfeiture of the shares of Restricted Stock as to which such deferred dividends relate). The deferred dividends shall be held by the Company for the account of the Executive. Upon the Lapse Date, the dividends allocable to the shares of Restricted Stock as to which the Transfer Restrictions have lapsed shall be paid to the Executive (without interest). The Company may require that the Executive invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Stock which shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Restricted Stock granted under this Agreement.

 

7.                     No Right to Continued Employment .

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to confer upon the Executive any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor shall this Agreement interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any such Affiliate to terminate the Executive’s employment at any time.

 

8.                     Withholding of Taxes .

 

The Executive shall pay to the Company, or the Company and the Executive shall agree on such other arrangements necessary for the Executive to pay, the applicable federal, state and local income taxes required by law to be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”), if any, upon the vesting and delivery of the shares. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment of cash to the Executive an amount equal to the Withholding Taxes in satisfaction of the Executive’s obligation to pay Withholding Taxes.

 

9.                     Modification of Agreement .

 

This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

 

10.                  Severability .

 

Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

11.                  Governing Law .

 

The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

3



 

12.                  Successors in Interest; Transfer .

 

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and successors. All obligations imposed upon the Executive and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be binding upon the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and successors. This Agreement is not assignable by the Executive.

 

 

[the remainder of this page is intentionally blank.]

 

4



 

 

NTL INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bryan H. Hall

 

 

Name:

Bryan H Hall

 

Title:

Secretary and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Neil A. Berkett

 

 

Name:

Neil A. Berkett

 

 

 

5


Exhibit 10.8

 

NTL INCORPORATED

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT , dated as of May 26, 2006, between NTL Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Neil R. Smith (the ”Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant to the Executive, and the Executive wishes to accept from the Company, shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “Restricted Stock”), to be granted pursuant to the NTL Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Grant of Restricted Stock .

 

The Company hereby grants to the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts from the Company, 37,500 shares of Restricted Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement is also subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

2.                                        Rights of Executive .

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled, at all times on and after the date that the shares of Restricted Stock are issued, to exercise all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock (whether or not the Transfer Restrictions thereon shall have lapsed), including the right to vote the shares of Restricted Stock and the right, subject to Section 6 hereof, to receive dividends thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the Lapse Date (as defined below), the Executive shall not be entitled to transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate, assign, or otherwise dispose of or encumber, the shares of Restricted Stock (collectively, the “Transfer Restrictions”). The Executive hereby acknowledges that the Company may set policies from time to time on minimum stock holdings of its key executives and such policies, as in effect from time to time, may restrict transfers of vested shares by the Executive. The Executive agrees to comply with these policies and the Company’s insider trading policy as in effect from time to time.

 

3.                                        Vesting and Lapse of Transfer Restrictions .

 

3.1                                  The Transfer Restrictions on the Restricted Stock shall lapse and the Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall vest as follows:

 

(i)                                      as to 25,000 shares on April 15, 2008; and

 

(ii)                                   as to 12,500 shares on April 15, 2009

 

if the performance conditions set forth on Exhibit A hereto have been met.

 

3.2                                  Notwithstanding Section 3.1, upon the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, the Transfer Restrictions on all of the shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder and then outstanding shall lapse and such shares of Restricted Stock shall vest.

 



 

4.                                        Escrow and Delivery of Shares .

 

4.1                                  Certificates representing the shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued and held by the Company in escrow and shall remain in the custody of the Company until their delivery to the Executive or the Executive’s estate as set forth in Section 4.2 hereof, subject to the Executive’s delivery of any documents which the Company in its discretion may require as a condition to the issuance of shares and the delivery of shares to the Executive or the Executive’s estate.

 

4.2                                  Certificates representing those shares of Restricted Stock in respect of which the Transfer Restrictions have lapsed pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be delivered to the Executive as soon as practicable following the Lapse Date, provided that the Executive has satisfied all applicable Withholding Tax requirements with respect to the Restricted Stock.

 

4.3                                  The Executive may receive, hold, sell, or otherwise dispose of those shares delivered to the Executive pursuant to Section 4.2 free and clear of the Transfer Restrictions, but subject to compliance with all federal and state securities laws.

 

4.4                                  Prior to the Lapse Date, each stock certificate evidencing shares of Restricted Stock shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“This certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture, restrictions against transfer and rights of repurchase, if applicable) contained in the Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the registered owner of the shares represented hereby and the Company. Release from such terms and conditions shall be made only in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, a copy of which is on file in the office of the Secretary of NTL Incorporated.”

 

4.5                                  As soon as practicable following the Lapse Date, the Company shall issue new certificates in respect of the shares that have vested as of the Lapse Date which shall not bear the legend set forth in Section 4.4, which certificates shall be delivered in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof.

 

5.                                        Effect of Termination of Employment for any Reason .

 

Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates, if applicable, for any reason, the Executive shall forfeit the shares of Restricted Stock which are then subject to the Transfer Restrictions, and, from and after such forfeiture, such shares of Restricted Stock shall cease to be outstanding and the Executive shall have no rights with respect thereto; provided, that, if the Executive’s employment shall terminate after the end of a fiscal year of the Company and prior to the date of the determination as to whether the performance conditions applicable to such fiscal year have been met, the shares of Restricted Stock subject to vesting in respect of such fiscal year shall remain outstanding following the termination of the Executive’s employment and shall vest or be forfeited when such determination is made, in either case based on such determination.

 

2



 

6.                                        Voting and Dividend Rights .

 

All dividends declared and paid by the Company on shares of Restricted Stock shall be deferred until the lapsing of the Transfer Restrictions pursuant to Section 3 hereof (and shall be subject to forfeiture upon forfeiture of the shares of Restricted Stock as to which such deferred dividends relate). The deferred dividends shall be held by the Company for the account of the Executive. Upon the Lapse Date, the dividends allocable to the shares of Restricted Stock as to which the Transfer Restrictions have lapsed shall be paid to the Executive (without interest). The Company may require that the Executive invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Stock which shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Restricted Stock granted under this Agreement.

 

7.                                        No Right to Continued Employment .

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to confer upon the Executive any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor shall this Agreement interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any such Affiliate to terminate the Executive’s employment at any time.

 

8.                                        Withholding of Taxes .

 

The Executive shall pay to the Company, or the Company and the Executive shall agree on such other arrangements necessary for the Executive to pay, the applicable federal, state and local income taxes required by law to be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”), if any, upon the vesting and delivery of the shares. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment of cash to the Executive an amount equal to the Withholding Taxes in satisfaction of the Executive’s obligation to pay Withholding Taxes.

 

9.                                        Modification of Agreement .

 

This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

 

10.                                  Severability .

 

Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

11.                                  Governing Law .

 

The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof which might result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

3



 

12.                                  Successors in Interest; Transfer .

 

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and successors. All obligations imposed upon the Executive and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be binding upon the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and successors. This Agreement is not assignable by the Executive.

 

 

[the remainder of this page is intentionally blank.]

 

4



 

 

NTL INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bryan H. Hall

 

 

Name:

Bryan H Hall

 

Title:

Secretary and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Neil R. Smith

 

 

Name:

Neil R. Smith

 

 

 

5



 

Exhibit A

 

Performance Conditions

 

The satisfactory performance of the Executive in his role as Integration Director as determined by the Chief Executive Officer and the Compensation Committee.

 

6


Exhibit 10.9

 

NTL INCORPORATED

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT , dated as of May 26, 2006, between NTL Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Malcolm Wall (the ”Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant to the Executive, and the Executive wishes to accept from the Company, shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “Restricted Stock”), to be granted pursuant to the NTL Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Grant of Restricted Stock .

 

The Company hereby grants to the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts from the Company, 125,000 shares of Restricted Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement is also subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

2.                                        Rights of Executive .

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled, at all times on and after the date that the shares of Restricted Stock are issued, to exercise all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock (whether or not the Transfer Restrictions thereon shall have lapsed), including the right to vote the shares of Restricted Stock and the right, subject to Section 6 hereof, to receive dividends thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the Lapse Date (as defined below), the Executive shall not be entitled to transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate, assign, or otherwise dispose of or encumber, the shares of Restricted Stock (collectively, the “Transfer Restrictions”). The Executive hereby acknowledges that the Company may set policies from time to time on minimum stock holdings of its key executives and such policies, as in effect from time to time, may restrict transfers of vested shares by the Executive. The Executive agrees to comply with these policies and the Company’s insider trading policy as in effect from time to time.

 

3.                                        Vesting and Lapse of Transfer Restrictions .

 

3.1                                  The Transfer Restrictions on the Restricted Stock shall lapse and the Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall vest as follows:

 

(i)                                      as to 41,666 shares if performance conditions established by the Company in respect of the Company’s content division for the 2006 fiscal year have been met, so long as the Executive has remained continuously employed by the Company from the date of commencement of his employment through December 31, 2006;

 

(ii)                                   as to 41,667 shares if the performance conditions established by the Company in respect of the Company’s content division for the 2007 fiscal year have been met, so long as the Executive has remained continuously employed by the Company from the date of commencement of his employment through December 31, 2007; and

 

(iii)                                as to 41,667 shares if the performance conditions established by the Company in respect of the Company’s content division for the 2008 fiscal year have been met, so long as the Executive has remained continuously employed by the Company from the date of commencement of his employment through December 31, 2008.

 



 

The Committee shall meet to determine whether such performance conditions have been met promptly after the completion by the Company of the financial reports or other information in respect of an applicable fiscal year necessary to make such determination. The restrictions on the shares of Restricted Stock subject to this Section 3.1 shall lapse on the date that the Committee determines that the applicable performance conditions have been met in respect of an applicable fiscal year (such date, the “Lapse Date”), and the shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited if the Committee determines that such performance conditions have not been met. In no event shall the date of such determination occur later than the fiscal year immediately following the fiscal year to which the performance conditions relate. The date of determination is expected to occur by April 30 of each year, but extenuating or other circumstances may apply which may result in an extended date.

 

3.2                                  Notwithstanding Section 3.1, upon the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, the Transfer Restrictions on all of the shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder and then outstanding shall lapse and such shares of Restricted Stock shall vest.

 

4.                                        Escrow and Delivery of Shares .

 

4.1                                  Certificates representing the shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued and held by the Company in escrow and shall remain in the custody of the Company until their delivery to the Executive or the Executive’s estate as set forth in Section 4.2 hereof, subject to the Executive’s delivery of any documents which the Company in its discretion may require as a condition to the issuance of shares and the delivery of shares to the Executive or the Executive’s estate.

 

4.2                                  Certificates representing those shares of Restricted Stock in respect of which the Transfer Restrictions have lapsed pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be delivered to the Executive as soon as practicable following the Lapse Date, provided that the Executive has satisfied all applicable Withholding Tax requirements with respect to the Restricted Stock.

 

4.3                                  The Executive may receive, hold, sell, or otherwise dispose of those shares delivered to the Executive pursuant to Section 4.2 free and clear of the Transfer Restrictions, but subject to compliance with all federal and state securities laws.

 

4.4                                  Prior to the Lapse Date, each stock certificate evidencing shares of Restricted Stock shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“This certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture, restrictions against transfer and rights of repurchase, if applicable) contained in the Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the registered owner of the shares represented hereby and the Company. Release from such terms and conditions shall be made only in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, a copy of which is on file in the office of the Secretary of NTL Incorporated.”

 

4.5                                  As soon as practicable following the Lapse Date, the Company shall issue new certificates in respect of the shares that have vested as of the Lapse Date which shall not bear the legend set forth in Section 4.4, which certificates shall be delivered in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof.

 

2



 

5.                                        Effect of Termination of Employment for any Reason .

 

Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates, if applicable, for any reason, the Executive shall forfeit the shares of Restricted Stock which are then subject to the Transfer Restrictions, and, from and after such forfeiture, such shares of Restricted Stock shall cease to be outstanding and the Executive shall have no rights with respect thereto; provided, that, if the Executive’s employment shall terminate after the end of a fiscal year of the Company and prior to the date of the determination as to whether the performance conditions applicable to such fiscal year have been met, the shares of Restricted Stock subject to vesting in respect of such fiscal year shall remain outstanding following the termination of the Executive’s employment and shall vest or be forfeited when such determination is made, in either case based on such determination.

 

6.                                        Voting and Dividend Rights .

 

All dividends declared and paid by the Company on shares of Restricted Stock shall be deferred until the lapsing of the Transfer Restrictions pursuant to Section 3 hereof (and shall be subject to forfeiture upon forfeiture of the shares of Restricted Stock as to which such deferred dividends relate). The deferred dividends shall be held by the Company for the account of the Executive. Upon the Lapse Date, the dividends allocable to the shares of Restricted Stock as to which the Transfer Restrictions have lapsed shall be paid to the Executive (without interest). The Company may require that the Executive invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Stock which shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Restricted Stock granted under this Agreement.

 

7.                                        No Right to Continued Employment .

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to confer upon the Executive any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor shall this Agreement interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any such Affiliate to terminate the Executive’s employment at any time.

 

8.                                        Withholding of Taxes .

 

The Executive shall pay to the Company, or the Company and the Executive shall agree on such other arrangements necessary for the Executive to pay, the applicable federal, state and local income taxes required by law to be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”), if any, upon the vesting and delivery of the shares. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment of cash to the Executive an amount equal to the Withholding Taxes in satisfaction of the Executive’s obligation to pay Withholding Taxes.

 

9.                                        Modification of Agreement .

 

This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

 

3



 

10.                                  Severability .

 

Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

11.                                  Governing Law .

 

The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof which might result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

12.                                  Successors in Interest; Transfer .

 

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and successors. All obligations imposed upon the Executive and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be binding upon the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and successors. This Agreement is not assignable by the Executive.

 

 

[the remainder of this page is intentionally blank.]

 

4



 

 

NTL INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bryan H. Hall

 

 

Name:

Bryan H Hall

 

Title:

Secretary and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Malcolm Wall

 

 

Name:

Malcolm Wall

 

 

 

5


Exhibit 10.10

 

NTL INCORPORATED 2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
(As Amended and Restated as of June 15, 2006)

 

1.      Purpose; Construction.

 

This NTL Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to encourage stock ownership by employees, directors and independent contractors of NTL Incorporated (the “Corporation”) and its divisions and subsidiary and parent corporations and other affiliates, so that they may acquire or increase their proprietary interest in the Corporation, and to encourage such employees, directors and independent contractors to remain in the employ or service of the Corporation or its affiliates and to put forth maximum efforts for the success of the business. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Corporation may grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Share Awards (each as hereinafter defined).

 

2.      Definitions.

 

As used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated:

 

(a)   An “ Acceleration Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs in this Section 2(a) shall have occurred:

 

(1)   any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Corporation) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (a) of Paragraph (3) below; or

 

(2)   the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Corporation) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

 

(3)   there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation with any other corporation, other than (a) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (b) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Corporation (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Corporation) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(4)   the stockholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such sale.

 



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an “Acceleration Event” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the common stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

(b)   ” Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

 

(c)   ” Affiliated Entity ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4 hereof.

 

(d)   ” Agreement ” shall mean a written or electronic agreement between the Corporation and a Participant evidencing the grant of an Option or Award and setting forth the terms and conditions thereof.

 

(e)   ” Award ” shall mean a grant of Restricted Stock, a Restricted Stock Unit, a Share Award or any or all of them.

 

(f)    ” Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall not be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of any securities which are properly filed on a Form 13-G.

 

(g)   ” Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(h)   ” Cause ” shall mean as follows: (a) in the case of a Participant whose employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary Corporation is subject to the terms of an employment agreement which includes a definition of “Cause”, the term “Cause” as used in this Plan or any Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in such employment agreement during the period that such employment agreement remains in effect, and (b) in all other cases, the term “Cause” as used in this Plan or any Agreement shall mean (i) an intentional failure to perform reasonably assigned duties, (ii) dishonesty or willful misconduct in the performance of duties, (iii) involvement in a transaction in connection with the performance of duties to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiary Corporations which transaction is adverse to the interests of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiary Corporations and which is engaged in for personal profit or (iv) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation in connection with the performance of duties (other than traffic violations or similar offenses).

 

(i)    ” Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any reference to the Code shall include all treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(j)    ” Committee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

 

(k)   ” Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation.

 

(l)    ” Disability ” shall mean as follows: (1) in the case of a Participant whose employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary Corporation is subject to the terms of an employment agreement which includes a definition of “Disability”, the term “Disability” as used in this Plan or any Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in such employment agreement during the period that such employment agreement remains in effect, and (2) in all other cases, the term “Disability” as used in this Plan or any Agreement shall have the same meaning as the term “Disability” as used in the Corporation’s long-term disability plan, or, if the Corporation has no long-term disability plan, shall mean a Participant’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; provided, however, that when used in connection with the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option following termination of employment, the term “Disability” as used in this Plan or any Agreement shall mean a disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(m)  ” Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

2



 

(n)   ” Fair Market Value ” per Share as of a particular date shall mean (i) if the Shares are then traded in a stock exchange, on an over-the-counter market, or otherwise, (x) the closing price for the Shares in such market on such date or the immediately preceding date, (y) the average of the high and low sales price for the shares in such market on such date or the immediate preceding date or (z) if there were no such sales on the particular date, but there were such sales of Common Stock on dates within a reasonable period both before and after the particular date, the weighted average of the closing sale prices on the nearest date before and nearest date after the particular date, (ii) if the provisions of (i) of this subsection (n) are inapplicable because actual sales are not available during a reasonable period beginning before and ending after the particular date, the average between the bona fide bid and asked prices on the particular date, or if none, the weighted average of the means between the bona fide bid and asked prices on the nearest trading date before and the nearest trading date after the particular date, if both such nearest dates are within a reasonable period, (iii) if the provisions of (i) and (ii) of this subsection (n) are inapplicable because no actual sale prices or bona fide bid and asked prices are available on a date within a reasonable period before the particular date, but such prices are available on a date within a reasonable period after the valuation date, or vice versa, then the average between the highest and lowest available sales prices or bid and asked prices, or (iv) if the Committee believes the value of the Common Stock determined under (i), (ii) or (iii) of this subsection (n) does not reflect the fair market value on the particular date, such value as the Committee in its discretion may determine.

 

(o)   ” Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, and that is designated in the applicable Agreement as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(p)   ” Nonqualified Stock Option ” shall mean any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option, including any Option that provides (as of the time such Option is granted) that it will not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)   ” Option ” shall mean an option to purchase Shares.

 

(r)   ” Parent Corporation ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the employer corporation if, at the time of granting an Option or Award, each of the corporations other than the employer corporation owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(s)   ” Participant ” shall mean a person to whom an Award or Option has been granted under the Plan.

 

(t)    The terms “Performance Award,” “Performance Cycle,” “Performance Objectives,” and “Covered Employee” shall have the meanings set forth in Section 10 hereof.

 

(u)   ” Person ” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation.

 

(v)   ” Restricted Stock ” shall mean Shares issued or transferred to an Eligible Individual (as defined in Section 4) pursuant to Section 7.

 

(w)  ” Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean rights granted to an Eligible Individual (as defined in Section 4) pursuant to Section 7 representing a number of hypothetical Shares.

 

(x)   ” Rule 16b-3 ” shall mean Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (or any other comparable provisions in effect at the time or times in question).

 

(y)   ” Share Award ” shall mean an Award of Shares granted pursuant to Section 8.

 

3



 

(z)   ” Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock and any other securities into which such shares are changed or for which such shares are exchanged.

 

(aa) ” Subsidiary Corporation ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the employer corporation if, at the time of granting an Option or Award, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

3.      Administration.

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) or such other committee appointed either by the Board or by the Compensation Committee (the committee that administers the Plan, the “Committee”); provided, however, to the extent determined necessary to satisfy the requirements for exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to the acquisition or disposition of securities hereunder or the requirements for exemption from Section 162(m) of the Code, action by the Committee shall be by a subcommittee of a committee of the Board composed solely of two or more “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and “outside directors” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code, appointed by the Board or by the Committee. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent determined to be necessary to satisfy an exemption under Rule 16b-3 with respect to a grant hereunder (and, as applicable, with respect to the disposition to the Corporation of a security hereunder), or as otherwise determined advisable by the Committee, the terms of such grant and disposition under the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Board. Any approval of the Board, as provided in the preceding sentence, shall not otherwise limit or restrict the authority of the Committee to make grants under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the mere fact that a member of the Committee shall fail to qualify as a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 or as an “outside director” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code shall not invalidate any Option or Award granted by the Committee, which Option or Award is otherwise validly made under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority and discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to: (1) grant Options and Awards; (2) interpret and administer the Plan, (3) resolve any ambiguity, reconcile any inconsistency, correct any default or deficiency and/or supply any omission in the Plan or any instrument or agreement relating thereto, (4) determine the purchase price of the Shares covered by each Option (the “Option Price”); (5) determine the type or types of Options and Awards to be granted; (6) determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options and Awards shall be granted; (7) determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Option and Award; (8) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (9) determine the terms and provisions of the Agreements (which need not be identical) entered into in connection with Options and Awards granted under the Plan; and (10) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. In certain circumstances, the powers of the Committee under the Plan may be exercised by the “independent directors” of the Board within the meaning of NASDAQ Rule 4200(a)(15). The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more agents such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Option or Award or any documents evidencing any and all Options and Awards shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time pursuant to the Plan and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties, including, without limitation, the Corporation, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Options and Awards, and any shareholder of the Corporation. The Board shall fill all vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Board may from time to time appoint additional members to the Committee, and may at any time remove one or more members of the Committee and substitute others. One member of the Committee may be selected by the Board as chairman. The Committee shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. All determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members either present in person or participating by conference telephone at any meeting or by written consent. The Committee may appoint a secretary and make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable, and shall keep minutes of its meetings. No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for

 

4



 

any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option or Award granted hereunder.

 

4.      Eligibility.

 

Options and Awards may be granted (i) to employees (including, without limitation, (x) officers and directors who are employees and (y) any individual to whom a formal written offer of employment has been extended) and directors (who are not employees) of the Corporation, including its present or future divisions, and Subsidiary Corporations and Parent Corporations; (ii) to employees of an affiliated entity of the Corporation (an “Affiliated Entity”) which is designated by the Board to participate in the Plan; and (iii) to independent contractors of the Corporation, including its present or future divisions, Subsidiary Corporations, Parent Corporations or Affiliated Entities ((i), (ii) and (iii) collectively, “Eligible Individuals”). In determining the persons to whom Options and Awards shall be granted and the number of Shares to be covered by each Option and Award, the Committee shall take into account the duties of the respective persons, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Corporation and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purpose of the Plan. A Participant shall be eligible to receive more than one grant of an Option or Award during the term of the Plan, but only on the terms and subject to the restrictions hereinafter set forth.

 

5.      Stock.

 

Shares shall be subject to Options and Awards hereunder. Such Shares may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares that shall have been or that may be reacquired by the Corporation. The aggregate number of Shares as to which Options and Awards may be granted from time to time under the Plan shall not exceed 29,000,000, all of which may be subject to Incentive Stock Options. The limitation established by the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6(j) and Section 9 hereof. The aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Options and Awards may be granted to any individual Participant during the Corporation’s fiscal year shall not exceed 4,000,000. In the event that any portion of an outstanding Option or Award under the Plan for any reason expires or is canceled, surrendered, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without having been exercised or settled for the full number of Shares subject thereto, the Shares allocable to such portion (including, if applicable, all shares subject to the Option or Award) shall (unless the Plan shall have been terminated) become available for subsequent grants of Options and Awards under the Plan. In addition, if any Option is exercised by tendering Shares, either actually or by attestation, to the Corporation as full or partial payment of the exercise price, the maximum number of Shares available under the Plan shall be increased by the number of Shares so tendered.

 

6.      Terms and Conditions of Options.

 

Each Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Agreement, which shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)     Number of Shares.     Each Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option shall state the number of Shares to which the Option relates.

 

(b)     Type of Option.     Each Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option shall specifically identify the Option as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

(c)     Option Price.     Each Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option shall state the Option Price, which shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Option Price shall in no event be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share at the time of grant. The Option Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 6(j) and 9 hereof. An Option shall be considered to be granted on the date designated by the Committee in the resolution authorizing the grant of such Option.

 

(d)     Medium and Time of Payment.     Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Option period by giving written notice of exercise to the Corporation specifying the number of Shares to be

 

5



 

purchased, accompanied by payment of the Option Price. Payment of the Option Price shall be made in such manner as the Committee may provide in the Agreement evidencing the grant of the Option, which may include cash (including cash equivalents, such as by certified or bank check payable to the Corporation), delivery of unrestricted Shares that have been owned by the Participant or, as applicable, a permissible transferee (as provided in Section 6(i)) for at least six months, by means of any cashless exercise procedure approved by the Committee as permitted by law (including the withholding of Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise), any other manner determined by the Committee as permitted by law, or any combination of the foregoing.

 

(e)     Term and Exercise of Options.     Options shall be exercisable over the exercise period as and at the times and upon the conditions that the Committee may determine, as reflected in the Agreement; provided, however, that the Committee shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate; provided, further, that such exercise period of a Nonqualified Stock Option shall not exceed eleven (11) years from the date of grant of such option; provided, further, that such exercise period of an Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant of such option. The exercise period shall be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 6(g) hereof. An Option may be exercised, as to any or all full Shares as to which the Option has become exercisable, by giving written notice of such exercise to the Corporation’s Option administrator or to such individual(s) as the Committee may from time to time designate.

 

(f)     Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.     To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and any other stock option plan of the Corporation shall exceed $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. Such Fair Market Value shall be determined as of the date on which each such Incentive Stock Option is granted. In applying the limitation in the preceding two sentences in the case of multiple Option grants, Options which were intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options according to the order in which they were granted such that the most recently granted Options are first treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to an individual if, at the time of the proposed grant, such individual owns (or is deemed to own under the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation unless (1) the Option Price of such Incentive Stock Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted and (2) such Incentive Stock Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

(g)     Termination.     Except as provided in this Section 6(g) and in Section 6(h) hereof or in the Agreement, an Option may not be exercised by the Participant to whom it was granted or by a transferee to whom such Option was transferred (as provided in Section 6(i)) unless the Participant is then in the employ or service of the Corporation or a division or any corporation which was, at the time of grant of such Option, a Subsidiary Corporation or Parent Corporation thereof (or a corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary Corporation of such corporation issuing or assuming the Option in a corporate transaction) or an Affiliated Entity, and unless the Participant has remained continuously so employed or continuously performing such service since the date of grant of the Option. Unless otherwise provided in the Agreement, in the event that the employment or service of a Participant shall terminate (other than by reason of death, Disability or retirement), all Options granted to such Participant or transferred by such Participant (as provided in Section 6(i)) that are exercisable at the time of such termination may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised by the Participant or by a transferee within three (3) months after such termination, but not beyond the expiration of the term of the Option; provided, however, that if the employment or service of a Participant shall terminate for Cause, all Options theretofore granted to such Participant or transferred by such Participant (as provided in Section 6(i)) that are exercisable at the time of such termination shall, to the extent not theretofore exercised, terminate. Nothing in the Plan or in any Agreement shall confer upon an individual any right to continue in the employ or service of the Corporation or any of its divisions, Parent Corporations, Subsidiary Corporations or Affiliated Entities or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or any such division, Parent Corporation, Subsidiary Corporation or Affiliated Entity to terminate such employment or service. The Committee may, in an Agreement or thereafter, provide for additional periods to exercise Options following a termination of a Participant’s employment or change in such Participant’s status of employment arising by reason of the sale of a Subsidiary Corporation or a division of the Corporation or a Subsidiary Corporation.

 

6



 

(h)     Death, Disability or Retirement of Participant.     Unless otherwise provided in the Agreement, if a Participant shall die while employed by or performing services for the Corporation or a division thereof or any corporation which was, at the time of grant of such Option, a Subsidiary Corporation or Parent Corporation thereof (or a corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary Corporation of such corporation issuing or assuming the Option in a corporate transaction) or an Affiliated Entity, or within three (3) months after the termination of such Participant’s employment or service, other than for Cause, or if the Participant’s employment or service shall terminate by reason of Disability or retirement (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), all Options theretofore granted to such Participant or transferred by such Participant (as provided in Section 6(i)), to the extent otherwise exercisable at the time of death or termination of employment or service, may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised by the Participant or by the Participant’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Option by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by reason of the death or Disability of the Participant, or by a transferee (as provided in Section 6(i)), at any time within one year after the date of death, Disability or retirement of the Participant, but not beyond the expiration of the term of the Option.

 

(i)     Nontransferability of Options.     Unless otherwise provided in the Agreement and except as provided in this Section 6(i), and in any event in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, no Option granted hereunder shall be transferable by the Participant to whom it was granted, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and the Option may be exercised during the lifetime of such Participant only by the Participant or such Participant’s guardian or legal representative. To the extent the Agreement so provides, and subject to such conditions as the Committee may prescribe, a Participant may, upon providing written notice to the General Counsel of the Corporation, elect to transfer the Nonqualified Stock Options granted to such Participant pursuant to such agreement, without consideration therefor, to members of his or her “immediate family” (as defined below), to a trust or trusts maintained solely for the benefit of the Participant and/or the members of his or her immediate family, or to a partnership or partnerships whose only partners are the Participant and/or the members of his or her immediate family. Any purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer, or encumbrance that does not qualify as a permissible transfer under this Section 6(i) shall be void and unenforceable against the Plan and the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 6(i), the term “immediate family” shall mean, with respect to a particular Participant, the Participant’s spouse, children or grandchildren, and such other persons as may be determined by the Committee. The terms of any such Option and the Plan shall be binding upon a permissible transferee, and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Participant and, as applicable, a permissible transferee.

 

(j)     Effect of Certain Changes.

 

(1)     Effect of Acceleration Event.     Unless otherwise provided in an Agreement, if there is an Acceleration Event while unexercised Options remain outstanding under the Plan, then from and after the date of the Acceleration Event (the “Acceleration Date”), all Options that have not expired or terminated in accordance with the Plan or an Agreement shall be exercisable in full, whether or not otherwise exercisable.

 

(2)     Effect of Certain Other Changes.     Unless otherwise provided in an Agreement, in the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, in the event of any corporate separation or division, including, but not limited to, split-up, split-off or spin-off, or in the event of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation (a “Transaction”), the Committee (1) may authorize the redemption of the unexercised portion of an Option for a consideration per share of Common Stock equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the consideration payable per share of Common Stock in connection which such transaction, over (ii) the Option Price (and any Option so redeemed shall terminate upon the making of such payment), (2) may provide that the holder of each Option shall, prior to such action or transaction (but conditioned upon the occurrence thereof), have the right to exercise such Option (at its then Option Price) or (3) may equitably adjust outstanding Options in such other manner as it deems appropriate.

 

(k)     Rights as a Stockholder.     A Participant or a transferee of an Option shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate to him for such

 

7



 

Shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distribution of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9 hereof.

 

7.      Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a)     Restricted Stock.     Each Award of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Agreement, which shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine and (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) such Agreement may require that an appropriate legend be placed on Share certificates. Awards of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the terms and provisions set forth below in this Section 7(a) and in Section 7(c).

 

(1)     Rights of Participant.     Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to an Award hereunder shall be issued in the name of the Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after the Award is granted, provided that the Participant has executed an Agreement evidencing the Award, the appropriate blank stock powers and, in the discretion of the Committee, an escrow agreement and any other documents which the Committee may require as a condition to the issuance of such Shares. At the discretion of the Committee, Shares issued in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock shall be deposited together with the stock powers with an escrow agent (which may be the Corporation) designated by the Committee. Unless the Committee determines otherwise and as set forth in the Agreement, upon delivery of the Shares to the escrow agent, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares.

 

(2)     Non-transferability.     Until all restrictions upon the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall have lapsed in the manner set forth in Section 7(a)(3), such Shares shall not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and shall not be pledged or otherwise hypothecated.

 

(3)     Lapse of Restrictions.

 

(i)     Generally.     Subject to the provisions of Section 7(c), restrictions upon Shares of Restricted Stock awarded hereunder shall lapse at such time or times and on such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. The Agreement evidencing the Award shall set forth any such restrictions.

 

(ii)     Effect of Acceleration Event.     Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant and set forth in the Agreement evidencing the Award of Restricted Stock, if there is an Acceleration Event while Shares of Restricted Stock remain outstanding under the Plan, all of the restrictions on such Shares of Restricted Stock shall lapse.

 

(4)     Treatment of Dividends.     At the time an Award of Restricted Stock is granted, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the payment to the Participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on such Shares by the Corporation shall be (i) deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Shares and (ii) held by the Corporation for the account of the Participant until such time. In the event that dividends are to be deferred, the Committee shall determine whether such dividends are to be reinvested in Shares (which shall be held as additional Shares of Restricted Stock) or held in cash. If deferred dividends are to be held in cash, there may be credited interest on the amount of the account at such times and at a rate per annum as the Committee, in its discretion, may determine. Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock (whether held in cash or as additional Shares of Restricted Stock), together with interest accrued thereon, if any, shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Shares in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred (together with any interest accrued thereon) in respect of any Shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Shares.

 

8



 

(5)     Delivery of Shares.     Upon the lapse of the restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate or evidence of book entry Shares to be delivered to the Participant with respect to such Shares of Restricted Stock, free of all restrictions hereunder.

 

(b)     Restricted Stock Unit Awards.     Each Award of Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Agreement, which shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine. Awards of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the terms and provisions set forth below in this Section 7(b) and in Section 7(c).

 

(1)     Payment of Awards.     Each Restricted Stock Unit shall represent the right of the Participant to receive, upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit or on any later date specified by the Committee, either (i) a number of Shares set forth in an Agreement or (ii) an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares.

 

(2)     Effect of Acceleration Event.     Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant and set forth in the Agreement evidencing the Award of Restricted Stock Units, if there is an Acceleration Event while Restricted Stock Units remain outstanding under the Plan, all Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested.

 

(c)     Effect of a Termination of Employment.     The Agreement evidencing the grant of each Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall set forth the terms and conditions applicable to such Award upon a termination of employment with, or service as a director of, the Corporation or a division or any Subsidiary Corporation, Parent Corporation or Affiliated Entity, which shall be as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine at the time the Award is granted or thereafter.

 

(d)     Effect of a Transaction.     In the event of a Transaction, the Awards issued hereunder shall continue in effect in accordance with their respective terms, except that following a Transaction either (i) each outstanding Award shall be treated as provided for in the agreement entered into in connection with the Transaction or (ii) if not so provided for in such agreement, each holder of an Award shall be entitled to receive in respect of each Share subject to any outstanding Awards, as the case may be, payment or transfer in respect of any Award, the same number and kind of stock, securities, cash, property or other consideration that each holder of a Share was entitled to receive in the Transaction in respect of a Share; provided, however, that such stock, securities, cash, property, or other consideration shall remain subject to all of the conditions, restrictions and performance criteria which were applicable to the Awards prior to such Transaction.

 

8.      Terms and Conditions of Share Awards.

 

The Committee may grant a Share Award to any Eligible Individual on such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion. Share Awards may be made as additional compensation for services rendered by the Eligible Individual or may be in lieu of cash or other compensation to which the Eligible Individual is entitled from the Corporation.

 

9.      Effect of Certain Changes.

 

If there is any change in the number of Shares through the declaration of stock or cash dividends, or recapitalization resulting in stock splits or reverse stock splits, or combinations or exchanges of such Shares, or other corporate actions or transactions affecting the capitalization of the Corporation, the aggregate number of Shares available for Options and Awards, the aggregate number of Options and Awards that may be granted to any person in any calendar year, the number of such Shares covered by outstanding Options and Awards, and the Option Price of outstanding Options shall be proportionately adjusted by the Committee to reflect any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares so as to in the Committee’s judgment and sole discretion prevent the diminution or enlargement of the benefits intended by the Plan; provided, however, that any fractional Shares resulting from such adjustment shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. In the event of any other extraordinary corporate transaction,

 

9



 

including but not limited to distributions of cash or other property to the Corporation’s shareholders, the Committee may equitably adjust outstanding Options and Awards as it deems appropriate.

 

The decision whether or not to make adjustments and such adjustments, if any, made by the Committee, shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

10.    Compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(a)     Grants of Performance Awards.     Unless otherwise set forth in an Agreement, all Options granted under the Plan are intended to constitute Performance Awards. In addition, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide in Agreements evidencing other Awards granted to Covered Employees under the Plan that such Awards are intended to constitute Performance Awards; provided, however, that if the Committee determines that a Participant to whom such an Award has been granted has ceased to be a Covered Employee prior to settlement of such Award, such Award shall no longer be a Performance Award and the provisions of this Section 10 shall no longer apply to such Award.

 

(b)     Enumeration of Performance Objectives.     Performance Awards other than Options shall be payable solely on account of the attainment of one or more of the following performance objectives (the “ Performance Objectives ”) during a specified period of time (the “ Performance Cycle ”) as designated by the Committee: (i) consolidated earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), (ii) net income, (iii) operating income, (iv) earnings per share, (v) book value per share, (vi) return on shareholder’s equity, (vii) expense management, (viii) return on investment, (ix) improvement in capital structure, (x) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product, (xi) maintenance or improvement of product margins, (xii) stock price, (xiii) market share, (xiv) revenue or sales, (xv) costs, (xvi) cash flow, (xvii) working capital or capital expenditures, (xviii) return on assets, (xix) total shareholder return or (xx) any combination of the foregoing. The Committee may, in its discretion, apply Performance Objectives to Options granted under the Plan. Performance Objectives may be in respect of performance of the Company, any of its Subsidiary Corporations, any of its divisions or any combination thereof. Performance Objectives may be absolute or relative (to prior performance or to the performance of one or more other entities or objective indices or benchmarks) and may be expressed in terms of a progression within a specific range.

 

(c)     Establishment of Performance Objectives.     The Performance Objectives with respect to a Performance Cycle shall be established in writing by the Committee by the earlier of (i) the date on which 25% of the Performance Cycle has elapsed and (ii) the date which is ninety (90) days after the commencement of the Performance Cycle, and in any event while satisfaction of the Performance Objectives remains substantially uncertain.

 

(d)     Determination of Performance.     Following the completion of the applicable Performance Cycle and prior to the vesting or settlement of any Performance Award granted to a Participant which is subject to Performance Objectives, the Committee shall certify in writing the extent to which the applicable Performance Objectives have been satisfied. To the extent set forth in the Agreement evidencing a Performance Award, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, reduce the amount of cash paid or number of Shares issued upon settlement of a Performance Award.

 

(e)     Effect of Certain Events.

 

(1)   Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at the time the Performance Objectives in respect of a Performance Award are established, performance with respect to a Performance Award shall be automatically adjusted during the applicable Performance Cycle to omit the effects of extraordinary items, gain or loss on the disposal of a business segment, unusual or infrequently occurring events and transactions that have been publicly disclosed and the cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (to the extent applicable). In addition, at the time of the granting of a Performance Award, or at any time thereafter, the Committee may provide for the manner in which performance will be measured against the Performance

 

10



 

Objectives (or may adjust the Performance Objectives) to reflect the impact of specified corporate transactions (such as a stock split or stock dividend), special charges and tax law changes.

 

(2)   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, Performance Awards shall at all times be administered in compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Committee shall not be entitled to exercise any discretion otherwise authorized under the Plan with respect to Performance Awards if the ability to exercise such discretion or the exercise of such discretion itself would cause the compensation attributable to such Awards to fail to qualify as Performance Awards (including, without limitation, the discretion to increase the amount of compensation payable upon the attainment of Performance Objectives).

 

(f)     Definitions.     For purposes of this Section 10:

 

(1)     ”Performance Award ”    means awards the compensation payable with respect to which is intended to consist of “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(1)     ”Covered Employee ”    means a Participant who the Committee deems is or may become a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder for the year in which the vesting or settlement of a Performance Award may result in remuneration to the Participant that would not be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Code but for the designation of an Option or Award granted hereunder as a Performance Award.

 

11.    Agreement by Participant Regarding Withholding Taxes.

 

The Corporation or any Subsidiary Corporation, Parent Corporation or Affiliated Entity shall withhold from any payment of cash or Shares to a Participant or other person under the Plan an amount sufficient to cover any withholding taxes which may become required with respect to such payment or shall take any other action as it deems necessary to satisfy any income or other tax withholding requirements in respect of any Option or Award. The Corporation or any Subsidiary Corporation, Parent Corporation or Affiliated Entity shall have the right to require the payment of any such taxes and require that any person furnish information deemed necessary by the Corporation or any Subsidiary Corporation, Parent Corporation or Affiliated Entity to meet any tax reporting obligation as a condition to exercise or before making any payment pursuant to an Award or Option. With the approval of the Committee, a Participant may, in satisfaction of his or her obligation to pay withholding taxes in connection with the exercise, vesting or other settlement of an Option or Award, elect to have withheld a portion of the Shares then issuable to him or her having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Fractional share amounts shall be settled in cash. Such an election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the Shares to be delivered pursuant to an Option or Award.

 

12.    Rights as an Employee.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any instrument executed pursuant to the Plan will confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or affect the right of the Corporation to terminate the employment of any Participant at any time with or without Cause.

 

13.    Other Provisions.

 

The Agreements authorized under the Plan shall contain such other provisions, including, without limitation, the imposition of restrictions upon the exercise of an Option or the transfer of Shares underlying an Option and the inclusion of any condition as the Committee shall deem advisable.

 

11



 

14.    Term of Plan.

 

Options and Awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan from time to time within a period of ten (10) years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. The date of such adoption was May 18, 2006.

 

15.    Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

The Committee at any time and from time to time may suspend, terminate, modify or amend the Plan. No suspension, termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any Option or Award previously granted, unless the written consent of the Participant or, as applicable, a permissible transferee (as provided in Section 6(i)) is obtained.

 

16.    Interpretation.

 

The Plan is designed and intended, to the extent applicable, to comply with Rule 16b-3 and all provisions hereof and to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, Section 409A of the Code and any other applicable law and shall be construed in a manner to so comply. Notwithstanding this or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may amend the Plan in any manner, or take any other action, that it determines, in its reasonable discretion exercised in good faith, is necessary, appropriate or advisable to cause the Plan and Awards granted thereunder to comply with Section 409A and any guidance issued thereunder. Any such action, once taken, shall be deemed to be effective from the earliest date necessary to avoid a violation of Section 409A and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Participants and other individuals having or claiming any right or interest under the Plan

 

17.    Effect of Headings.

 

The section and subsection headings contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

18.    Regulations and Other Approvals; Governing Law.

 

(a)   Except as to matters of federal law, the Plan and the rights of all persons claiming hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

(b)   The obligation of the Corporation to sell or deliver Shares with respect to Options and Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

 

(c)   The Board may make such changes as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the rules and regulations of any government authority, or to obtain for Eligible Individuals granted Incentive Stock Options the tax benefits under the applicable provisions of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d)   Each Option and Award is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Shares issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Option or Award or the issuance of Shares, no Options or Awards shall be granted or payment made or Shares issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions as acceptable to the Committee.

 

(e)   Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or any Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Shares shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act and Rule 144 or other

 

12



 

regulations thereunder. The Committee may require any individual receiving Shares pursuant to an Option or Award granted under the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares, to represent and warrant to the Corporation in writing that the Shares acquired by such individual are acquired without a view to any distribution thereof and will not be sold or transferred other than pursuant to an effective registration thereof under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption applicable under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The certificates evidencing any such Shares shall be appropriately amended or have an appropriate legend placed thereon to reflect their status as restricted securities as aforesaid.

 

19.    Effective Date of Plan.

 

The effective date of the Plan shall be as determined by the Board, subject only to the approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the securities of the Corporation present, or represented, and entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders duly held in accordance with the applicable laws of the State of Delaware within twelve (12) months of the adoption of the Plan by the Board. Such stockholder approval was obtained on May 18, 2006. From and after May 18, 2006, no further awards shall be granted under the Amended and Restated NTL 2004 Stock Incentive Plan or the NTL Incorporated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (formerly the Telewest Global, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan).

 

13


 

Exhibit 10.15

 

Terms & Conditions of Employment

 

Executive

 

 

Between ntl Group Ltd of ntl House, Bartley Wood Business Park, Bartley Way, Hook, Hampshire, RG27 9UP ("the Company") and Mr Robert Gale, 42 Station Road, Thames Ditton, Surrey, KT7 0NS, ("the Associate").

 

This contract sets out the main terms of your employment, including the particulars of employment required by the Employment Rights Act 1996 (Parts B and C).

 

Part A — Personal terms

 

Effective Date of New Terms and Conditions

 

1st January 2002

Continuous Employment Date

 

5th January 1998

Location

 

Hook, Hampshire

Job Title

 

Group Director, Financial Control

Bonus Scheme Range

 

0-50%

Entitlement to Overtime

 

No

Basic Salary (per annum)

 

£ 120,000

 

Part B — Special conditions

 

Notice Periods

 

You are required to give the company 3 months written notice to terminate your employment. The company is required to give you 6 months written notice to terminate your employment.

 

Pension Arrangements

 

Subject to Plan rules and Inland Revenue limits, the Company will make contributions of 10% of your pay which matches a 10% contribution by yourself into the Group Personal Pension Plan.

 

Private Healthcare Scheme

 

You are eligible for company funded private healthcare family level cover.

 

Perk Car & Fuel Benefit

 

If you have the Company Car option, you will be provided with a fuel card for the purchase of fuel for business and reasonable private use. This is a taxable benefit attracting Fuel Scale Benefit Charge. If you have the Cash Option, a fuel card is not available—however, business and reasonable private fuel receipts may be reimbursed via expenses. Your monthly allowance eligibility will be in accordance with the prevailing company perk car policy, available on the ntl intranet.

 

Signed

 

/s/ Carolyn Walker

 

Director, Human Resources

 

Date 17 February 2003

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of the ntl Group Ltd

 

 

 

I have read and I agree to and accept the terms and conditions set out herein and have kept one copy for myself.

 

I consent to the company processing my personal information in accordance with Clause 21.

 

I acknowledge that my attention has been drawn to Clause 17 concerning deductions from salary and I consent to such deductions being made.

 

Signed

 

/s/ Robert C. Gale

 

 

Date

21/2/03

 



 

Part C — General conditions

 

1. Employment Rights Act

 

The following particulars are given to you in accordance with the terms of the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

2. Duration of Employment

 

Your employment with the Company will begin on the date specified in Part A and will continue in accordance with this contract. This is also the start date of your continuous employment with the Company unless otherwise specified in Part A. Your employment with any previous employers will not count towards your statutory period of continuous employment with the Company unless agreed and a separate date specified in Part A.

 

3. Job title

 

Your job title is specified in Part A. You will comply with all reasonable directions of the Company and you shall not, directly or indirectly, be interested or concerned in any manner in any other business except with the Company's prior written consent.

 

4. Place of employment

 

You will be based at the location specified in Part A. The Company reserves the right on reasonable notice to change this either on a temporary or permanent basis to work at any premises of the Company or any other Group Company within the UK. The Company may also require you to travel as is reasonably necessary to carry out your job.

 

5. Hours of work

 

You standard working week will be 37.5 hours. It is likely that you will be required to extend your hours as necessary in order to meet the full requirements of your job and the business, subject to the provisions of the Working Time Regulations 1998. You shall devote the whole of your working time (unless prevented by ill health or accident or otherwise directed by the Company) to the duties of your employment.

 

6. Remuneration

 

Your salary details are shown in Part A. Salary is payable monthly in arrears in equal instalments by credit transfer or such other method as the Company may adopt in the future. Your salary will be reviewed annually at the Company's absolute discretion. In addition to your basic salary you are eligible to participate in the Company Bonus Scheme. Your potential additional earnings are as specified in Part A and are paid in accordance with the Scheme rules. The Company Bonus Scheme, operated at the Company's absolute discretion, is reviewed annually. Earnings potential, payment periods and measurement criteria may be amended according to the Company's needs. Any payments made under the Company Bonus Scheme will be non-pensionable.

 

7. Pension

 

You may join the ntl Group Personal Pension Plan, to which the Company contributes as shown in Part B, subject  to the rules of the Plan and Inland Revenue limits. Under the Plan you will be contracted into SERPS unless you opt to be contracted out. All associate contributions are deducted from monthly salary and passed onto the Group Personal Pension Provision Provider.

 

8. Company insurance Schemes

 

You are automatically covered by the Group Personal Accident and Group Life Assurance Schemes, after 3 months continuous employment. You are also automatically covered by the Company's Group Permanent Health Insurance Scheme unless otherwise stated. Cover is provided during employment with the Company from the age of 18 until the age of 60 for Permanent Health Insurance and age 65 for Life Assurance and Personal Accident Insurance. Any entitlement to Permanent Health Insurance is subject to the Company's right to terminate this contract for prolonged sickness absence in accordance with the Company's Sickness Absence Policy. Your participation in any of the Schemes referred to in this paragraph is subject to the rules of the relevant Scheme. The Company reserves the right not to pay any benefit under any of these Schemes, unless the Company is paid by the Insurer. Further information on the Company Insurance Schemes is available on the ntl intranet or from your line manager.

 

9. Perk car

 

On commencement of employment, you will be entitled to the Perk Car benefit. For full details, please refer to the Perk Car Policy and the Fuel Policy, which are available on the ntl intranet. The Company reserves the right to review and amend these policies at any time. It is a condition of your employment that you retain a current full driving license (valid in the UK), reimburse the Company for private fuel and comply with the rules of the Company's Fleet Insurance and relevant prevailing Perk Car Policy and Fuel Policy. You must keep any company vehicle in good condition. If you fail to comply with these rules or you are disqualified from driving for any period, the Company reserves the right to withdraw any car allocated to you and/or dismiss you immediately without compensation in accordance with the Company's Disciplinary Policy and Procedures. On leaving the Company, you must return any company vehicle in good order, clean and roadworthy, to a Company site. Failure to do so without reasonable excuse will result in your being liable for the total cost of the vehicle recovery. Please refer to Part B overleaf for further information regarding private fuel and allowances.

 

10. Annual leave

 

You are entitled to 25 days holiday, increasing to 28 days after 5 years continuous service (entitlement will arise upon the anniversary of the holiday year following the completion of 5 year's service). In addition, you will be entitled to normal public holidays, unless you are specifically required to work in which case you will be compensated in accordance with the Public Holiday Policy. The current version is available on the ntl intranet or can be obtained from Human Resources (HR). The Company's holiday year is from 1 January to 31 December and your holiday entitlement will be calculated on a pro rate basis in your first year of employment with the Company. Further details about annual leave can be obtained from HR.

 

11. Sickness absence

 

If you are absent from work due to sickness or injury, you may be eligible for Company sick pay, which is payable at the Company's discretion. Subject to this discretion and provided you comply with the Sickness Absence Policy requirements, you will be paid according to your normal basic salary rate. The Sickness Absence Policy is available on the ntl Intranet or can be obtained from HR. The Company may from time to time require you to be examined by a medical advisor nominated by the Company, and you agree to provide such formal consents as may be necessary for the results of such examinations to be disclosed to the Company.

 

12. Confidential information

 

During and after the termination of your employment, you will treat and safeguard as private and confidential any information concerning ntl or its associated companies which you have received in the course of your employment (as outlined in the attached Code of Conduct), and you will take all reasonable precautions in dealing with such information, and you will not disclose or reveal any such confidential information to any third party, either directly or indirectly, other than to officials of the Company or with the Company's prior written consent.

 

13. Notice periods

 

Please refer to Part B overleaf. Your employment may be terminated by the Company, without notice or payment in lieu of notice, if you commit any act of gross misconduct or gross negligence. During any period of notice of termination (whether given by the Company or you), the Company is under no obligation to provide you with work, and is entitled at the Company's absolute discretion to exclude you from its premises. During any such period of garden leave, you will be entitled to normal salary and any other contractual benefits. The Company reserves the right, at its absolute discretion, to make a payment in lieu of notice. Notice must be given in writing to your Line Manager or in the case of absence, their deputy.

 

14. Retirement

 

The normal retirement age is 65 years. Your employment will automatically terminate at he end of the month in which you reach this age.

 

15. Disciplinary

 

The Company's Policy and Procedures on disciplinary matters are available on the ntl intranet or from your line manager. This Policy is a statement of management guidelines and does not form any part of your contract of employment. The Company reserves the right to change the Policy from time to time. The current version is available on the ntl intranet or can be obtained from HR.

 

16. Grievance

 

If you have a grievance relating to your employment, you should raise your concerns in the first instance with your Line Manager. If your grievance concerns your Line Manager, then you should report the matter to the next most senior Manager or to HR. This Policy is a statement of management guidelines and does not form any part of your contract of employment. The Company reserves the right to change these from time to time. The current version is available on the ntl intranet or can be obtained from HR.

 

17. Deductions from salary

 

The Company reserves the right at any time during your employment, or on termination of your contract of employment, to deduct from salary any overpayment made and/or monies owed to the Company by you. This is including but not limited to any excess holiday, outstanding loans, advances, relocation costs, parking fines and any related administration costs for which you and/or your permanent partner are responsible and which are incurred in a vehicle provided by ntl, (either company vehicle or hire car), private fuel reimbursement in accordance with the prevailing Perk Car Policy and Fuel Policy and the cost of repairing any damage or loss to property provided by the Company. This clause will not apply to any sums or benefits due to you by virtue of your membership of the Company Pension Plan.

 

18. Changes to terms and conditions

 

The Company reserves the right to amend your terms and conditions of employment and policies from time to time. You will be given not less than four weeks notice of any such change. You will be deemed to have accepted these changes should the Company have received no objection before the end of the four-week notice period.

 

19. Health, safety and environment

 

ntl is committed to ensuring, so far as reasonably practicable, that the workplace of every associate is safe, does not pose a risk to health and does not cause damage to the environment. All associates are therefore required to familiarise themselves with their responsibilities as outlined in the current ntl Health and Safety Policy, Environment Policy, Safety Standards booklet, (NT.P090) and Safety Information sheets. The current version is available on the ntl intranet or can be obtained form the Health and Safety Group.

 

20. Collective agreements

 

There are no collective agreements relevant to your employment unless otherwise specified in Part B.

 

21. Data Protection Act

 

In accordance with the Data Protection Act of 1998, the Company will hold and process the information it collects relating to you in the course of your employment for the purposes of employee administration, statistical and record keeping purposes. This may include information relating to your physical or mental heath. Some of your information may be processed outside the European Economic area. Your information will be treated confidentially and will only be available to authorised persons.

 

22. Data protection compliance

 

When dealing with data relating to the Company's business, you are required to comply with the Company's Data Protection Policy, which can be obtained from the Group Compliance Officer. Failure to comply with this Policy may result in disciplinary action.

 

23. Company Equipment

 

In order to fulfil your duties you may be issued with Company equipment. This is a non-contractual benefit and may be withdrawn at any time, or you may be transferred to another position which does not require use of the allocated equipment. You must keep the equipment in good condition. On leaving the Company, you must return the equipment in good order to the Company site. Failure to do so could result in you being liable for the total cost of its replacement.

 

24. Entitlement to Work in UK

 

Your employment is conditional upon you being legally entitled to live and work in the UK. If your status changes and you are no longer entitled to live or work in the UK, your employment will be terminated without notice or payment in lieu of notice.

 

 



 

 

21 st October 2005

 

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

 

Mr Robert Gale

42 Station Road

Thames Ditton

Surrey

KT7 0NS

 

Dear Robert

 

RE: CHANGES TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT

 

I am pleased to confirm that your base salary has increased to £ 170,000 per annum.

 

This change will be effective from 1 st August 2005 and included in the next available pay run.

 

All other Terms and Conditions remain unchanged.

 

Please sign both copies of this letter, returning one copy to Karen Norman, People4ntl, Hook.

 

Yours sincerely

 

 

 

Karen Norman

P4ntl Co-ordinator

Corporate, Business & Networks

 

I confirm my acceptance of the above changes to my Terms and Conditions of Employment.

 

 

SIGNED

 

 

 

NAME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATE

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Stephen A. Burch, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of NTL Incorporated.

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)     Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 9, 2006

/s/ STEPHEN A. BURCH

 

Stephen A. Burch

 

Chief Executive Officer

 



Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Jacques Kerrest, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of NTL Incorporated.

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)     Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 9, 2006

/s/ JACQUES KERREST

 

Jacques Kerrest

 

Chief Financial Officer

 



Exhibit 32.1

Certification of CEO and CFO Pursuant to

18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of NTL Incorporated (the “Company”) for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Stephen A. Burch, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Jacques Kerrest, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his knowledge, that:

(1)          The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)          The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ STEPHEN A. BURCH

 

Name:

Stephen A. Burch

Title:

Chief Executive Officer,
President and Director

Date:

August 9, 2006

/s/ JACQUES KERREST

 

Name:

Jacques Kerrest

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

Date:

August 9, 2006

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.